Page 1

Catalog No. 6.4.1

PIPE SUPPORT HARDWARE

CARPENTER & PATERSON, INC. DESIGNERS • ENGINEERS • MANUFACTURERS


Introduction Since 1913 Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. has specialized in the manufacture and distribution of a complete line of pipe hangers and supports for commercial and industrial applications. Our designs are in accordance with ASME B31.1 and MSS-SP 58. We have extensive capabilities to design, and fabricate support systems utilizing the latest technologies that will satisfy all customer requirements. Our sales and engineering group offer a full range of experience in the areas of product design and value engineering and are available to discuss your project needs. Our supports have been specified and installed on major water treatment, pharmaceutical, process piping, petro-chemical, hospital, and school buildings as well as many other industrial projects throughout the world. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. products and the “Witch” trademark are synonymous in the pipe support industry for quality. Our mission is to support the mechanical industry with timely estimates, efficient designs, and full-line inventories that will allow us to meet our customers critical schedules.

WITCH PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS

© Copyright 2011 Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. All Rights Reserved


PICTORIAL INDEX PIPE ATTACHMENTS

Figure 1A Band Hanger Page 11

Figure 34 Hinge Hanger Page 13

Figure 72 Pipe Clip Page 15

Figures 81, 81BRT, 81PT, 81SG Extension Ring Hanger Page 16

Figure 89 Riser Clamp Page 18

CL CL

Figures 90, 90PT Split Ring Hanger, Double Tapping Page 19

Figures 91, 91Z Heavy Duty Three Bolt Pipe Clamp Pages 20, 21

Figures 100, 100SS Clevis Hanger Page 22

CL

CL

Figure 100DI Clevis Hanger for Ductile Iron Pipe Page 24

Figure 100EL Elongated Clevis Hanger Page 25

Figure 111 Wire Pipe Hook Page 28

Figure 114 Short Clip Page 29

CL

CL

Figure 126 Extension Riser Clamp Page 32

Figure 126LD Plastic Pipe Riser Clamp Page 34

CL

CL

CL

Figure 100SH Refrigeration Hanger and Shield Page 26

Figure 101 Adjustable Pipe Support Page 27

Figure 101U Adjustable Floor Support Page 28

CL

CL

Figure 124 Riser Clamp Page 30

Figure 125 Pipe Saddle with Yoke Page 31

Figure 125SP Floor Support Page 32

1


PICTORIAL INDEX PIPE ATTACHMENTS

CL

Figure 127 Anchor Chair Page 34

Figure 136 Pipe Support Page 35

Figure 136SP Floor Support Page 32

Figure 137 Adjustable Pipe Support Page 35

Figure 138 Threaded Base Stand Page 36

CL

C L

Figure 145 Pipe Chair Page 37

Figure 158 Ductile Iron Pipe Clamp Page 38

CL

Figure 200 Light Duty Clevis Hanger Page 41

Figure 158DB Double Bolt Ductile Iron Pipe Clamp Page 38

Figures 175, 175SP Two Bolt Pipe Clamp Page 40

Figure 179 Offset Pipe Clamp Page 39

Figure 200VT Vee Trough Page 86

Figure 221 Wall Pipe Support Page 43

Figure 222 Short U-Bolt Page 44

CL

Figure 200V Vee Clevis Hanger Page 42

A

Figure 227 Return Line Offset Hook Page 45

2

Figure 227S Return Line Hook Page 45

Figure 237S One Hole Pipe Clamp Page 46

Figure 240 Adjustable Split Swivel Hanger Page 47

Figure 247 Pipe Support Page 46


PICTORIAL INDEX PIPE ATTACHMENTS

CL

Figure 258 Underground Socket Clamp Washer Page 39

Figure 267 Extended Offset Pipe Clamp Page 48

Figure 282 Right Angle Beam Clamp Page 48

CL

CL

Figures 283, 283SS Standard U-Bolt Page 49

Figure 283L Light Duty U-bolt Page 51

Figure 374 Angle Iron Support Page 118

CL

Figure 298 Heavy Duty Two Bolt Pipe Clamp Page 52

Figure 304 Three Bolt Pipe Clamp Page 53

Figure 304Z Alloy Three Bolt Pipe Clamp Page 54

Figure 371 Back-to-Back Channel Assembly Page 118

Figure 800 Adjustable Swivel Ring Page 55

Figure 800FP NFPA Swivel Ring Page 57

Figure C1108 Pipe Strap Page 59

Figure DWV Drain, Waste, Vent Clamp Page 59

PIPE ROLLS

Figure 17 Chair and Roll Page 60

Figure 39 Chair and Roll Page 61

Figure 40 Adjustable Chair and Roll Page 63

Figure 53 Adjustable Chair and Roll Page 65

Figure 54 Roller Chair Page 67

3


PICTORIAL INDEX PIPE ROLLS

CL

Figure 63 Roll and Plate Page 68

Figure 67 Pipe Roll Page 69

Figure 109 Adjustable Roll Support Page 70

Figure 142 Adjustable Roll Support Page 74

Figure 173 Pipe Roll Page 76

Figure 333 Roller Support Page 77

Figure 110 Roller Support Page 71

Figure 140 Harvard Roll Hanger Page 72

PIPE SADDLES AND SHIELDS

CL

Saddle with Fig. 173 Roll

Figure 265GS Insulation Shield Page 78

Figure 265P Insulation Shield Page 79

Figure 265 CVB Iron Pipe Insulation Shield Page 80

Figure 351 thru 357Z Pipe Covering Protection Saddles Pages 81-84

Figure 465 CVB High Temperature Page 85

Figure 18 Top or Side Beam Clamp Page 89

Figure 31 J Beam Hook Page 102

BEAM CLAMPS

Figure 6 Top Beam Clamp Page 86

4

Figures 14 , 14A Adjustable Beam Clamp Page 87

Figure 15 Beam Clamp Page 88


PICTORIAL INDEX BEAM CLAMPS

Figure 82 Adjustable Beam Clamp Page 90

Figure 217 Adjustable Side Beam Clamp Page 93

Figure 268 Beam Clamp Page 94

Figure 297 Steel Beam Clamp with Eyenut Page 95

Figure 314 Extended Beam Clamp Page 96

Figure 192 Top Beam Clamp with Locking Nut Page 91

Figure 192RS Top Beam Clamp Retaining Clip Page 91

Figure 702 Beam Clamp with Swing Nut Page 97 C-CLAMPS

Figure 22 C-Clamp Retaining Clip Page 98

Figures 47, 47SS C-Clamp with Locking Nut Page 99

Figure 238 C-Clamp without Locking Nut Page 99

Figure 192W Wide Mouth Top Beam Clamp Page 92

Figure 196 C-Clamp with Locking Nut Page 100

Figure 290 Purlin Clamp Page 94

5


PICTORIAL INDEX STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

Figure 9 Angle knee Page 101

Figure 10 Extension Bar Page 101

Figure 49 Wall Bracket Page 102

Figure 69 Light Welded Steel Bracket Page 103

Figure 75 , 75N Steel Concrete Insert and Nut Page 104

Figure 78 Steel Bracket Clip Page 103

Figure 83 Bracket Page 105

Figure 84 Medium Welded Steel Bracket Page 105

Figures 85E, 85B, 85SE Single Plate Page 106

Figure 104F Female Ceiling Mount Bolt Page 107

CL

CL

CL

6

Figure 104M Male Ceiling Mount Bolt Page 107

Figure 108, 108N Malleable Concrete Insert and Nut Page 108

Figure 113A, 113B Welded Beam Attachment Page 109

Figure 139 Heavy Welded Steel Bracket Page 110

Figure 143 Metal Deck Ceiling Bolt Page 110

Figure 150 Steel Bracket Page 111

Figure 151 Ceiling Stirrup Page 111

Figure 152 Return Line Angle Page 112

Figure 153, 153S Side Beam Connector Page 112

Figure 177 Anchor Bolt Page 113


PICTORIAL INDEX STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

Figure 216 Welding Clevis Attachment Page 113

Figure 650 Steel Concrete Insert Page 117

Figure 220 Welding Lug Page 114

Figure 303 Side Beam Angle Bracket Page 115

Figure 650N Concrete Insert Nut Page 117

Figure 450 Pipe Sleeve Page 136

Figure 1020 Concrete Attachment Page 118

Figure 453 Waterproof Pipe Sleeve Page 137

Figure 1022 Concrete Single Plate Lug Page 119

RODS AND ROD ATTACHMENTS

Figure 12 Eye Socket Page 120

Figure 28 Lag Rod Page 120

Figures 33, 33L Machine Thread Eye Rod (Unwelded) Page 121

Figure 38 Hanger Adjuster Page 121

Figure 93, 93L Welded Eyerod Page 122

Figures 123, 123W Steel Rod Coupling Page 123

Figure 94, 94SS All-Thread Hanger Rod Page 123

Figures 133, 133L Machine Thread Rod Page 124

Figure 102 Light Duty Washer Plate Page 124

Figure 123R Steel Reducing Rod Coupling Page 122

7


PICTORIAL INDEX RODS AND ROD ATTACHMENTS

Figure 132 Turnbuckle Page 125

Figure 157 Extension Piece Page 125

Figures 167, 167R Malleable Rod Coupling Page 126

Figure 224 Round Hanger Rod (Plain Ends) Page 126

Figures 306, 341 Linked Eye Rods Page 129

Figure 701 Male and Female Swing Rod Fitting Page 129

Figure 260 Washer Plate Page 127

CL

Figures 276, 276P Forged Steel Clevis Page 128

Figures 279, 279L Forged Weldless Eyenut Page 128

FASTENERS

8

Figure 11 Flattened End Lag Screw Page 130

Figure 59 Toggle Bolt Page 130

Figure 107 Steel Coach Screw Page 131

Figure 162 Hex Head Bolt Page 132

Figure 166 Steel Drive Screw Page 133

Figures 165, 165H Hex Nut Page 132

Figures 103, 103E, 103G, 103S Round Washer Page 131

Figure 176 Lock Washer Page 133

Figure 514 Drop-In Type Concrete Anchor Page 134

Figure 1309 Wedge Anchor Page 135


PICTORIAL INDEX PIPE GUIDES AND SLIDES

Figure 1006 Pipe Alignment Guide Page 138

Figure 1007 Pipe Alignment Guide Page 140

Figure 1010 Pipe Slide Assembly Page 142

COPPER TUBING HANGERS

Figure 1A CT Copper Tubing Band Hanger Page12

Figure 12CT Eye Socket Page 120

Figure 34CT Hinge Hanger for Copper Tubing Page 13

Figure 38CT Hanger Adjuster Page 121

Figure 66CT Stamped Steel Hanger Page 14

CL

Figure 72CT Copper Tubing Pipe Clip Page 15

Figure 81CT, 81SCT Copper Extension Ring Hanger Page 17

Figure 85CT, 85SCT Single Plate Page 106

Figure 365 CVB Copper Tubing Insulation Shield Page 80

Figure 800CT Copper Tubing Swivel Ring Page 56

Figure 90CT Split Ring Hanger, Double Tapping Page 19

Figure 100CT Copper Clevis Hanger Page 23

CL

Figure 126CT Copper Riser Clamp Page 33

9


PICTORIAL INDEX PVC COATED ATTACHMENTS

CL CL

CL

CL

Figure 1A PVC PVC Band Hanger Page 11

Figure 100PVC PVC Clevis Hanger Page 22

Figure 126PVC PVC Coated Riser Clamp Page 33

Figure 126LD PVC Plastic Pipe Riser Clamp Page 34

CL

Figure 283PVC PVC Coated Standard U-Bolt Page 49

Figure 800PVC PVC Coated Adjustable Swivel Ring Page 58 ENGINEERED PRODUCTS

10

Figure 399 Spring Hanger Page 136

Figure 478 Cushion Spring Assembly Page 137

Figures 910, 920, 940, 960 Variable Springs Upon Request

Figure 2250 Rigid Struts Upon Request

Figure 2301, 2302 Sway Brace Assemblies Upon Request

Figure 7054 Horizontal Traveler Upon Request

Figures 880H, 880V Constant Springs Upon Request


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

BAND HANGER

A

Figure 1A Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, while the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. For copper tubing please see our Figure 1A CT. For plastic coated please see our Figure 1A PVC. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 7, MSS-SP-69 Type 7. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M1A.

E C D

PVC BAND HANGER Figure 1A PVC This product is designed to protect the pipe from coming into direct contact with the hanger by having the contact surface PVC coated. Install the same as a Figure 1A. Material: Carbon Steel Operating temperature: Should not exceed 140° F / 60° C. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 7, MSS-SP-69 Type 7. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M1A PVC. See Figure 1A for plain and electro-galvanized finishes. For Copper Tubing see Figure 1A CT. FIGURE 1A – BAND HANGER PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200

MAXIMUM LOAD 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 970 4315 970 4315 970 4315 1250 5560 1250 5560 1600 7117 1800 8007

ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22

C 21⁄4 57 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄16 59 27⁄16 62 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 79 33⁄4 95 37⁄8 98 41⁄4 108 415⁄16 125 515⁄16 151 715⁄16 202

D 211⁄16 68 211⁄16 68 213⁄16 71 33⁄16 81 37⁄16 87 41⁄16 103 47⁄16 113 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 61⁄2 165 75⁄8 194 91⁄4 235 121⁄4 311

ADJ. E 13⁄8 35 11⁄8 29 11⁄16 27 1 25 11⁄16 27 13⁄16 30 7 ⁄8 22 13⁄8 35 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 111⁄16 43 21⁄2 64

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

WEIGHT EACH 0.13 0.06 0.13 0.06 0.14 0.06 0.16 0.07 0.18 0.08 0.20 0.09 0.37 0.17 0.43 0.20 0.47 0.21 0.69 0.31 0.82 0.37 1.50 0.68 1.89 0.86

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 11


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

COPPER TUBING BAND HANGER

A

Figure 1A CT Designed to support non-insulated, copper tubing lines from above. Install the same as a Figure 1A. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Copper. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 7, MSS-SP-69 Type 7. Ordering: Specify tubing size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M1A CT. See Figure 1A for plain and electro-galvanized finishes. For PVC Coating refer to Figure 1A PVC.

E C D

FIGURE 1A CT – COPPER TUBING BAND HANGER TUBE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 12

MAX LOAD 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 970 4315 970 4315 1250 5560

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

C 27⁄16 62 23⁄4 70 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 23⁄8 60 29⁄16 65 215⁄16 75 31⁄4 83 37⁄16 87 33⁄4 95

D 23⁄4 70 211⁄16 68 211⁄16 68 213⁄16 71 37⁄16 87 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 413⁄16 122 51⁄4 133 515⁄16 151

ADJ. E 15⁄8 41 15⁄16 33 11⁄16 27 15 ⁄16 24 11⁄16 27 1 25 11⁄16 27 1 25 1 25 1 25

WEIGHT EACH 0.11 0.05 0.11 0.05 0.11 0.05 0.12 0.05 0.14 0.06 0.16 0.07 0.16 0.07 0.38 0.17 0.42 0.19 0.45 0.20


PIPE ATTACHMENTS FIGURE 34 – HINGE HANGER

HINGE HANGER Figure 34 Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above. The hinged design is easier to install making it ideal for retrofit needs. The Figure 38 Hanger Adjustor is commonly used to connect to this part. For Copper Tubing please see the Figure 34CT. Material: Malleable Iron Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 11, MSS-SP-69 Type 11. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M34. C

A

3/8

10

1/2

15

3/4

20 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 21/2 65 3 80 31/2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200

MAXIMUM LOAD 200 890 200 890 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 450 2002 450 2002 450 2002 520 2313 520 2313 1300 5783 1800 8007

A

3/4

19

15/16

24 11/8 29 11/4 32 19/16 40 111/16 43 2 1/16 52 21/4 57 23/4 70 31/8 79 35/8 92 41/2 114 57/16 138 63/8 162

WEIGHT EACH 0.07 0.03 0.08 0.04 0.11 0.05 0.12 0.05 0.17 0.08 0.20 0.09 0.32 0.15 0.43 0.20 0.67 0.30 0.86 0.39 0.93 0.42 1.52 0.69 2.64 1.20 3.84 1.74

FIGURE 34CT – HINGE HANGER FOR COPPER TUBING

HINGE HANGER FOR COPPER TUBING

PIPE SIZE

1/2

Figure 34CT Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above. The hinged design is easier to install making it ideal for retrofit needs. The Figure 38CT Hanger Adjustor is commonly used to connect to this part. For piping sizes please see the Figure 34. Material: Malleable Iron Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 11, MSS-SP-69 Type 11. Finish: Copper Ordering: Specify tubing size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M34CT.

ED

U N I NT

O C S DI

C

A

PIPE SIZE

15

3/4

20 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 21/2 65 3 80 31/2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250

MAXIMUM LOAD 200 890 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 450 2002 450 2002 450 2002 520 2313 1500 6673 1600 7117 2500 11121 2500 11121

A

3/4

19

7/8

22 11/8 29 11/4 32 13/8 35 111/16 43 115/16 49 21/4 57 25/8 67 215/16 75 133/4 349 151/4 387 181/2 470 203/4 527

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT EACH 0.08 0.04 0.10 0.05 0.12 0.05 0.14 0.06 0.18 0.08 0.26 0.12 0.38 0.17 0.49 0.22 0.64 0.29 0.88 0.40 3.60 1.63 3.68 1.67 7.26 3.29 11.0 4.99

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

13


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

STAMPED STEEL HANGER Figure 66CT Our Figure 66CT Stamped Steel Hanger for copper tubing is a strong, neat, and light concealed screw hanger. It supports the tubing one inch from the back of the tube to the wall and has only two parts. It takes the place of rough unsightly looking hangers in a finish room and eliminates the use of ordinary pipe clips. Material: Steel. Finish: Copper. Ordering: Specify tube size and figure number. FIGURE 66CT – STAMPED STEEL HANGER TUBE SIZE 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 1 1/2 40 2 50

A 11⁄8 29 13⁄16 30 15⁄16 33 17⁄16 37 19⁄16 40 1 1/4 32 1 3/4 44

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 14

B 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 1 5/8 41 1 5/8 41

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

WEIGHT EACH 0.075 0.03 0.075 0.03 0.08 0.04 0.085 0.04 0.09 0.04 0.06 0.03 0.07 0.03

A

B


PIPE ATTACHMENTS FIG. 72 – PIPE CLIP

PIPE CLIP Figure 72 The Figure 72 is designed to hold pipe flush to the mounting surface. A reinforcing bead through the center adds strength to the product. Our Figure 72CT is available for copper tubing lines. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, and figure number. For Metric applications Specify Figure M72.

D H (TYP)

C

PIPE SIZE 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150

B 23⁄8 60 25⁄8 67 23⁄4 70 33⁄8 86 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 5 127 63⁄8 162 73⁄8 187 83⁄8 213 111⁄8 283

C 15⁄8 41 17⁄8 48 2 51 25⁄8 67 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 57⁄8 149 71⁄8 181 91⁄2 241

D 5 ⁄8 16 7 ⁄8 22 1 25 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 2 51 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 65⁄8 168

H 3 ⁄16 5 3 ⁄16 5 3 ⁄16 5 9 ⁄32 7 9 ⁄32 7 9 ⁄32 7 9 ⁄32 7 11 ⁄32 9 11 ⁄32 9 11 ⁄32 9 11 ⁄32 9

WGT. EACH 0.03 0.01 0.04 0.02 0.07 0.03 0.09 0.04 0.10 0.05 0.14 0.06 0.22 0.10 0.25 0.11 0.30 0.14 0.40 0.18 0.80 0.36

H 3 ⁄16 5 3 ⁄16 5 3 ⁄16 5 3 ⁄16 5 3 ⁄16 5 7 ⁄16 11 7 ⁄16 11

WGT. EACH 0.019 0.009 0.020 0.009 0.022 0.010 0.025 0.011 0.031 0.014 0.063 0.029 0.075 0.034

B

COPPER TUBING PIPE CLIP

FIG. 72CT – COPPER TUBING PIPE CLIP

Figure 72CT

TUBING SIZE 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50

The Figure 72CT is designed to hold copper tubing flush to the mounting surface. Our Figure 72 is available for steel piping lines. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Copper. Ordering: Specify tubing size, and figure number. For Metric applications Specify Figure M72CT.

D

B 2 51 2 51 23⁄8 60 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 37⁄8 98 41⁄2 114

C 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄4 44 23⁄4 70 3 76 3 76 35⁄8 92

D 1 ⁄2 13 5 ⁄8 16 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄8 29 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 21⁄8 54

H (TYP)

C B

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 15


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

EXTENSION RING HANGER Figure 81 Figure 81BRT Figure 81SG

(Rod Tapped – Electro-Galvanized) (Rod Tapped – Plain Finish) (Two Bolt, Rod Tapped, Domestic – Electro-Galvanized) This split ring hanger is designed for the support of non-insulated stationary pipe lines. Also available in a two screw design. The Figure 85 or 85CT Ceiling Plate is normally used with this product. Material: Malleable Iron, except Figure 81SG and 81SCT which are carbon steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. For Copper Coating please see Figure 81CT or Figure 81SCT. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 12, MSS-SP-69 Type 12. Ordering: Specify pipe size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M81, M81BRT, M81PT, M81SG or 81SCT.

A

A

B

B

FIGURE 81 AND 81SG – EXTENSION HANGER RING PIPE SIZE 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100

MAX LOAD 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 480 2135 480 2135 480 2135

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 16

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

PIPE SIZE A 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄2 15 1 ⁄2 15 1 ⁄2 15 WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12

FIGURE 81 B 13 ⁄16 21 7 ⁄8 22 1 25 11⁄8 29 15⁄16 33 17⁄16 37 111⁄16 43 21⁄8 54 27⁄16 62 31⁄5 81

FIGURE 81SG B 23

⁄32 18 13 ⁄16 21 31 ⁄32 25 11⁄8 29 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38

WEIGHT EACH FIG. 81 FIG. 81SG 0.16 0.07 0.17 0.10 0.08 0.05 0.20 0.11 0.09 0.05 0.21 0.12 0.10 0.05 0.29 0.13 0.13 0.06 0.31 0.14 0.14 0.06 0.35 0.16 0.16 0.07 0.57 0.26 0.72 0.33 1.16 0.53


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

COPPER EXTENSION RING HANGER Figure 81CT Figure 81SCT (Domestic) This split ring hanger is designed for the support of non-insulated copper tubing lines. The Figure 81CT is furnished tapped for bolt thread and is used with the Figure 85CT Ceiling Plate. Also available in a two bolt design. Material: Malleable Iron. Figure 81SCT is Carbon Steel. Finish: Copper. For Electro-Galvanizing please see Figure 81. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type12, MSS-SP-69 Type 12. Ordering: Specify tube size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M81CT or Figure M81SCT.

A

A

B

B

FIGURE 81CT AND 81SCT – COPPER EXTENSION HANGER RING TUBE SIZE 1 ⁄4 8 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100

MAX LOAD 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 480 2135 480 2135 480 2135

ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 15 1 ⁄2 15 1 ⁄2 15

FIG. 81CT B 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 3 ⁄4 19 7 ⁄8 22 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 2 51 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70

FIG 81SCT B

19

⁄32 15 23 ⁄32 18 27 ⁄32 21 1 25 13⁄32 28 111⁄32 34

WEIGHT EACH FIG. 81CT FIG 81SCT 0.06 0.03 0.08 0.04 0.08 0.09 0.04 0.04 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.05 0.12 0.11 0.05 0.05 0.14 0.12 0.06 0.05 0.18 0.13 0.08 0.06 0.24 0.15 0.11 0.07 0.38 0.17 0.48 0.22 0.68 0.31

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 17


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

RISER CLAMP

FIGURE 89 – RISER CLAMP

Figure 89 The Figure 89 is normally used for the support of uninsulated vertical piping where no movement will occur. This product is not intended for use with hanger rods. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 8, MSS-SP-69 Type 8. Load Rating: Up to 650° F (343° C). Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M89.

6" A

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 18

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500

MAXIMUM LOAD 255 1134 255 1134 255 1134 255 1134 255 1134 255 1134 390 1735 530 2358 810 3603 1160 5160 1570 6984 2500 11121 2500 11121 2700 12011 2700 12011 2900 12900 2900 12900 2900 12900

A 93⁄8 238 93⁄8 238 95⁄8 244 10 254 103⁄8 264 103⁄4 273 111⁄4 286 12 305 131⁄2 343 141⁄2 368 151⁄2 394 181⁄2 470 203⁄4 527 223⁄4 578 24 610 26 660 28 711 30 762

WEIGHT EACH 1.30 0.59 1.36 0.62 1.38 0.63 1.95 0.88 2.01 0.91 2.17 0.98 2.29 1.04 2.50 1.13 3.42 1.55 5.10 2.31 5.50 2.49 10.0 4.54 11.4 5.17 17.6 7.98 19.25 8.73 32.5 14.7 33.8 15.3 35.0 15.88


PIPE ATTACHMENTS FIGURE 90 – SPLIT RING HANGER - DOUBLE TAPPING

SPLIT RING HANGER – DOUBLE TAPPING

A

Figure 90 Figure 90CT

(Rod Tapped – Electro-galvanized) (Rod Tapped – Copper Finish) This split ring hanger is designed for the support of noninsulated stationary pipe lines, one pipe line under the other, by means of a pipe nipple or threaded rods. The Figure 85 or 85CT Ceiling Plate is normally used with this product. The combined loads for all hangers used must not exceed the rating of the structural attachment. Material: Malleable Iron. Finish: Electro-galvanized. For Copper Coating please see Figure 90CT. Ordering: Specify pipe size, bolt or pipe thread, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M90.

A

PIPE SIZE 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100

MAX LOAD 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 460 2046 460 2046 460 2046

ROD SIZE 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄2 15 1 ⁄2 15 1 ⁄2 15

BOLT SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12

B 17⁄8 48 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 2 51 31⁄8 79 35⁄8 92 41⁄2 114 51⁄8 130 65⁄8 168

WEIGHT EACH 0.16 0.07 0.17 0.08 0.20 0.09 0.21 0.10 0.29 0.13 0.31 0.14 0.35 0.16 0.57 0.26 0.72 0.33 1.16 0.53

B

A

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 19


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

HEAVY DUTY THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP

C F

Figure 91 The Figure 91 is designed to accommodate higher loads than the Figure 304 for insulated piping. The spacer on the top inner bolt provides uniform space for the connecting eyerod or weldless eyenut. Rated loads are for up to 750° F (399° C). Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 3, MSS-SP-69 Type 3, and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M91.

D E

CL B

H

FIGURE 91 – HEAVY DUTY THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP PIPE SIZE 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

MAXIMUM LOAD 650° F 750° F 343° C 399° C 3500 3125 15569 13901 4800 4285 21352 19061 5500 4910 24466 21842 7000 6250 31139 27802 9500 8485 42260 37745 10000 8930 44484 39724 13800 12325 61388 54827 15300 13665 68060 60787 16300 14555 72509 64746 20500 18300 91192 81406 28000 ……. 124555 …….

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 20

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

B

C

D

43⁄ 4 121 6 152 71⁄ 4 184 87⁄ 8 225 10 254 107⁄ 8 276 121⁄ 2 318 131⁄ 2 343 16 406 197⁄ 8 505 245⁄ 8 625

13 ⁄ 4 44 2 51 21 ⁄ 4 57 21 ⁄ 2 64 21⁄ 2 64 3 76 31 ⁄ 2 89 31 ⁄ 2 89 31⁄ 2 89 41 ⁄ 4 108 41 ⁄ 2 114

101⁄ 4 260 113⁄ 8 289 131⁄ 8 333 147⁄ 8 378 155⁄ 8 397 171⁄ 8 435 193⁄ 4 502 203⁄ 4 527 231⁄ 4 591 323⁄ 4 832 401⁄ 4 1022

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

TAKE OUT E 9 229 101⁄ 8 257 113⁄ 8 289 127⁄ 8 327 135⁄ 8 346 147⁄ 8 378 171⁄ 4 438 181⁄ 4 464 201⁄ 4 514 281⁄ 4 718 343⁄ 4 883

F

H

1 M24 11 ⁄ 8 M30 11 ⁄ 4 M30 11 ⁄ 2 M36 11 ⁄ 2 M36 13 ⁄ 4 M42 2 M48 2 M48 2 M48 21 ⁄ 4 M56 23⁄ 4 M72

6 152 71 ⁄ 4 184 9 229 107⁄ 8 276 12 305 131⁄ 8 333 15 381 16 406 19 483 243⁄ 8 619 301⁄ 8 765

WEIGHT EACH 14.26 6.47 22.20 10.07 35.10 15.92 58.09 26.35 71.31 32.35 105.77 47.98 153.73 69.73 176.40 80.02 237.02 107.51 388.37 176.16 678.00 307.54


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

HEAVY ALLOY THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP Figure 91Z

C F

The Figure 91Z is designed to accommodate higher loads than the Figure 304Z for use on insulated alloy piping. The spacer on the top inner bolt provides uniform space for the connecting eyerod or weldless eyenut. Temperature range: Above 750° F (399° C) to 1050° F (566° C). Material: Chrome Molybdenum Steel ASTM A-387 Grade 22. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 3, MSS-SP-69 Type 3, and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain. Ordering: Specify figure number and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M91Z.

D E

CL B

H

FIGURE 91Z – HEAVY ALLOY THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP PIPE SIZE 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

MAXIMUM LOAD 950° F 1000° F 1050° F 510° C 538° C 566° C 7300 5200 3700 32473 23132 16459 7300 5200 3700 32473 23132 16459 10000 7200 5000 44484 32028 22242 10000 7200 5000 44484 32028 22242 11600 8300 6000 51601 36922 26690 11600 8300 6000 51601 36922 26690 11600 8300 6000 51601 36922 26690 15000 10600 7500 66726 47153 33363 15000 13000 9000 66726 57829 40036 15000 13000 9000 66726 57829 40036 15000 13000 9000 66726 57829 40036

B

C

D

E

F

H

51 ⁄ 4 133 65 ⁄ 8 168 77⁄ 8 200 93⁄ 8 238 97⁄ 8 251 11 279 12 305 131⁄ 2 343 153⁄ 4 400 19 483 22 559

13 ⁄ 4 44 13 ⁄ 4 44 2 51 2 51 21 ⁄ 4 57 21 ⁄ 4 57 21 ⁄ 4 57 21 ⁄ 4 57 21 ⁄ 4 57 21 ⁄ 4 57 21 ⁄ 4 57

11 279 12 305 14 356 15 381 161⁄ 4 413 171⁄ 4 438 181⁄ 4 464 201⁄ 2 521 23 584 28 711 31 787

9 229 10 254 12 305 13 330 14 356 15 381 16 406 18 457 20 508 25 635 28 711

11⁄ 2 M36 11⁄ 2 M36 13 ⁄ 4 M42 13 ⁄ 4 M42 17⁄ 8 M48 17⁄ 8 M48 17⁄ 8 M48 2 M48 2 M48 2 M48 2 M48

7 178 81 ⁄ 2 216 10 254 111⁄ 4 286 12 305 13 330 14 356 151⁄ 2 394 18 457 211⁄ 2 546 241⁄ 2 622

WEIGHT EACH 28 13 33 15 53 24 65 29 88 40 95 43 103 47 142 64 213 97 300 136 340 154

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

21


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

CLEVIS HANGER Figure 100 Figure 100PVC Figure 100SS

A

Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above allowing for approximately 1” to 11/2” of vertical adjustment after the pipe is in place. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened B securely to assure proper hanger performance. Rated Loads are for up to 650ºF (343ºC) for Carbon Steel, Plain C Maximum Galvanized temperature is 450ºF (232ºC) Maximum PVC temperature is 140ºF (60ºC). Maximum Stainless Steel Loads are 0.80 times the stated loads below. Materials: Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel Compliance: Federal Specification WW-H-171E Type 1, A-A-1192A Type 1, ANSI/MSS SP-58 and SP-69 Type 1, BSPSS-BS3974, and U.L. listed and F.M. approved (Sizes 3/4” through 8”). Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-dip Galvanized, Electro-galvanized, PVC Plastic Coated, Stainless Steel Ordering: Specify figure number, pipe size, and finish.

E

C L

FIGURE 100 – CLEVIS HANGER PIPE SIZE

1/2

15

3⁄4

20 1 25 1 1⁄4 32 11/2 40 2 50 21/2 65 3 80 31/2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750 36 900 22

MAXIMUM LOAD 610 2714 610 2714 730 3247 730 3247 730 3247 730 3247 1350 6005 1350 6005 1350 6005 1430 6361 1430 6361 1940 8630 2000 8897 2000 8897 3600 16014 3800 16904 4200 18683 4600 20463 4800 21352 4800 21352 4800 21352 6000 26690 9500 42260

A

3⁄8

M10

3⁄8

M10

3⁄8

M10

3⁄8

M10

3⁄8

M10

3⁄8

M10

1/2

M12

1/2

M12

1/2

M12

5⁄8

M16

5⁄8

M16

3⁄4

M20

3⁄4

M20

3⁄4

M20

7⁄8

M20

7⁄8

M22 1 M24 3 1 M24 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30 11/2 M36

B 23⁄4 70 21⁄8 54 3 76 31⁄8 79 31⁄4 83 33⁄8 86 41⁄8 105 5 127 41/2 114 53⁄8 137 6 152 7 178 75⁄8 194 81/2 216 10 254 111⁄8 283 121/2 18 15 381 153⁄4 400 173⁄8 441 195⁄8 498 243⁄4 629 327⁄8 835

C 31⁄8 79 23⁄4 70 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄4 108 45⁄8 117 55⁄8 143 67⁄8 175 65⁄8 168 73⁄4 197 87⁄8 225 101/2 267 113⁄4 298 123⁄4 324 153⁄8 391 171/2 445 191/2 495 23 584 243⁄4 629 273⁄8 695 315⁄8 803 403⁄4 1035 507⁄8 1292

ROD TAKE OUT E 17⁄8 48 11/2 38 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 23⁄8 60 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 41⁄8 105 35⁄8 92 43⁄8 111 5 127 57⁄8 149 61/2 165 63⁄4 171 81⁄4 210 91⁄4 235 105⁄8 270 131⁄8 333 133⁄4 349 151⁄4 387 171/2 445 213⁄4 552 30 762

WEIGHT EACH 0.27 0.12 0.29 0.13 0.33 0.15 0.36 0.16 0.42 0.19 0.52 0.24 0.61 0.28 0.90 0.41 0.99 0.45 1.40 0.64 2.10 0.95 3.00 1.36 5.42 2.46 4.50 2.04 9.10 4.13 11.8 5.33 14.3 6.46 20.8 9.41 23.0 10.4 41.5 18.8 50.0 22.7 68.1 30.9 191 86.6


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

COPPER CLEVIS HANGER

A

Figure 100CT Designed to support non-insulated, stationary copper tubing lines from above, allowing for approximately 1" to 11⁄2" of vertical adjustment after the tubing is in place. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 1, MSS-SP-69 Type 1 and BSPSS-BS3974. Rated Loads are for up to 650° F (343° C). Finish: Copper. Ordering: Specify tubing size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M100CT.

B E C CL

FIGURE 100CT – COPPER CLEVIS HANGER TUBE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150

MAXIMUM LOAD 150 667 250 1112 250 1112 250 1112 250 1112 250 1112 350 1557 350 1557 350 1557 350 1557 900 4004 900 4004

A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16

B 27⁄8 73 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 31⁄8 79 33⁄8 86 33⁄8 86 35⁄8 92 37⁄8 98 41⁄8 105 41⁄2 114 5 127 53⁄4 4

C 31⁄8 79 3 76 31⁄8 79 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 47⁄8 124 53⁄8 137 57⁄8 149 61⁄4 159 73⁄4 197 87⁄8 225

ROD TAKE OUT E 21⁄8 54 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 23⁄8 60 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 79 31⁄2 89 37⁄8 98 45⁄8 117

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

WEIGHT EACH 0.16 0.07 0.16 0.07 0.19 0.09 0.22 0.10 0.29 0.13 0.32 0.15 0.72 0.33 0.82 0.37 0.91 0.41 1.07 0.49 1.76 0.80 1.92 0.87

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 23


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

CLEVIS HANGER FOR DUCTILE IRON AND A.W.W.A. CAST IRON PIPE

A

Figure 100DI Designed to support non-insulated, stationary ductile iron and A.W.W.A. cast iron lines from above allowing for approximately 1" to 11⁄2" of vertical adjustment after the pipe is in place. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: MSS-SP-69 Type 1, A-A-1192A Type 1. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M100DI.

B E C CL

FIGURE 100DI – CLEVIS HANGER FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE PIPE SIZE 4 150 6 200 8 250 10 300 12 350 14 400 16 450 18 500 20 600 24 700

MAXIMUM LOAD 1430 6361 1940 8630 2000 8897 3600 16014 3800 16904 4200 18683 4800 21352 4800 21352 4800 21352 4800 21352

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 24

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

A 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22 7 ⁄8 M22 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

B 53⁄4 146 7 178 91⁄4 235 101⁄4 260 125⁄8 321 141⁄8 359 147⁄8 378 173⁄4 451 183⁄4 476 217⁄8 556

C 81⁄8 206 103⁄8 264 133⁄4 349 153⁄4 400 191⁄4 489 213⁄4 552 235⁄8 600 273⁄4 705 291⁄2 749 343⁄4 883

ROD TAKE OUT E 43⁄8 111 51/2 140 73⁄4 197 85⁄8 219 11 279 121⁄4 311 13 330 153⁄4 400 161⁄2 419 191⁄2 495

WEIGHT EACH 2.08 0.94 2.78 1.26 4.47 2.03 8.87 4.02 12.0 5.46 15.2 6.87 23.6 10.7 25.9 11.7 44.3 20.1 53.5 24.2


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ELONGATED CLEVIS HANGER A

Figure 100EL The 100EL is designed for the suspension of insulated stationary pipe lines. It will accommodate 2 inches (51mm) of insulation up to 11/2” (40mm) pipe, and 4 inches (102mm) of insulation for pipe 2” (50mm) and larger. Hanger locking nut above the clevis must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. The nuts are not included. Maximum Temperature: Plain 650ºF (343ºC), Galvanized 450ºF (232ºC) Material: Carbon Steel Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-dip Galvanized Approvals: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 1, MSS-SP-58 Type 1, and BSPSS-BS3974. Ordering: Specify figure number, pipe size and finish.

F

B

E

C

C L

FIGURE 100EL – ELONGATED CLEVIS HANGER PIPE SIZE

1/2

15

3/4

20 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 21/2 65 3 80 31/2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

MAXIMUM LOAD 730 3247 730 3247 730 3247 730 3247 730 3247 730 3247 1350 6005 1350 6005 1350 6005 1430 6361 1430 6361 1940 8630 2000 8897 3600 16014 3800 16904

A

3/8

M10

3/8

M10

3/8

M10

3/8

M10

3/8

M10

3/8

M10

1/2

M12

1/2

M12

1/2

M12

5/8

M16

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

3/4

M20

7/8

M20

7/8

M20

B 33/4 95 41/4 108 51/8 130 53/8 137 51/2 140 75/8 194 77/8 200 81/8 206 83/8 213 95/8 244 103/8 264 107/8 276 125/8 321 131/4 337 153/4 400

C 41/4 108 47/8 124 53/4 146 61/8 156 63/8 162 83/4 222 91/4 235 97/8 251 103/8 264 117/8 302 131/8 333 141/8 359 167/8 429 185/8 473 221/8 562

E 31/2 89 37/8 98 43/4 121 47/8 124 5 127 71/8 181 71/4 184 71/2 191 73/4 197 87/8 225 95/8 244 10 254 115/8 295 121/8 308 145/8 371

WEIGHT EACH 0.66 0.30 0.70 0.32 0.74 0.34 0.78 0.35 0.81 0.37 0.88 0.40 1.83 0.83 1.97 0.89 2.06 0.93 2.57 1.17 3.00 1.36 4.05 1.84 6.00 2.72 10.1 4.58 12.9 5.85

F

5/8

16

5/8

16 15/8 41 15/8 41 11/2 38 15/8 41 11/8 29 11/8 29 11/4 32 13/4 44 17/8 48 15/8 41 21/8 54 23/8 60 25/8 67

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

25


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

REFRIGERATION HANGER AND SHIELD

A

Figure 100SH This hanger is a combination of the Figure 100 and Figure 265 where the protection shield is welded to the clevis hanger. Designed to support insulated, stationary lines from above and prevent crushing the insulation or breaking the vapor barrier. It allows for approximately 1" to 11⁄2" of vertical adjustment after the pipe is in place. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 1, MSS-SP-69 Type 1 and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, insulation thickness, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M100SH. Dimensional Data: See Figure 100 and Figure 265P.

C L FIGURE 265P FIGURE 100

12"

FIGURE 100SH - REFRIGERATION HANGER AND SHIELD HANGER SIZE 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 M20 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600

ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 150 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22 7 ⁄8 M22 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 26

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

1

⁄2" Cov. 13 Cov. Bare Pipe Size 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 - 1 20 - 25 11⁄4 -11⁄2 32 - 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 - 4 90 - 100 5 125 6 125 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

1" Cov. 25 Cov.

1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 - 1 20 - 25 11⁄4 - 11⁄2 32 - 40 2 50 21⁄2 - 3 65 - 80 31⁄2 - 4 90 - 100 5 90 - 100 6 150 8 200 10 250

12 - 14 300 - 350 16 400

Insulation Thickness 11⁄2" Cov. 2" Cov. 38 Cov. 51 Cov.

1 ⁄2 - 3⁄4 15 - 20 1 - 11⁄4 25 - 32 11⁄2 - 2 40 - 50 21⁄2 - 3 65 - 80 31⁄2 - 4 65 - 80 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400

1 ⁄2 - 11⁄4 15 - 32 11⁄2 - 2 40 - 50 21⁄2 - 3 40 - 50 31⁄2 - 4 90 - 100 5-6 125 - 150 8 200

10 250 12 - 14 300 - 350 16 400

21⁄2" Cov 64 Cov.

1 ⁄2 - 11⁄4 15 - 32 11⁄2 - 2 15 - 32 21⁄2 - 3 65 - 80 31⁄2 - 4 90 - 100 5-6 125 - 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400

3" Cov. 76 Cov.

1

⁄2 - 11⁄4

11⁄2 - 2 40 - 50 21⁄2 - 4 65 - 100 5-6 125 - 150 8 200 10 250 12 - 14 300 - 350 16 400


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPORT Figure 101 The Figure 101 is used for support of piping from below without welding to the pipe and consists of a steel saddle, nipple, and pipe reducer. It connects to a threaded pipe standard and base which is also available, ordered separately, as our Figure 138. Rated loads are for up to 650° F (343° C). Materials: Reducer is Cast Iron, Pipe saddle and nipple are carbon steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 39, MSS-SP-69 Type 39. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M101.

CL B

E D

A

FIGURE 101 – ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPORT PIPE SIZE 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

MAX LOAD 5,000 22242 5,000 22242 5,000 22242 5,000 22242 7,000 31139 7,000 31139 7,000 31139 7,000 31139 7,000 31139 7,000 31139 7,000 31139 7,000 31139 7,000 31139 7,000 31139 10,000 44484 10,000 44484 10,000 44484

A 21⁄2 65 21⁄2 65 21⁄2 65 21⁄2 65 3 80 3 80 3 80 3 80 3 80 3 80 4 100 4 100 6 150 6 150 6 150 6 150 6 150

B 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 17⁄8 48 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 47⁄8 124 57⁄8 149 67⁄8 175 71⁄2 191 85⁄8 219 95⁄8 244 105⁄8 270 123⁄4 324 153⁄4 400 183⁄4 476

D 11⁄2 40 11⁄2 40 11⁄2 40 11⁄2 40 21⁄2 65 21⁄2 65 21⁄2 65 21⁄2 65 21⁄2 65 21⁄2 65 3 80 3 80 4 100 4 100 4 100 4 100 4 100

E MIN. 8 203 8 203 8 203 81⁄4 210 91⁄8 232 95⁄8 244 10 254 11 279 121⁄8 308 131⁄8 333 13 330 141⁄8 359 151⁄8 384 161⁄8 410 181⁄4 464 211⁄4 540 241⁄4 616

E MAX. 13 330 13 330 13 330 131⁄4 337 141⁄8 359 145⁄8 371 15 381 16 406 171⁄8 435 181⁄8 460 18 457 191⁄8 486 201⁄8 511 211⁄8 537 231⁄4 591 261⁄4 667 291⁄4 743

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

WEIGHT EACH 4.75 2.15 4.80 2.18 4.90 2.22 5.00 2.27 9.30 4.22 9.65 4.38 11.70 9.40 12.90 5.83 14.10 6.40 15.30 6.90 21.70 9.84 25.40 11.50 39.30 17.80 44.90 20.40 54.30 24.60 62.40 28.30 70.20 31.80

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 27


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ADJUSTABLE FLOOR SUPPORT Figure 101U The Figure 101U is used for support of piping from below without welding where there is no axial or transverse movement. It connects to a threaded pipe standard and base. Made special to customer order. Rated loads are for up to 650°F (343°C). Materials: Reducer is Cast Iron, Pipe saddle, nipple U-bolt are carbon steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A (Type 38), MSS-SP-69 (Type 38). Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, load, overall height, figure number, finish, and base plate bolting if needed. For Metric applications specify Figure M101U.

WIRE PIPE HOOKS Figure 111 The Wire Pipe Hook is made of special hard drawn wire, extra Heavy gauge. The driving head is bent so as to make it easy to drive. The point is cut to a sharp nail point which will penetrate either hard or soft wood without bending. It can be used on pipes in various orientations. Material: Steel. Finish: Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M111. FIG. 111 – WIRE PIPE HOOKS

PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50

4 102 0.06 0.03 0.06 0.03 0.06 0.03 0.08 0.04 0.08 0.04

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 28

WEIGHT PER 100 LENGTH OF HANGER 6 8 10 152 203 254 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.05 0.05 0.06

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

12 305 0.14 0.06 0.14 0.06 0.14 0.06 0.16 0.07 0.16 0.07 0.16 0.07

CL

DOUBLE U-BOLTS FOR 20" AND LARGER PIPE SIZES


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

SHORT CLIP Figure 114

D

Sprinkler Clips are used where piping runs close to the ceilings or beams. Holes are drilled for No.18 wood screws and 1⁄4" bolts can be used on all sizes. Material: Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 26, MSS-SP-69 Type 26. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M114.

E C

F G

FIGURE 114 – SHORT CLIP PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100

MAX LOAD 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 500 2224 500 2224 500 2224

C 33⁄8 86 41⁄4 108 41⁄2 114 5 127 51⁄2 140 6 152 61⁄2 165 71⁄8 181 81⁄4 210

D 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38

E 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 51⁄4 133 57⁄8 149 7 178

F 1 ⁄2 13 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 11⁄8 29 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 21⁄2 64

WEIGHT EACH 0.20 0.09 0.23 0.10 0.26 0.12 0.36 0.16 0.54 0.24 0.60 0.27 1.40 0.64 1.60 0.73 1.90 0.86

G 11⁄8 29 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 41 21⁄8 54 2 1⁄2 64 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 4 102 51⁄8 130

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 29


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

RISER CLAMP This product is designed to support vertical piping by resting on shear lugs welded to the pipe. Shear lugs are not supplied. The stated Maximum Loads are based upon the use of the clamp as a rigid support. Use of the clamp with springs units will double the given Maximum Loads. Rated loads are for up to 650° F (343° C). Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M124. NOTE: For your Special Riser Clamp requirements that are not covered by this product, please contact us to discuss your application. FIGURE 124 – RISER CLAMP PIPE MAX SIZE LOAD A 2 900 11 ⁄ 4 50 4004 32 21⁄ 2 900 11⁄ 4 65 4004 32 3 1500 11⁄ 2 80 6673 38 4 2200 11⁄ 2 100 9786 38 3⁄ 4 5 2200 125 9786 19 7⁄ 8 6 3000 150 13345 22 7⁄ 8 8 3000 200 13345 22 10 5500 11⁄ 4 250 24466 32 12 7800 13⁄ 8 300 34698 35 14 7800 13⁄ 8 350 34698 35 16 9000 11⁄ 2 400 40036 38 18 9000 11⁄ 2 450 40036 38 20 13500 17⁄ 8 500 60053 48 24 13500 17⁄ 8 600 60053 48

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 30

F

S

Figure 124

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

B 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 21⁄ 2 64 21⁄ 2 64 21⁄ 2 64 21⁄ 2 64 3 76 3 76

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

C 4 102 4 102

K

A C

B

E

E CL C–C

C-C 18 457 20 508 20 508 22 559 22 559 24 610 27 686 30 762 32 813 34 864 36 914 39 991 42 1067 45 1143

E 9 229 10 254 10 254 11 279 11 279 12 305 131⁄ 2 343 15 381 16 406 17 432 18 457 191⁄ 2 495 21 533 221⁄ 2 572

F 3⁄ 8 M10 3⁄ 8 M10 1⁄ 2 M12 1⁄ 2 M12 1⁄ 2 M12 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 7⁄ 8 M22 1 M24 1 M24 11 ⁄ 8 M30 11 ⁄ 8 M30 13 ⁄ 8 M36 13 ⁄ 8 M36

K 13⁄16 5 11⁄ 16 27 13 ⁄ 8 35 17 ⁄ 8 48 23 ⁄ 8 60 213⁄ 16 71 313⁄ 16 97 45 ⁄ 8 117 51 ⁄ 2 140 61 ⁄ 8 156 7 178 8 203 83 ⁄ 4 222 103⁄ 4 273

S 3 ⁄4 19 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19 1 25 1 25 11 ⁄ 2 38 13 ⁄ 4 44 13 ⁄ 4 44 2 51 2 51 21 ⁄ 2 64 21 ⁄ 2 64

WEIGHT EACH 17.5 7.9 19.1 8.7 29.4 13.3 38.5 17.5 43.2 19.6 56.8 25.8 79.2 35.9 143.3 65.0 183.7 83.3 194.5 88.2 224.7 101.9 280.7 127.3 429.1 194.6 465.1 211.0


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

PIPE SADDLE WITH YOKE Figure 125 The Figure 125 is used for support of piping from below without welding to the pipe. Rated loads are for up to 650 F (343 C). Maximum Galvanized Temperature is 450ºF (232º C) Material: Carbon Steel Compliance: MSS-SP-58 Type 37, Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 37 and BSPSS-BS3974 Finish: Plain, Painted, Galvanized Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. NOTE: The lower supporting pipe must be ordered separately. A Figure 138 Without Threads can be used. The stated Load of the Figure 125 is not applicable to the stanchion used or anyother method used to support the Figure 125.

C L E

4"

C D A

DOUBLE U-BOLTS FOR 20" AND LARGER PIPE SIZES

FIGURE 125 – PIPE SADDLE WITH YOKE PIPE SIZE 2 50 21/2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

MAXIMUM LOAD 900 202 1200 270 1200 270 1200 270 1200 270 1200 270 1200 270 1200 270 1200 270 1500 337 1750 393 2000 450 3500 787 3500 787 3500 787 3500 787

SUPPORT PIPE A 11/2 40 2 65 2 65 3 80 3 80 3 80 3 80 3 80 3 80 4 100 4 100 4 100 6 150 6 150 6 150 8 200

C

3/8

M10

1/2

M12

1/2

M12

1/2

M12

1/2

M12

5/8

M16

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

7/8

M20

7/8

M20

7/8

M20 1 M24 (2)-1 (2)-M24 (2)-11/8 (2)-M30 (2)-11/8 (2)-M30 (2)-11/4 (2)-M30

STEM D 1 25 11/2 40 11/2 40 21/2 65 21/2 65 21/2 65 21/2 65 21/2 65 21/2 65 3 80 3 80 3 80 5 125 5 125 5 125 6 150

E

17/16 37 111/16 43 2 51 21/2 64 31/16 78 35/8 92 411/16 119 57/8 149 67/8 175 75/8 194 85/8 219 93/4 248 103/4 273 13 330 16 406 19 483

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

WEIGHT EACH 4.51 2.05 4.85 2.20 5.05 2.29 5.15 2.34 5.61 2.54 7.30 3.31 9.25 4.20 13.75 6.24 15.50 7.03 25.35 11.50 30.80 13.97 37.64 17.07 75.35 34.18 112.80 51.17 137.30 62.28 210.15 95.32

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

31


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

FLOOR SUPPORTS Figure 125SP Figure 136SP Both Figure 125SP and 136SP are intended to support piping from below where there is no axial or transverse movement. Made special to customer design requirements, either may be furnished with holes in the base for bolting, or with no holes for welding. Material: Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, pipe material, load, overall height, figure number, finish, and base plate bolting if needed.

EXTENSION RISER CLAMP Figure 126 The Figure 126 is designed for the support or steadying of vertical pipe risers. It is made of carbon steel and is designed to hold tight to the pipe, transmitting the load to the structure through the ears on each end. When possible the clamp should be placed under a coupling, hub, or lugs welded to the pipe. NOTE: Bolt torque should be to industry standards. This product is not designed to be supported with rods. Use our Figure 124 when hanger rods are required. Material: Carbon Steel Compliance: Federal Specification MSS-SP-58 Type 8, A-A-1192A Type 8 and BSPSS-BS3974 Finish: Plain, Painted, Galvanized (450ºF Maximum) Ordering: Specify figure number, pipe size and finish.

A

C L DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

32

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

FIGURE 126 – EXTENSION RISER CLAMP PIPE SIZE

1/2

15

3/4

20 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 21/2 65 3 80 31/2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600

MAXIMUM LOAD 220 979 220 979 220 979 250 1112 250 1112 300 1335 400 1779 500 2224 600 2669 750 3336 1500 6673 1600 7117 2500 11121 2500 11121 2700 12011 2700 12011 2900 12900 2900 12900 2900 12900 3200 14235

A 9 229 93/8 238 95/8 244 10 254 101/4 260 103/4 6613 111/4 286 12 305 127/8 327 135/8 346 133/4 349 151/4 387 181/2 470 203/4 527 223/4 578 24 610 26 660 28 711 30 762 34 864

WEIGHT EACH 1.00 0.45 1.08 0.49 1.08 0.49 1.86 0.84 1.22 0.55 1.30 0.59 1.74 0.79 1.98 0.90 2.14 0.97 2.28 1.03 3.60 1.63 3.68 1.67 7.26 3.29 11.0 4.99 15.9 7.23 17.4 7.87 29.7 13.5 31.6 14.4 34.8 15.8 52.0 23.6


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

COPPER RISER CLAMP

PVC COATED RISER CLAMP

Figure 126CT

Figure 126PVC

The Figure 126CT is normally used for the support of uninsulated vertical tubing where no movement will occur. Please use our Figure 126 for carbon steel piping or Figure 126PVC for plastic coating requirements. NOTE: This product is not designed to be supported with rods. Install using the maximum suggested torque values shown in the Technical Section of this catalog. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 8, MSS-SP-69 Type 8. Finish: Copper. Ordering: Specify tubing size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M126CT.

The Figure 126PVC is normally used for the support of uninsulated vertical piping where no movement will occur. PVC coating the contact surface prevents galvanic corrosion with the pipe. Please use our Figure 126 for carbon steel piping or Figure 126CT for copper tubing requirements. NOTE: This product is not designed to be supported with rods. Install using the maximum suggested torque values shown in the Technical Section of this catalog. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 8, MSS-SP-69 Type 8. Operating temperature should not exceed 1400° F / 600° C. Finish: Polyvinyl Chloride Ordering: Specify pipe size and figure number. For Metric applications Specify Figure M126PVC. A completely PVC coated Figure 126 is available upon request. (Bolts and nuts will not be PVC coated.) PVC COATING

A

A CL

FIGURE 126CT – COPPER EXTENSION RISER CLAMP TUBE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150

MAXIMUM LOAD 220 979 220 979 220 979 220 979 220 979 220 979 390 1735 530 2358 530 2358 530 2358 810 3603 1570 6984

A 93⁄16 233 93⁄16 233 91⁄2 241 93⁄4 248 101⁄8 257 101⁄2 6532 11 279 115⁄8 295 125⁄8 321 131⁄8 333 14 356 15 381

WEIGHT EACH 0.70 0.32 0.74 0.34 0.75 0.34 0.77 0.35 0.80 0.36 0.84 0.38 1.60 0.73 1.80 0.82 1.95 0.88 2.04 0.93 3.50 1.59 5.25 2.38

CL

FIGURE 126PVC – PLASTIC COATED EXTENSION RISER CLAMP PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100

MAXIMUM LOAD 225 1001 225 1001 225 1001 225 1001 225 1001 225 1001 390 1735 530 2358 810 3603

A 93⁄8 238 93⁄8 238 95⁄8 244 10 254 103⁄8 264 103⁄4 6694 111⁄4 286 12 305 131⁄2 343

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT EACH 1.30 0.59 1.36 0.62 1.38 0.63 1.95 0.88 2.01 0.91 2.17 0.98 2.29 1.04 2.50 1.13 3.42 1.55 WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 33


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

PLASTIC PIPE RISER CLAMP Figure 126LD Figure 126LD PVC

FIGURE 126LD – RISER CLAMP FIGURE 126LD – PVC RISER CLAMP PIPE SIZE 11⁄2 40 2 50 3 80 4 100

The Figure 126LD is designed for the support or steadying of vertical PVC pipe risers for DWV applications. It is designed to hold tight to the pipe, transmitting the load to the structure through the ears on each end. When possible the clamp should be placed under a coupling, hub, or lugs welded to the pipe. For heavier loads please see our Figure 126. The Figure 126LD PVC is completely PVC coated. NOTE: This product is not designed to be supported with rods. Materials: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized, PVC. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192 Type 8, MSS-SP-69 (Type 8) and BSPSS-BS3974. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify M126LD or M126LD PVC.

MAXIMUM LOAD 225 1001 225 1001 225 1001 225 1001

WEIGHT EACH 0.62 0.28 0.67 0.30 0.88 0.40 1.01 0.46

A 53⁄4 146 61⁄2 3710 71⁄4 184 81⁄2 216

A

CL

FIG. 127 – ANCHOR CHAIR

ANCHOR CHAIR

PIPE SIZE 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600

Figure 127 The Figure 127 in composed of two plates, one notched for the correct pipe size and the other has holes punched for a U-bolt. Both pieces are welded together. The U bolt has sufficient thread to allow for tightening to the pipe. This anchor is used in conjunction with our Figure 84 and 139 Welded Steel Brackets. A square washer is set under the lips of angle iron sections of theBracket and nuts tightened on the U-bolt to prevent movement of the anchor. Made special to customer order. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M127.

A H

D B 34

A 3 76 35⁄8 92 41⁄16 103 55⁄16 135 61⁄2 165 75⁄8 194 81⁄2 216 95⁄8 244 107⁄8 276 12 305 14 356

B 8 203 91⁄8 232 101⁄4 260 121⁄4 311 141⁄2 368 161⁄2 419 18 457 20 508 22 559 241⁄2 622 281⁄2 724

D 4 102 4 102 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 6 152 6 152 6 152

H 5 127 55⁄8 143 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 91⁄4 235 105⁄8 264 111⁄4 286 123⁄8 314 135⁄8 346 15 381 17 432

WEIGHT EACH 6.28 2.85 7.32 3.32 10.55 4.79 15.25 6.92 21.30 9.66 25.50 11.57 31.50 14.29 40.00 18.14 49.50 22.45 65.90 29.89 81.00 36.74


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

PIPE SUPPORT

FIGURE 136 – PIPE SUPPORT

Figure 136 The Figure 136 is used in conjunction with a pipe standard and flange at the base to support piping from below. Both pipe standard and flange must be ordered separately. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 38, MSS-SP-69 Type 38. Finish: Plain, Painted, ElectroGalvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications Specify Figure M136.

A C

B

ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPORT Figure 137 Designed to support pipe from below, the Figure 137 is used in conjunction with flange or base mounted pipe column. The stem is threaded its full length and furnished with an nut to allow for vertical adjustment. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192 Type 49, and MSS SP-69 Type 49. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and pipe size. For Metric applications specify M137.

CL

PIPE SIZE 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

ROD LENGTH C 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152

SIZE B 7 ⁄8 M22 7 ⁄8 M22 1 M24 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36 11⁄2 M36

A 79⁄16 192 8 1⁄8 206 85⁄8 219 91316 233 913⁄16 249 1013⁄16 275 117⁄8 302 127⁄8 327

WGT. SIZE 1.57 0.71 1.85 0.84 2.70 1.22 3.14 1.42 4.90 2.22 5.75 2.61 9.88 4.48 11.4 5.17

FIGURE 137 – ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPORT PIPE SIZE 1 25 11 ⁄ 2 40 2 50 21 ⁄ 2 65 3 80 31 ⁄ 2 90 4 100 5 125 6 160 8 200 10 250 12 300

A 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 7⁄ 8 M22 7⁄ 8 M22 1 M24 1 M24 11 ⁄ 4 M30 11 ⁄ 4 M30

B 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203

WEIGHT EACH 0.70 0.32 0.74 0.34 0.80 0.36 0.84 0.38 1.02 0.46 1.06 0.48 1.86 0.84 2.50 1.13 2.98 1.35 3.28 1.49 6.30 2.86 7.00 3.18

B

A

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 35


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

THREADED BASE STAND A

Figure 138 The Figure 138 is designed for use with our Figure 101 and Figure 125. Materials: Carbon Steel. Compliance: To Federal Specification A-A-1192A Types 36, 37, 38, MSS-SP-69 Types 36, 37, 38 when used with the appropriate Pipe Saddle type attachment. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, pipe size, height, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M138.

B

D

HEIGHT

C

G

FIGURE 138 – THREADED BASE STAND PIPE SIZE A 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150

B 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 11⁄2 40 11⁄2 40

C 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 13 ⁄16 21 15 ⁄16 24 11⁄8 29

Weights are based upon a height “H” of 18"

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 36

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

D 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51

G 1 ⁄4 x 6 x 6 6 x 152 x 152 1 ⁄4 x 6 x 6 6 x 152 x 152 1 ⁄4 x 6 x 6 6 x 152 x 152 1 ⁄4 x 6 x 6 6 x 152 x 152 3 ⁄8 x 8 x 8 10 x 203 x 203 3 ⁄8 x 12 x 12 10 x 305 x 305 1 ⁄2 x 12 x 12 13 x 305 x 305 1 ⁄2 x 18 x 18 13 x 457 x 457

WEIGHT EACH 4.95 2.25 5.83 2.64 6.49 2.94 7.85 3.56 15.20 6.91 26.20 11.90 35.90 16.30 73.50 9.40


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

PIPE CHAIR

E

Figure 145 Pipe Chairs are used to support piping in underground trenches or on top of piers above or below ground. This chair allows from 21⁄2" inches to 4" inches clearance under pipeline. Made special to customer order. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M145.

F

B

G E

C D

A

FIGURE 145 – PIPE CHAIR PIPE SIZE 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

A 41⁄4 108 61⁄4 159 71⁄2 191 813⁄16 224 103⁄4 273 13 330 15 381

B 31⁄8 79 39⁄16 90 41⁄16 103 41⁄2 114 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 79⁄16 192

C 45⁄16 110 53⁄8 137 61⁄16 154 69⁄16 167 715⁄16 202 91⁄16 230 101⁄2 267

D 29⁄16 65 31⁄8 79 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 35⁄8 92 311⁄16 94 41⁄8 105

E 3 ⁄4 19 15 ⁄16 24 1 25 1 25 15⁄16 33 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38

F 21⁄8 54 25⁄16 59 211⁄16 68 33⁄16 81 4 102 5 127 59⁄16 141

HOLE G 7 ⁄16 11 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 11 ⁄16 17 5 ⁄8 16 11 ⁄16 17

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT EACH 2.75 1.25 5.25 2.38 7.90 3.58 10.0 4.54 16.3 7.37 25.8 11.7 33.3 15.1

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 37


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

DUCTILE IRON PIPE CLAMP Figure 158 The Figure 158 can be used to secure mechanical joint piping or socket fittings together to prevent separation under pressure either under or above ground, vertically or horizontally. If use in this fashion two (2) Figure 258 Socket Clamp Washers and Figure 133 Rods are also required, but must be ordered separately. The Figure 158 may also be used to support and guide vertical Ductile Iron pipe. Materials: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M158. A

DOUBLE BOLT DUCTILE IRON PIPE CLAMP Figure 158DB The Figure 158DB can be used in the same manner as the Figure 158, except the overall length is longer. Materials: Carbon Steel. Compliance: NFPA Standard NFPA-24 for Outside Protection. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M158DB.

A

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 38

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

FIGURE 158 – UNDERGROUND PIPE CLAMP PIPE SIZE 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750

ACTUAL PIPE O.D. 3.96 101 4.8 122 6.9 175 9.05 230 11.1 282 13.2 335 15.3 389 17.4 442 19.5 495 21.6 549 25.8 655 32 813

A 121⁄4 311 133⁄4 349 153⁄4 400 18 457 201⁄8 511 227⁄8 581 251⁄2 648 28 711 33 838 351⁄2 902 401⁄2 1029 48 1219

WASHER SIZE 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 13 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36 11⁄2 M36 11⁄2 M36

WEIGHT EACH 9.00 4.08 9.00 4.08 10.70 9.40 12.20 5.54 14.60 6.64 16.60 7.53 41.90 18.99 61.90 28.10 65.10 29.50 92.20 41.80 122.70 55.70 184.00 83.50

FIGURE 158DB – UNDERGROUND PIPE CLAMP PIPE SIZE 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750

ACTUAL PIPE O.D. 3.96 101 4.8 122 6.9 175 9.05 230 11.1 282 13.2 335 15.3 389 17.4 442 19.5 495 21.6 549 25.8 655 32.0 813

A 133⁄8 340 143⁄4 375 17 432 191⁄2 495 231⁄4 591 251⁄2 648 281⁄4 718 311⁄2 800 351⁄4 895 373⁄4 959 441⁄2 1130 53 1346

WASHER SIZE 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36 11⁄2 M36 13⁄4 M42

WEIGHT EACH 9.50 4.31 10.00 4.54 12.00 9.40 21.00 9.53 24.00 10.89 36.00 16.33 48.60 22.04 71.80 32.50 85.30 38.70 102.00 46.30 136.60 62.00 204.00 93.00


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

UNDERGROUND SOCKET CLAMP WASHER Figure 258 The Figure 258 is for use with our Figure 158 and Figure 158DB Underground Clamp. Two (2) Washers are required per clamp. When installed the lug bears against the bolt which prevents the washer from sliding off the clamp. Material: Cast Iron. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M258. FIGURE 258 – UNDERGROUND SOCKET CLAMP WASHER ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄4 M20 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36

USED WITH CLAMP SIZE 4" to 12" 100 to 300 14" to 18" 350 to 450 20" to 36" 500 to 900

WEIGHT EACH 1.25 0.57 2.85 1.29 7.06 3.20

A

OFFSET PIPE CLAMP

FIGURE 179 – OFFSET PIPE CLAMP

Figure 179 The Offset Pipe Clamp is used on pipe lines running at a fixed distance from a wall or floor. The standard clearance is two inches (51mm) from the O.D. of pipe to the face of the surface. Non-standard clearances can be fabricated upon request. Material: Carbon Steel. Load Rating: Up to 650° F (343° C). Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M179.

CL A C

B

PIPE SIZE 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

MAX LOAD 190 845 190 845 190 845 190 845 420 1868 420 1868 420 1868 610 2714 610 2714 870 3870 870 3870 1050 4671 1200 5338

B 83⁄4 222 9 1⁄4 235 93⁄4 248 10 254 111⁄4 286 113⁄4 298 127⁄8 327 137⁄8 352 155⁄8 397 163⁄4 425 183⁄4 476 211⁄2 546 247⁄8 632

C 7 ⁄16 11 7 ⁄16 11 7 ⁄16 11 7 ⁄16 11 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 11 ⁄16 17 11 ⁄16 17 11 ⁄16 17 13 ⁄16 21 13 ⁄16 21

WGT EACH 1.3 0.59 1.4 0.64 1.5 0.68 1.6 0.73 2.8 1.27 2.9 1.32 3.2 1.45 4.2 1.91 6.5 2.95 7.2 3.27 8.3 3.76 12.4 5.62 21.0 9.53

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

A 23⁄4 70 27⁄8 73 31⁄16 78 33⁄16 81 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 41⁄16 103 49⁄16 116 51⁄16 129 55⁄8 143 65⁄8 168 73⁄8 187 83⁄8 213

39


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

TWO BOLT PIPE CLAMP

Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galv., Hot-Dip Galv. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and pipe size. Also, include any special requirements for Figure 175SP. For Metric applications specify Figure M175 or M175SP.

Figure 175 Figure 175SP Designed to suspend cold or hot pipe lines where little or no insulation is required. The Figure 175 is usually used with a Figure 279 Weldless Eyenut, or Figure 93 Welded Eyerod. See Figure 298 Heavy Duty Two Bolt Clamp when higher loads are required. We will also design to meet special requirements such as special pipe sizes, order Figure 175SP. Rated Loads are for up to 750° F (399° C). Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 4, MSS-SP-69 Type 4 and BSPSS-BS3974.

F

C

E

D

CL D

E

FIGURE 175 – TWO BOLT PIPE CLAMP PIPE SIZE 1⁄ 2 15 3⁄ 4 20 1 25 11⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 2 40 2 50 21⁄ 2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750

MAXIMUM LOAD 650° F / 343° C 750° F / 343° C 500 445 2224 1980 500 445 2224 1980 500 445 2224 1980 500 445 2224 1980 800 715 3559 3181 1040 930 4626 4137 1040 930 4626 4137 1040 930 4626 4137 1040 930 4626 4137 1040 930 4626 4137 1615 1440 7184 6406 1615 1440 7184 6406 2490 2220 11077 9875 2490 2220 11077 9875 2490 2220 11077 9875 2490 2220 11077 9875 3060 2730 13612 12144 3060 2730 13612 12144 3060 2730 13612 12144 3500 3360 15569 14947

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 40

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

C 3⁄ 8 10 3⁄ 8 10 3⁄ 8 10 3⁄ 8 10 3⁄ 8 10 1⁄ 2 13 5⁄ 8 16 5⁄ 8 16 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19 7⁄ 8 22 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄ 8 29 11⁄ 8 29 11⁄ 4 32 13⁄ 8 35 11⁄ 2 38 2 51

ROD TAKE OUT D 11⁄ 8 29 11⁄ 4 32 13⁄ 8 35 15⁄ 8 41 13⁄ 4 44 21⁄ 8 54 25⁄ 8 67 3 76 35⁄ 8 92 41⁄ 4 108 51⁄ 4 133 63⁄ 8 162 75⁄ 8 194 83⁄ 4 222 91⁄ 4 235 101⁄ 4 260 115⁄ 8 295 123⁄ 4 324 151⁄ 4 387 181⁄ 2 470

E 15⁄ 8 41 13⁄ 4 44 17⁄ 8 48 21⁄ 8 54 21⁄ 4 57 25⁄ 8 67 31⁄ 8 79 31 ⁄ 2 89 43⁄ 8 111 5 127 61⁄ 4 159 73⁄ 8 187 83⁄ 4 222 101⁄ 4 260 105⁄ 8 270 115⁄ 8 295 13 330 141⁄ 8 359 167⁄ 8 429 203⁄ 4 527

F 5⁄ 16 M8 5⁄ 16 M8 5⁄ 16 M8 5⁄ 16 M8 5⁄ 16 M8 1⁄ 2 M12 1⁄ 2 M12 1⁄ 2 M12 1⁄ 2 M12 1⁄ 2 M12 1⁄ 2 M12 3⁄ 4 M20 7⁄ 8 M22 7⁄ 8 M22 7⁄ 8 M22 7⁄ 8 M22 1 M24 11⁄ 8 M30 11⁄ 4 M30 11⁄ 2 M36

WEIGHT EACH 0.31 0.14 0.35 0.16 0.39 0.18 0.40 0.18 0.45 0.20 1.23 0.56 1.33 0.60 1.53 0.69 2.20 1.00 2.39 1.08 5.87 2.66 6.95 3.15 14.39 6.53 16.73 7.59 21.26 9.64 23.39 10.61 32.96 14.95 36.74 16.67 52.96 24.02 103.50 46.95


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

LIGHT DUTY CLEVIS HANGER

A

Figure 200 Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above allowing for approximately 1" to 11⁄2" of vertical adjustment after the pipe is in place. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 1, MSS-SP-69 Type 1. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M200.

B E C CL

FIGURE 200 – LIGHT DUTY CLEVIS HANGER PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100

MAXIMUM LOAD 150 667 250 1112 250 1112 250 1112 250 1112 250 1112 350 1557 350 1557 350 1557 400 1779

A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16

B 17⁄8 48 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 3 76 31⁄2 89 4 102 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 51⁄2 140

C 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 37⁄8 79 33⁄4 95 4 102 43⁄4 121 51⁄2 140 61⁄8 156 61⁄2 165 77⁄8 200

WEIGHT EACH 0.27 0.12 0.29 0.13 0.33 0.15 0.36 0.16 0.42 0.19 0.52 0.24 0.81 0.37 0.90 0.41 0.99 0.45 1.40 0.64

E 3 ⁄4 19 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 41 21⁄8 54 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 27⁄8 73 31⁄4 83 33⁄8 86 43⁄8 111

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 41


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

VEE CLEVIS HANGER

A

Figure 200V Designed to support non-insulated, stationary, plastic lines from above. Used with Figure 200VT Vee Trough (not furnished). The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 1, MSS-SP-69 Type 1. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M200V.

D B

E

C CL

FIGURE 200V – VEE CLEVIS HANGER SIZE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 42

MAXIMUM LOAD 150 667 150 667 150 667 150 667 150 667 150 667 150 667 150 667 150 667 150 667

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16

B 43⁄4 121 49⁄16 116 43⁄8 111 41⁄8 105 4 102 311⁄16 94 65⁄8 168 63⁄16 157 513⁄16 148 57⁄16 138

C 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 83⁄4 222 83⁄4 222 83⁄4 222 83⁄4 222

D 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44

E 45⁄16 110 41⁄8 105 315⁄16 100 311⁄16 94 39⁄16 90 31⁄4 83 513⁄16 148 53⁄8 137 5 127 45⁄8 117

WEIGHT EACH 0.38 0.17 0.38 0.17 0.38 0.17 0.38 0.17 0.38 0.17 0.38 0.17 1.15 0.52 1.15 0.52 1.15 0.52 1.15 0.52


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

WALL PIPE SUPPORT Figure 221 The Figure 221 is used to support steel or cast iron pipe close to walls, piers, or in a trench. These supports can be made to carry pipelines at various distances from the wall, Also for Hot Water Tanks 12" inches to 36" inches in diameter. Prices furnished in accordance with customer specifications. Made special to customer order. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M221.

C

A B

FIGURE 221 – WALL PIPE SUPPORT PIPE SIZE 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

A 91⁄8 232 101⁄2 267 123⁄4 324 14 356 18 457 22 559 241⁄2 622

B 77⁄8 200 91⁄4 235 111⁄4 286 121⁄2 318 16 406 191⁄2 495 22 559

C 21⁄4 57 23⁄8 70 35⁄16 84 313⁄16 97 53⁄8 137 63⁄8 162 73⁄8 187

D 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 11 ⁄16 17 11 ⁄16 17 11 ⁄16 17

WEIGHT EACH 2.39 1.08 2.56 1.16 4.05 1.84 4.48 2.03 15.3 6.94 23.4 10.6 26.9 12.2

D

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 43


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

SHORT U-BOLT Figure 222 The Figure 222 is recommended for use as a support for piping where the tangent lengths are too long to use a Figure 283. It is supplied with two hex nuts. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 2, MSS-SP69 Type 24, and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, or Hot-Dip Galvanized (Rod Size 1⁄4" cannot be Hot-Dip Galvanized). Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify M222.

F A

G

B C

FIGURE 222 - SHORT U-BOLT PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

MAX LOAD 650° F / 343° C 480 2135 480 2135 480 2135 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 2200 9786 2200 9786 2200 9786 2200 9786 2200 9786 3600 16014 3600 16014 5400 24021 7500 33363

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 44

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

STOCK SIZE A 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

B 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄8 29 13⁄8 35 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄8 29 13⁄8 35 13⁄4 44 2 51 21⁄2 64 3 76 35⁄8 92 41⁄8 105 45⁄8 117 55⁄8 143 63⁄4 171 83⁄4 222 107⁄8 276 127⁄8 327

C 11⁄8 29 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 21⁄8 54 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 41⁄8 105 45⁄8 117 51⁄8 130 61⁄8 156 73⁄8 187 93⁄8 238 115⁄8 295 133⁄4 349

F 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 53⁄8 137 7 178 77⁄8 200

G 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38

WEIGHT EACH 0.08 0.04 0.09 0.04 0.10 0.05 0.08 0.04 0.09 0.04 0.10 0.05 0.27 0.12 0.30 0.14 0.34 0.15 0.72 0.33 0.80 0.36 0.95 0.43 0.95 0.43 1.13 0.51 1.24 0.56 2.10 0.95 2.68 1.22 3.20 1.45


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

RETURN LINE OFFSET HOOK

FIGURE 227 – RETURN LINE OFFSET HOOK

Figure 227 Designed to support light duty pipe lines with clearance requirements that run along walls or beams. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galv. Ordering: Specify pipe size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M227.

D

5" A

PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150

MAX LOAD 200 890 200 890 200 890 200 890 200 890 200 890 350 1557 350 1557 350 1557 450 2002 450 2002 450 2002

A 6 9⁄32 160 61⁄8 156 6 9⁄16 167 65⁄8 168 611⁄16 170 7 3⁄32 4315 715⁄32 190 75⁄8 194 81⁄32 204 8 9⁄16 217 9 229 9 3⁄8 238

B 15⁄8 41 111⁄16 43 17⁄8 48 21⁄16 52 23⁄16 56 25⁄8 67 211⁄16 68 3 76 31⁄4 83 35⁄8 92 43⁄16 106 411⁄16 119

D 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14

WGT EACH 0.53 0.24 0.55 0.25 0.81 0.37 0.84 0.38 0.89 0.40 0.96 0.44 1.26 0.57 1.38 0.63 1.47 0.67 2.39 1.08 3.90 1.77 4.25 1.93

D 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14

WGT EACH 0.51 0.23 0.53 0.24 0.80 0.36 0.83 0.38 0.87 0.39 0.93 0.42 1.16 0.53 1.27 0.58 1.37 0.62 2.19 0.99 3.50 1.59 4.15 1.88

1" B

RETURN LINE HOOK

FIGURE 227S – RETURN LINE HOOK

Figure 227S Designed to support light duty pipe lines that run next to walls or beams. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M227S. D

C

A

PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150

MAX LOAD 200 890 200 890 200 890 200 890 200 890 200 890 350 1557 350 1557 350 1557 350 1557 450 2002 450 2002

A 69⁄32 160 61⁄8 156 69⁄16 167 65⁄8 168 611⁄16 170 73⁄32 4315 715⁄32 190 75⁄8 194 81⁄32 204 89⁄16 217 9 229 93⁄8 238

C 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 45


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ONE HOLE PIPE CLAMP Figure 237

W

Designed to support light duty pipe lines that run next to walls or beams. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M237S.

D HOLE DIA.

FIGURE 226 – ONE HOLE PIPE CLAMP PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100

C 7 ⁄8 22 1 25 11⁄8 29 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38

D 9 ⁄32 7 9 ⁄32 7 9 ⁄32 7 11 ⁄32 9 13 ⁄32 10 13 ⁄32 10 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14

L 25⁄8 67 3 76 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 65⁄8 168 65⁄8 168 61⁄2 165 8 203

W 3 ⁄4 19 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32

WEIGHT EACH 0.05 0.02 0.06 0.02 0.09 0.04 0.12 0.05 0.16 0.07 0.24 0.11 0.50 0.23 0.69 0.31 1.40 0.64

Figure 247 The Figure 247 is used in conjunction with a pipe stand and flange at the base to support piping from below. Both pipe stand and base must be ordered separately. Please see Figure 138. Load Rating: Up to 650° F (343° C). Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 38, MSS-SP-69 Type 38. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M247.

46

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

L

FIGURE 247 – PIPE SUPPORT

PIPE SUPPORT

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

C

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

PIPE SIZE 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

COUPLING PIPE SIZE 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 2 50 21⁄2 65 21⁄2 65 3 80 3 80

WEIGHT EACH 1.35 0.61 2.45 1.11 3.63 1.65 4.30 1.95 7.03 3.19 8.53 3.87 13.00 5.91 15.10 6.84


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ADJUSTABLE SPLIT SWIVEL HANGER

A

Figure 240 Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above. The hinged design is easier to install making it ideal for retrofit needs. Vertical adjustment is made by turning the swivel. Pipe sizes 3⁄4” to 2” do not have the window cutout. Material: Malleable Iron Compliance: MSS-SP-69 (Type 6) Finish: Plain Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M240.

N I T N

O ISC

D

D UE

C

E

B D

CENTERLINE OF PIPE

FIGURE 240 - ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL HANGER PIPE SIZE

3⁄4

20 1 25

1⁄4

32 11/2 40 2 50 21/2 65 3 80 31/2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200

MAXIMUM LOAD 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 500 2224 500 2224 500 2224 900 4004 900 4004 1300 5783 1800 8007

ROD SIZE A

3⁄8

10

3⁄8

10

3⁄8

10

3⁄8

10

3⁄8

10

1/2

13

1/2

13

1/2

13

5⁄8

16

5⁄8

16

3⁄4

19

7⁄8

22

B 2 1/8 54 2 3/8 60 2 5/8 67 2 3/4 70 3 1/8 79 4 3/8 111 4 5/8 117 5 127 6 152 6 3/4 171 7 3/4 197 9 3/4 248

C 23⁄8 60 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 23⁄8 60 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄4 57 27⁄8 73 3 76 33⁄8 86 43⁄8 111

D 25⁄8 67 3 76 33⁄8 86 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 53⁄4 146 63⁄8 162 7 178 81⁄4 210 91/2 241 11 279 14 356

WEIGHT EACH 0.23 0.10 0.25 0.11 0.30 0.14 0.32 0.15 0.34 0.15 0.65 0.29 0.78 0.35 0.85 0.39 1.54 0.70 2.00 0.91 3.20 1.45 5.00 2.27

E 2 51 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 2 51 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 3 76 31/2 89 37⁄8 98

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

47


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

EXTENDED OFFSET PIPE CLAMP Figure 267 Designed to attach directly to piping where the exact distance between the structure and the pipe cannot be determined until the piping is in place. The extended legs can be modified in the field to suit the location. Legs of longer lengths can be furnished on order. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M267.

A

B

RIGHT ANGLE BEAM CLAMP Figure 282 The Figure 282 is used in attaching conduit or pipe at a right angle to a structural member. Materials: Malleable iron body with carbons steel U-bolt and nuts. Finish: Hot-Dip Galvanized Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M282.

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 48

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

FIGURE 267 – EXTENDED PIPE CLAMP PIPE SIZE 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350

A 12 305 12 305 12 305 255 12 305 1356 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305

B 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 43⁄4 121 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 61⁄8 156 7 178 71⁄2 191 77⁄8 200 101⁄2 267 121⁄4 311 13 330 151⁄4 387 181⁄4 464 203⁄4 527 21 533

WEIGHT EACH 1.85 0.84 1.85 0.84 1.85 0.84 2.34 1.06 2.40 1.09 2.45 1.11 3.13 1.42 4.21 1.91 4.47 2.03 4.90 2.22 4.90 2.22 5.32 2.41 11.20 5.06 13.50 6.12 22.00 110.00 35.00 15.90

FIGURE 282 - RIGHT ANGLE BEAM CLAMP PIPE SIZE 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100

WEIGHT EACH 0.33 0.15 0.41 0.19 0.42 0.19 0.47 0.21 0.54 0.24 0.57 0.26 0.85 0.39 1.06 0.48 1.10 0.50 1.28 0.58 1.40 0.64


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

STANDARD U-BOLT Figure 283 Carbon Steel Figure 283PVC PVC Coated Figure 283SS Stainless Steel

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

Our standardU-BOLT U-Bolts are recommended for use as supports STANDARD or guides They are supplied with four hex nuts. Figure 283 for piping. (Carbon Steel) The Figure 283PVC is for support Figure 283PVC (PVC Coated) of piping where contact with the pipe is not desire. Threads Figure 283SS (Stainless Steel) and nuts are not coated.

The Figure 283SS recommendedfor foruse support of stainless Our standard U-Bolts areisrecommended as supports or guides for Please specify thehex grade of stainless steel you piping.steel Theypiping. are supplied with four nuts. require when ordering. The Figure 283PVC is for support of piping where contact with the pipe is not Load Ratings shown are for Carbon Steel. PVC coating should desired. Threads and nuts are not coated. D not exceed 140ºF/60ºC. The Figure 283SS is recommended for support of stainless steel piping. Please Materials: Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel A B E specify the grade of stainless steel you require when ordering. Compliance: Federal Specification WW-H-171 Type 24, Load Ratings are 24), for Carbon Steel. PVC coating should not exceed MSS-SPshown 69 (Type and BSPSS-BS3974. 140°F / 60°C. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized Materials: Steel, Stainless Steel.Galvanized) Hot-dip (Rod Carbon Size 1/4” cannot be Hot-Dip Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type MSS-SP 69 Type 24, galvanized U-Bolts will come with oversized hex24, nuts. C and BSPSS-BS3974. Maximum Stainless Steel Loads are 0.80 times the stated CL CL Finish:loads Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized (Rod Size 1/4" cannot below. be Hot-Dip Galvanized) Hot-Dip Galvanized U-Bolts will come with oversized Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. hex nuts. FIGURE 283 –for STANDARD Side loads are given the FigureU-BOLT 283 for a maximum temperature of 650ºF / 343ºC. When the loading condition requires the simultaneous application of a normal load and side load, the following interaction equation must be used to determine if STOCK PIPEcan be used.MAXIMUM LOAD the Figure 283 SIZE WEIGHT SIZE A 650ºF/343ºC 750ºF B Side Load)CThe result of Dthis equation cannot E EACH (Actual Load / Maximum Design Load) + /399ºC (Actual Side Load / Maximum 580 454 0.11 1/2 1/4 7/8 13/16 21/4 21/8 exceed the value the Figure 2832020 is to be used. M6 15 of 1.0 if 2580 22 30 57 54 0.05 580figure number, 454 and finish. 1/4 0.12 3/4 11/8 13/8 M283. 23/4 21/8 Ordering: Specify pipe size, For Metric applications Specify 20 2580 2020 M6 1 580 454 1/4 2580 M6 FIGURE 28325 – STANDARD U-BOLT 2020 1200 1070 1/2* 3/8 LOAD MAX. 15* MAXIMUM 5338 4760 M10 PIPE 750° F SIDE 1070 LOAD 3/4* 650° F 1200 3/8 SIZE 399° C 650° 20* 343° C 5338 4760F/ 343°C M10A 1 1* 1200 435 1070 63 3/8 1⁄4 ⁄2 485 25* 2157 53381935 4760280 M10 15 M6 3 1460 435 1144 63 3/8 1⁄4 11/4 485 ⁄4 32 2157 64951935 5089280 M10 20 M6 1460 1144 3/8 1 11/2 485 1 435 63 40 6495 5089 M10 ⁄4 25 2 2157 14601935 1144280 3/8M6 1 3 ⁄2 * 50 1220 64951090 5089316 M10 ⁄8 15 1406 M10 27004760 2114 1/2 21/2 5338 3 ⁄4 * 65 1220 120111090 9404240 M123⁄8 3 5338 27004760 2114 20 1068 1/2M10 80 1220 120111090 9404186 M123⁄8 1* 27004760 2114827 1/2M10 31/2 5338 25 90 1220 120111090 9404194 M123⁄8 11⁄4 4 2700 2114863 1/2M10 32 100 5427 120114849 9404 M12 3 11⁄2 1220 1090 194 ⁄8 40* Made special 5427to customer 4849order 863 M10 3 2 1220 1090 194 ⁄8 50 5427 4849 863 M10 1 21⁄2 2260 2020 184 ⁄2 65 10053 8986 819 M12 1 3 2260 2020 184 ⁄2 80 10053 8986 819 M12 1 31⁄2 2260 2020 184 ⁄2 90 10053 8986 819 M12 1 4 2260 2020 184 ⁄2 100 10053 8986 819 M12 * Made special to customer order.

29 13/8 35 7/8 22 11/8 B 29 7 13/8 ⁄8 35 22 1 113/4 ⁄8 44 29 2 13⁄8 51 235 1/2 7 64⁄8 22 3 1 176 ⁄8 329 5/8 92 13⁄8 435 1/8 105 13⁄4 444 5/8 117 2 51 21⁄2 64 3 76 35⁄8 92 41⁄8 105 45⁄8 117

35 15/8 41 11/4 32 11/2 C38 131⁄13/4 6 2944 132⁄81/8 3554 15260 ⁄83/8 4127/8 1173 ⁄4 3231/2 11⁄289 3841/8 13⁄105 4 4445/8 1 2117 ⁄8 51/8 54 130 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 41⁄8 105 45⁄8 117 51⁄8 130

70 23/4 70 23/4 70 23/4 D 70 23⁄423/4 70 70 23⁄4 27/8 70 73 3 23⁄4 76 70 31/4 23⁄4 83 70 33/4 23⁄4 95 70 4 23⁄4102 70 41/2 27⁄8114 41/2 73114 3 76 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄2 114 DIMENSIONS 41⁄2 INCHES 114

MILLIMETERS

54 0.05 0.12 21/8 54 0.05 0.16 21/8 54 0.07 21/8 WEIGHT 0.16 E 54 EACH 0.07 0.19 21⁄8 21/8 0.11 0.09 54 54 0.05 0.28 21⁄8 21/8 0.12 0.13 54 54 0.05 1/2 0.12 0.30 21⁄8 264 0.14 54 21/2 0.05 0.33 21⁄8 64 0.16 0.15 54 3 0.07 0.70 21⁄8 76 0.16 0.32 0.78 54 3 0.07 0.35 21⁄8 76 0.19 0.84 54 3 0.09 0.38 21⁄8 76 0.28 3 0.90 54 76 0.13 0.41 21⁄2 0.30 64 0.14 21⁄2 0.33 64 0.15 3 0.70 76 0.32 3 0.78 76 0.35 3 0.84 76 0.38 TEMPERATURE LOADS WEIGHT 3 0.90 FAHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS 76 0.41 CELSIUS

NEWTONS

KILOGRAMS

49 DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT

LOADS POUNDS

WEIGHT POUNDS


PIPE ATTACHMENTS FIGURE 283 – STANDARD U-BOLT (CONT.) PIPE SIZE 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 28 700 30 750 36 900

MAXIMUM LOAD 650ºF/343ºC 750ºF /399ºC 2700 2114 12011 9404 4320 3382 19217 15044 4320 3382 19217 15044 6460 5060 28737 22509 9960 7016 44306 31210 9960 7016 44306 31210 9960 7016 44306 31210 11800 8850 52491 39368 11800 8850 52491 39368 11800 8850 52491 39368 11800 8850 52491 39368 11800 8850 11800 39368 11800 8850 52491 39368

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

50

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

STOCK SIZE A

1/2

M12

5/8

M16

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

7/8

M20

7/8

M20

7/8

M20 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24

B 55/8 143 63/4 171 83/4 222 107/8 276 127/8 327 141/8 359 161/8 410 181/8 460 201/8 511 241/8 613 281/8 714 301/8 765 361/8 918

C 61/8 156 73/8 187 93/8 238 115/8 295 133/4 349 15 381 17 432 191/8 486 211/8 537 251/8 638 291/8 740 311/8 791 371/8 943

D 5 127 61/8 156 71/8 181 83/8 213 95/8 244 101/4 260 111/4 286 125/8 321 135/8 346 155/8 397 175/8 448 185/8 473 215/8 549

E 3 76 33/4 95 33/4 95 4 102 41/4 108 41/4 108 41/4 108 43/4 121 43/4 121 43/4 121 43/4 121 43/4 121 43/4 121

WEIGHT EACH 1.04 0.47 2.0 0.91 2.3 1.0 4.9 2.2 7.7 3.5 8.3 3.8 9.2 4.2 13.5 6.1 14.6 6.6 16.9 7.7 18.0 8.2 19.1 8.7 23.2 10.5


PIPE ATTACHMENTS PIPE ATTACHMENTS

LIGHT DUTY DUTY U-BOLT LIGHT U-BOLT Figure 283L 283L Figure

The Figure 283L is recommended for the guiding, anchoring The Figure 283Lofisconduit recommended the guiding, anchorand supporting or lightfor piping loads. Furnished ing of conduit or light piping loads. withand twosupporting (2) hex nuts. Furnished with two (2) hex nuts. Material: Carbon Steel Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A (Type 24), Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A (Type 24), MSS-SP 69 (Type 24), and BSPSS-BS3974. MSS-SP 69 (Type 24), and BSPSS-BS3974. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-galvanized Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M283L.

D E

B

A

C

FIGURE 283L - LIGHT DUTY U-BOLT FIGURE 283L - LIGHT DUTY U-BOLT PIPE MAXIMUM SIZE LOAD A PIPE MAXIMUM 1 1 ⁄2 485 ⁄4 SIZE LOAD A 580 151/2 2157 M6 1/4 315 1 2580 M6 ⁄4 485 ⁄4 580 1/4 203/4 2157 M6 2580 M6 1 120 485 ⁄4 580 1/4 251 2157 M6 25 2580 M6 1 111⁄1/4 4 485 580 1/4⁄4 32 2157 M6 32 2580 M6 1 111⁄1/2 2 485 580 1/4⁄4 40 2157 M6 40 2580 M6 1 580 22 485 ⁄4 1/4 50 2580 M6 50 2157 M6 33/8 1460 221⁄1/2 2 1220 ⁄8 65 6495 M10 65 5427 M10 1460 33/8 33 1220 ⁄8 80 6495 M10 80 5427 M10 1460 3/8 31 1/2 3 390 ⁄2 1220 ⁄8 6495 M10 904 5427 M10 1460 3/8 3 4 1220 ⁄8 100 6495 M10 5 1460 100 5427 M10 3/8 3 125 6495 M10 5 1220 ⁄8 6 2700 1/2 125 5427 M10 150 12011 M12 1 6 2260 ⁄2 8 2700 1/2 150 10053 M12 200 12011 M12 1 810 2260 ⁄2 4320 5/8 200 10053 M12 250 19217 M16 5 10 3620 ⁄8 250 16103 M16

B 1B 251 1 125 ⁄8 11/8 29 3 129 ⁄8 13/8 35 35 1133/4 ⁄4 44 44 22 51 51 2211/2 ⁄2 64 64 33 76 76 3355/8 ⁄8 92 92 411/8 4105 ⁄8 105 455/8 4117 ⁄8 117 55/8 5 5143 ⁄8 63/4 143 3 6171 ⁄4 83/4 171 222 83⁄4 107/8 222 276 107⁄8 276

C 11⁄4 C 3211/4 13⁄832 3513/8 15⁄835 4115/8 41 22 5151 21⁄24 1/4 5757 232 ⁄4 3/4 7070 333 ⁄8 3/8 8686 44 102 102 41/2 1 4 114 ⁄2 1145 5127 1276 6152 71/4 152 71184 ⁄4 91/4 184 235 91⁄4 111/2 235 292 111⁄2 292

D 2D 51 2 21⁄851 5421/8 21⁄454 5721/4 57 232⁄8 3/8 6060 212 ⁄2 1/2 6464 232⁄4 3/4 7070 313⁄8 1/8 7979 333⁄8 3/8 86 8635/8 5 3 ⁄892 9237/8 37⁄898 9845/8 45117 ⁄8 51/8 117 51130 ⁄8 61/8 130 156 61⁄8 71/4 156 184 1 7 ⁄4 184

E 13⁄4 E 4413/4 13⁄444 4413/4 13⁄444 4413/4 44 13⁄413/4 44 44 13⁄413/4 44 44 13⁄413/4 44 44 2 2 51 51 2 2 51 51 2 2 51 51 2 2 51 5121/4 21⁄457 5721/4 21⁄457 5721/4 57 21⁄4 21/2 57 64 21⁄2 64

WEIGHT EACH WEIGHT 0.06 EACH 0.06 0.03 0.03 0.07 0.07 0.03 0.03 0.07 0.07 0.03 0.03 0.08 0.08 0.04 0.04 0.09 0.09 0.04 0.04 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.05 0.28 0.28 0.13 0.13 0.31 0.31 0.14 0.14 0.35 0.35 0.16 0.16 0.38 0.38 0.17 0.45 0.17 0.20 0.45 0.95 0.20 0.43 0.95 1.2 0.43 0.54 1.20 2.3 0.54 1.04 2.30 1.04

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE LOADS LOADS WEIGHT DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE WEIGHT INCHES FAHRENHEIT FAHRENHEIT POUNDS POUNDS POUNDS POUNDS INCHES MILLIMETERS CELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRAMS MILLIMETERS CELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRAMS

51

51


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

HEAVY DUTY TWO BOLT PIPE CLAMP Figure 298

C

Designed to suspend heavy loads on cold or hot pipe lines where little or no insulation is required. The Figure 298 is usually used with a Figure 279 Weldless Eyenut or Figure 93 Welded Eyerod. Rated Loads are for up to 750° F (399° C). Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 4, MSS-SP-69 Type 4 and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M298.

D

E

F

B

H

FIGURE 298 – HEAVY DUTY TWO BOLT PIPE CLAMP PIPE SIZE 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

MAXIMUM LOAD 650° F 750° F 343° C 399° C 3400 3000 15125 13345 3550 3150 15792 14012 3550 3150 15792 14012 3550 3150 15792 14012 4900 4350 21797 19351 4900 4350 21797 19351 6000 5400 26690 24021 8700 7750 38701 34475 9150 8150 40703 36254 9150 8150 40703 36254 13800 12280 61388 54626 15300 13620 68060 60587 16300 14500 72509 64502 20500 18250 91192 81183 28000 24900 124555 110765

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 52

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

B

C

D

E

F

H

2 51 31⁄ 8 79 33⁄ 4 95 43⁄ 8 111 53⁄ 8 137 63⁄ 4 171 75⁄ 8 194 91⁄ 4 235 93⁄ 4 248 11 279 141⁄ 2 368 16 406 181⁄ 2 470 221⁄ 2 572 261⁄ 2 673

3⁄ 4 19 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄ 8 29 11⁄ 8 29 11⁄ 4 32 15⁄ 8 41 15⁄ 8 41 15⁄ 8 41 3 76 3 76 31⁄ 4 83 31⁄ 2 89 31⁄ 2 89

3 76 4 102 47 ⁄ 8 124 51 ⁄ 2 140 63⁄ 4 171 81⁄ 8 206 91⁄ 8 232 113⁄ 8 289 117⁄ 8 302 127⁄ 8 327 171⁄ 4 438 183⁄ 4 476 211⁄ 2 546 26 660 301⁄ 4 768

2 51 31⁄ 8 79 33⁄ 4 95 43⁄ 8 111 53⁄ 8 137 63⁄ 4 171 73⁄ 4 197 91⁄ 2 241 10 254 11 279 141⁄ 2 368 16 406 181⁄ 2 470 221⁄ 2 572 261⁄ 2 673

5⁄ 8 M16 3⁄ 4 M20 7⁄ 8 M22 7⁄ 8 M22 1 M24 1 M24 11⁄ 4 M30 11⁄ 2 M36 11 ⁄ 2 M36 11 ⁄ 2 M36 2 M48 2 M48 21⁄ 4 M56 21⁄ 2 M64 23⁄ 4 M72

3 76 4 102 47⁄ 8 124 51⁄ 2 140 63⁄ 4 171 81⁄ 8 206 9 229 111⁄ 8 283 115⁄ 8 295 127⁄ 8 327 171⁄ 4 438 183⁄ 4 476 211⁄ 2 546 26 660 301⁄ 4 768

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

WEIGHT EACH 2.1 1.0 3.8 1.7 6.5 2.9 7.4 3.4 14.0 6.4 16.4 7.4 25.3 11.5 44.1 20.0 58.8 26.7 64.1 29.1 126.3 57.3 150.0 68.0 210.5 95.5 365.4 165.7 575.1 260.9


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP

C

F

Figure 304 The Figure 304 is designed for hot insulated pipe lines up to 750ºF. The spacer on the top inner bolt provides uniform space for the connecting eyerod or weldless eyenut. See Figure 91 for higher load ratings. We can also design to meet any of your special clamp requirements. Material: Carbon Steel Compliance: MSS-SP-69 Type 3, Federal Specification: A-A-1192A Type 3, and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Galvanized (450ºF Maximum) Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and finish.

D

E

C L B

H

FIGURE 304 – THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP PIPE SIZE

1/2

15

3/4

20 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 21/2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 28 700 30 750 32 800 34 850 36 900

MAXIMUM LOAD 650ºF/343ºC 750ºF /399ºC 950 845 4226 3759 950 845 4226 3759 950 845 4226 3759 950 845 4226 3759 1545 1380 6873 6139 1545 1380 6873 6139 1545 1380 6873 6139 1545 1380 6873 6139 2500 2230 11121 9920 2500 2230 11121 9920 2865 2555 12745 11366 2865 2555 12745 11366 3240 2890 14413 12856 3240 2890 14413 12856 4300 3835 19128 17060 4300 3835 19128 17060 4300 3835 19128 17060 4500 4015 20018 17860 5490 4900 24422 21797 6000 5357 26690 23830 7500 6690 33363 29760 8250 7366 36699 32767 9800 8750 43594 38923 10500 9360 46708 41637

B 1 25 11/8 29 11/2 38 11/2 38 13/4 44 21/8 54 21/4 57 23/4 70 33/8 86 4 102 43/4 121 53/4 146 67/8 175 83/8 213 91/8 232 10 254 115/8 295 123/8 314 143/4 375 171/2 445 181/2 470 195/8 498 211/2 546 221/2 572

C

5/8

16

5/8

16

5/8

16

3/4

19 1 25 11/8 29 11/8 29 11/8 29 1 25 11/8 29 11/4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 11/2 38 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 21/4 57 11/2 38 21/2 64 3 76 3 76

D 27/8 73 31/4 83 33/4 95 35/8 92 47/8 124 57/8 149 61/8 156 65/8 168 75/8 194 81/8 206 95/8 244 105/8 270 12 305 13 330 143/8 365 155/8 397 163/4 425 171/2 445 197/8 505 241/4 616 263/8 670 28 711 311/4 794 321/8 816

TAKE OUT E 21/4 57 21/2 64 21/2 64 27/8 73 41/8 105 51/8 130 53/8 137 6 152 61/2 165 7 178 81/4 210 91/4 235 101/2 267 111/2 292 123/4 324 14 356 151/8 384 157/8 403 177/8 454 213/4 552 233/8 594 25 635 273/4 705 283/4 730

F

3/8

M10

3/8

M10

3/8

M10

3/8

M10

5/8

M16

5/8

M16

5/8

M16

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

3/4

M20

7/8

M20

7/8

M20 1 M24 1 M24 11/4 M30 11/4 M30 11/4 M30 13/8 M36 11/2 M36 13/8 M36 11/2 M36 11/2 M36 13/4 M42 13/4 M42

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

H 15/8 41 13/4 44 21/8 54 21/4 57 23/8 60 23/4 70 3 76 31/2 89 41/2 114 51/8 130 61/8 156 71/8 181 81/4 210 97/8 251 103/4 273 113/4 298 131/4 337 14 356 163/8 416 20 508 21 533 225/8 575 25 635 26 660 LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT EACH 0.61 0.28 0.66 0.30 0.69 0.31 0.75 0.34 2.14 0.97 2.43 1.10 2.92 1.32 3.19 1.45 7.12 3.23 7.96 3.61 11.9 5.38 13.6 6.16 21.3 9.68 23.7 10.7 38.8 17.6 42.9 19.5 46.4 21.0 58.7 26.6 89.3 40.5 112 50.8 141 63.9 194 88.0 249 112.9 246 112 WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

53


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ALLOY THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP Figure 304Z

C F

The Figure 304Z is designed for hot insulated pipelines. The spacer on the top inner bolt provides uniform space for the connecting eyerod or weldless eyenut. See Figure 91Z for higher load ratings. Temperature range: above 750° F (399° C) to 1050° F (566° C). Material: Chrome Molybdenum Steel, ASTM A-387 Grade 22. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 3, MSS-SP-69 Type 3 and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain. Ordering: Specify figure number, and pipe size. For Metric applications, specify Fig M304Z.

D E

CL B H

FIGURE 304Z – ALLOY THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP PIPE SIZE 11 ⁄ 2 40 2 50 21⁄ 2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600

MAXIMUM LOAD 950° F 1000° F 510° C 538° C 1400 1000 6228 4448 1400 1000 6228 4448 1400 1000 6228 4448 1400 1000 6228 4448 2300 1600 10231 7117 2300 1600 10231 7117 2600 1800 11566 8007 2600 1800 11566 8007 3000 2100 13345 9342 3000 2100 13345 9342 3900 2800 17349 12456 3900 2800 17349 12456 3900 2800 17349 12456 5000 3200 22242 14235 5500 3500 24466 15569

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 54

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

1050° F 566° C 700 3114 700 3114 700 3114 700 3114 1100 4893 1100 4893 1300 5783 1300 5783 1500 6673 1500 6673 2000 8897 2000 8897 2000 8897 2000 8897 2700 12011

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

B

C

D

13 ⁄ 4 44 21 ⁄ 8 54 21⁄ 4 57 23⁄ 4 70 33⁄ 8 86 4 102 43 ⁄ 4 121 53 ⁄ 4 146 67⁄ 8 175 83⁄ 8 213 91 ⁄ 8 232 10 254 115⁄ 8 295 123⁄ 8 314 143⁄ 4 375

1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 11 ⁄ 8 29 11⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 4 32 11 ⁄ 2 38 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 11 ⁄ 2 38

47⁄ 8 124 57⁄ 8 149 61⁄ 8 156 63⁄ 4 171 75⁄ 8 194 81 ⁄ 8 206 10 254 11 279 12 305 131⁄ 8 333 141⁄ 8 365 151⁄ 8 397 163⁄ 4 425 171⁄ 2 445 197⁄ 8 505

TAKE OUT E 41 ⁄ 8 105 51 ⁄ 8 130 53⁄ 8 137 6 152 61 ⁄ 2 165 7 178 85⁄ 8 219 95⁄ 8 244 101⁄ 2 267 115⁄ 8 295 123⁄ 4 324 14 356 151⁄ 8 384 157⁄ 8 403 177⁄ 8 454

F

H

5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 3⁄ 4 M20 3⁄ 4 M20 7⁄ 8 M22 7⁄ 8 M22 1 M24 1 M24 11 ⁄ 4 M30 11⁄ 4 M30 11 ⁄ 4 M30 11 ⁄ 8 M36 11 ⁄ 2 M36

23⁄ 8 60 23 ⁄ 4 70 3 76 31⁄ 2 89 41⁄ 2 114 51 ⁄ 8 130 61 ⁄ 8 156 71 ⁄ 8 181 81⁄ 4 210 97⁄ 8 251 103⁄ 4 273 113⁄ 4 298 131⁄ 4 337 14 356 163⁄ 8 416

WEIGHT EACH 2.48 1.12 2.70 1.22 2.76 1.25 3.19 1.45 7.30 3.31 7.96 3.61 12.26 5.56 14.04 6.37 21.33 9.68 24.00 10.89 38.78 17.59 43.13 19.56 47.78 21.67 58.67 26.61 90.82 41.20


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING

A

Figure 800 Designed for the support of non-insulated static pipe lines. The swivel nut is knurled to provide a gripping surface when adjusting the pipe elevation. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 10, MSS SP-69 Type 10, Underwriters Laboratory listed, and Factory Mutual approved (3⁄4" through 8"). We also offer Swivel Ring hangers that are for Copper Tubing (Figure 800CT), PVC coated (Figure 800PVC), and for NFPA requirements (Figure 800FP), in this catalog. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M800.

E B D

FIGURE 800 – ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 10 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200

MAXIMUM LOAD 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669 1000 4448 1000 4448 1250 5560 1800 8007

A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22

B 23⁄4 70 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 213⁄16 71 31⁄8 79 35⁄16 84 311⁄16 94 4 102 45⁄16 110 415⁄16 125 55⁄8 143 611⁄16 170 85⁄16 211

D 31⁄16 78 31⁄16 78 33⁄16 81 39⁄16 90 37⁄8 98 43⁄8 111 51⁄8 130 57⁄8 149 65⁄8 168 71⁄8 181 81⁄2 216 101⁄8 257 127⁄8 327

E 17⁄16 37 11⁄8 29 1 25 11⁄16 27 11⁄16 27 11⁄8 29 11⁄4 32 11⁄8 29 11⁄2 38 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 2 51 25⁄8 67

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

WEIGHT EACH 0.09 0.04 0.10 0.05 0.10 0.05 0.10 0.05 0.11 0.05 0.12 0.05 0.32 0.15 0.35 0.16 0.39 0.18 0.43 0.20 0.65 0.29 1.09 0.49 1.24 0.56

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 55


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

COPPER TUBING SWIVEL RING

A

Figure 800CT Designed for the support of non-insulated static copper tubing lines. The swivel nut is knurled to provide a gripping surface when adjusting the tubing elevation. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 10, MSS SP-69 Type 10. We also offer Swivel Ring hangers that are for carbon steel pipe (Figure 800), PVC coated (Figure 800PVC), and for NFPA requirements (Figure 800FP), in this catalog. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Copper. Ordering: Specify copper tubing size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M800CT.

E B D

FIGURE 800CT - ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150

MAXIMUM LOAD 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 525 2335 525 2335 525 2335 650 2891 1000 4448 1000 4448

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 56

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

B 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 215⁄16 75 35⁄16 84 4 102 49⁄16 116 49⁄16 116 59⁄16 141 61⁄4 159 73⁄16 183

D 31⁄4 83 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄4 83 35⁄8 92 41⁄8 105 45⁄8 117 59⁄16 141 57⁄8 149 61⁄2 165 83⁄8 213 913⁄16 249

E 111⁄16 43 13⁄8 35 1 25 15 ⁄16 24 11⁄8 29 11⁄16 27 11⁄8 29 15⁄16 33 11⁄8 29 13⁄16 30 15⁄8 41 21⁄4 57

WEIGHT EACH 0.11 0.05 0.11 0.05 0.11 0.05 0.13 0.06 0.13 0.06 0.15 0.07 0.16 0.07 0.32 0.15 0.35 0.16 0.38 0.17 0.58 0.26 0.92 0.42


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

NFPA SWIVEL RING

A

Figure 800FP Designed for the support of non-insulated static pipe lines. The swivel nut is knurled to provide a gripping surface when adjusting the tubing elevation and is tapped to the reduced rod standards of NFPA. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 10, MSS SP-69 Type 10, Underwriters Laboratory listed, and Factory Mutual approved (3⁄4" through 8"), and NFPA standards. We also offer Swivel Ring hangers that are for standard commercial pipe (Figure 800), copper tubing (Figure 800CT), and PVC coated (Figure 800PVC), in this catalog. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M800N.

E B D

FIGURE 800FP – NFPA ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 10 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200

MAXIMUM LOAD 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 525 2335 525 2335 525 2335 650 2891 1000 4448 1000 4448 1000 4448

A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12

B 23⁄4 70 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 213⁄16 71 31⁄8 79 35⁄16 84 311⁄16 94 33⁄4 95 45⁄16 110 41⁄2 114 55⁄8 143 61⁄2 165 715⁄16 202

D 31⁄16 78 31⁄16 78 33⁄16 81 39⁄16 90 37⁄8 98 43⁄8 111 5 127 59⁄16 141 65⁄16 160 7 178 83⁄8 213 913⁄16 249 121⁄4 311

E 17⁄16 37 11⁄8 29 1 25 11⁄16 27 11⁄16 27 11⁄8 29 11⁄4 32 11⁄8 29 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 41 21⁄4 57 27⁄16 62 25⁄8 67

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

WEIGHT EACH 0.09 0.04 0.10 0.05 0.10 0.05 0.10 0.05 0.11 0.05 0.12 0.05 0.25 0.11 0.30 0.14 0.33 0.15 0.41 0.19 0.58 0.26 0.92 0.42 1.16 0.53

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 57


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

PVC COATED ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING

A

Figure 800PVC Designed for the support of non-insulated static pipe lines and to protect the pipe from coming into direct contact with the hanger by having the contact surface PVC coated.. The swivel nut is knurled to provide a gripping surface when adjusting the pipe elevation. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 10, MSS SP-69 Type 10, Underwriters Laboratory listed, and Factory Mutual approved (3/4" through 8"). We also offer Swivel Ring hangers that are for Copper Tubing (Figure 800CT) and for NFPA requirements (Figure 800FP) in this catalog. Operating temperature should not exceed 140° F / 60° C. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M800PVC.

E B D

FIGURE 800PVC - PVC COATED ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 10 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200

MAXIMUM LOAD 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669 1000 4448 1000 4448 1250 5560 1800 8007

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 58

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

B 23⁄4 70 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 213⁄16 71 31⁄8 79 35⁄16 84 311⁄16 94 4 102 45⁄16 110 415⁄16 125 55⁄8 143 611⁄16 170 85⁄16 211

D 31⁄16 78 31⁄16 78 33⁄16 81 39⁄16 90 37⁄8 98 43⁄8 111 51⁄8 130 57⁄8 149 65⁄8 168 71⁄8 181 81⁄2 216 101⁄8 257 127⁄8 327

E 17⁄16 37 11⁄8 29 1 25 11⁄16 27 11⁄16 27 11⁄8 29 11⁄4 32 11⁄8 29 11⁄2 38 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 2 51 25⁄8 67

WEIGHT EACH 0.11 0.05 0.13 0.06 0.13 0.06 0.15 0.07 0.17 0.08 0.18 0.08 0.34 0.15 0.39 0.18 0.42 0.19 0.48 0.22 0.69 0.31 1.13 0.51 1.29 0.59


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

PIPE STRAP

FIG. C1108 – PIPE STRAP

Figure C1108 The Figure C1108 is designed hold piping flush to its mounting surface. This item may be bolted to a structure or channel strut, or welded into place. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Electro-Plated. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications Specify Figure MC1108.

H (TYP)

D

D B

PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150

MAX VERT LOAD 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 800 3559 800 3559 800 3559 800 3559 800 3559 800 3559 800 3559

B 213⁄16 71 35⁄16 84 311⁄16 94 4 102 41⁄8 105 513⁄16 148 65⁄16 160 7 178 77⁄8 200 77⁄8 200 91⁄16 230 1013⁄16 275

H 9 ⁄32 7 9 ⁄32 7 9 ⁄32 7 9 ⁄32 7 9 ⁄32 7 13 ⁄32 10 13 ⁄32 10 13 ⁄32 10 13 ⁄32 10 13 ⁄32 10 13 ⁄32 10 13 ⁄32 10

WGT EACH 0.20 0.09 0.23 0.10 0.28 0.13 0.33 0.15 0.36 0.16 0.94 0.43 1.11 0.50 1.30 0.59 1.49 0.68 1.73 0.78 1.83 0.83 2.43 1.10

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

D 7 ⁄16 11 7 ⁄16 11 7 ⁄16 11 7 ⁄16 11 7 ⁄16 11 13 ⁄16 21 13 ⁄16 21 13 ⁄16 21 13 ⁄16 21 13 ⁄16 21 13 ⁄16 21 13 ⁄16 21

DRAIN, WASTE, VENT CLAMP Figure DWV Designed to provide economical and quick way to support of non-insulated PVC drain, waste, and vent pipe lines with sufficient adjustment to most all application. Can be field adjusted to suit unique configurations. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure MDWV.

8"

FIGURE DWV PIPE SIZE 11⁄2 40 2 50 3 80 4 100

A 31⁄2 89 4 102 51⁄2 140 6 152

B 21⁄2 64 27⁄8 73 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95

B A

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

59


PIPE ROLLS

CHAIR AND ROLL Figure 17 The Figure 17 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical adjustment is not required. Material: Cast Iron Pipe Roll and Chair with Carbon Steel Axle. Use a Figure 39 when a Carbon Steel Chair is required. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 44, MSS-SP-69 Type 44. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 17 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table on page 62 showing the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify chair number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M17.

D

P

J

J

O

P K S

C

C

K

S

O D

E

N

N PIPE SIZES 2" TO 4"

PIPE SIZES 8" TO 30"

FIGURE 17 – CHAIR AND ROLL CHAIR NO. 1A

MAX LOAD 390

1A

1735

1

950

1

4226

2

2100

2

9342

3

3075

3

13679

4

4980

4

22153

5 5 6 6 7

6100 27135 7500 33363 12000

7

53381

BARE PIPE SIZE 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄2 50 65 80 90 4 5 6 100 125 150 8 10 200 250 12 14 300 350 16 18 20 400 450 500 24 600 30 750 36 42 900 1050

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 60

C 5 3⁄ 4

D 81 ⁄2

146

216

53 ⁄ 4

101⁄8

146

257

6 7⁄ 8

87⁄8

175

225

7 7⁄ 8

11

200

279

83 ⁄ 4

121 ⁄2

222

318

8 7⁄ 8 225 103 ⁄4 273 12

133 ⁄4 349 171⁄4 438 183 ⁄4

305

476

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

E 11 ⁄2 13 ⁄4 21 ⁄ 2 23 ⁄4 38 44 64 70 23 ⁄4 3 3⁄ 8 3 7⁄ 8 70 86 98 51⁄8 6 1⁄ 4 130 159 73⁄8 8 187 203 87⁄8 10 11 225 254 279 13 330 161⁄4 413 20 231⁄8 508 587

J 61⁄2

K 1

N 2

O 7 ⁄ 16

P 31⁄2

S 41⁄8

WGT. EA. 7.0

165

25

51

11

89

105

3.2

8

1

2 3⁄ 8

43 ⁄4

41⁄4

10.5

203

25

60

14

121

108

4.8

4

78

33 ⁄4

58

7

5

16.5

102

22

95

16

178

127

7.5

53 ⁄4

78

43 ⁄4

91⁄4

6

26.8

146

22

121

14

235

152

12.2

63 ⁄4

1

4 5⁄ 8

3 4

101 ⁄4

61 ⁄2

40.5

171

25

117

19

260

165

18.4

7 1⁄ 2 191 10 254 12

1 25 1 25 1

43 ⁄4 121 55⁄8 143 53 ⁄4

13 16

⁄ 21 1 25 15 ⁄16

111⁄2 292 143⁄8 365 17

63 ⁄4 171 8 203 9

51.0 23.1 89.8 40.7 152

305

25

146

33

432

229

68.9

9 16

9 16


PIPE ROLLS

CHAIR AND ROLL Figure 39

D

D J P

K

The Figure 39 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical adjustment is not required. Because the chair is made of steel, it can be either welded or bolted in C S position Material: Carbon Steel Chair and Axle with Cast Iron Pipe Roll. Use a Figure 17 when a Cast Iron Chair is required. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 44, MSS-SP-69 Type 44. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. E For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 39 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the N Table below showing the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify chair number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M39.

P J

O

S

C

K

O

E N CHAIR NO. 1A & 1

CHAIR NO. 2 THRU 7

FIGURE 39 – CHAIR AND ROLL CHAIR NO. 1A

MAX LOAD 390

1A

1735

1

950

1

4226

2

2100

2

9342

3

3075

3

13679

4

4980

4

22153

5 5 6 6 7

6100 27135 7500 33363 12000

7

53381

BARE PIPE SIZE 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄2 50 65 80 90 4 5 6 100 125 150 8 10 200 250 12 14 300 350 16 18 20 400 450 500 24 600 30 750 36 42 900 1320

C 6

D 81 ⁄ 2

152

216

6

101⁄8

152

257

7

9

178

229

8

11

203

279

9

121 ⁄2

229

318

87 ⁄ 8 225 11 279 12

133⁄4 349 171 ⁄4 438 20

305

508

E 11 ⁄2 13⁄4 21⁄8 23⁄8 38 44 54 60 23⁄4 3 3⁄ 8 37 ⁄8 70 86 98 5 1⁄ 8 61 ⁄ 4 130 159 7 3⁄ 8 8 187 203 87 ⁄8 10 11 225 254 279 13 330 161 ⁄4 413 20 231⁄8 508 587

J 61 ⁄2

K 1

M 1 ⁄4

N 2

O 9⁄ 16

P 31 ⁄2

S 41⁄8

WGT. EA. 7.0

165

25

6

51

14

89

105

3.2

8

1

1 4

23⁄8

9 16

43 ⁄4

41 ⁄4

10.5

203

25

6

60

14

121

108

4.8

4

1

3

⁄8

33⁄4

11 16

7

5

16.5

102

25

10

95

17

178

127

7.5

53⁄4

1

38

43⁄4

11 16

9

6

26.8

146

25

10

121

17

229

152

12.2

63⁄4

1

1 2

43⁄4

13 16

10

61 ⁄2

40.5

171

25

13

121

21

254

165

18.4

71 ⁄ 2 191 10 254 12

1 25 1 25 1

5⁄ 8 16 5⁄ 8 16 1

47 ⁄8 124 55⁄8 143 57 ⁄ 8

13 16

⁄ 21 13⁄ 16 21 11⁄16

111 ⁄2 292 141 ⁄4 362 17

63⁄4 171 8 203 9

51.0 23.1 89.8 40.7 145

305

25

25

149

27

432

229

65.8

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 61


PIPE ROLLS PIPE SIZE OF COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE TO BE USED WITH FIGURES 17 AND 39 CHAIR NUMBER 1A

1 2 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 7

BARE PIPE SIZE 2 21 ⁄2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 600 30 750 36 900 42 1050

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 62

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

Fig. 351 1" Cov. 25

Fig. 352 11⁄2" Cov. 38

3 ⁄ 4 to 3 20 to 80

3 4

3 4

4 to 6 100 to 150

3 to 5 80 to 125

2 to 4 50 to 100

8 200 10 to 12 250 to 300 14 to 18 350 to 450

6 to 8 150 to 200 10 to 12 250 to 300 14 to 18 350 to 450

5 to 8 125 to 200 10 to 12 250 to 300 14 to 18 350 to 450

20 500 24 600 30 750 40 1000

20 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

18 to 20 450 to 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

⁄ to 21 ⁄2 20 to 65

Fig. 353 2" Cov. 51

Fig. 354 21⁄2" Cov. 64

Fig. 355 3" Cov. 76

Fig. 356 4" Cov. 102

2 to 5 50 to 125 6 to 8 150 to 200 10 to 16 250 to 400

2 to 6 50 to 150 8 200 10 to 14 250 to 350

4 to 5 100 to 125 6 to 8 150 to 200 10 to 12 250 to 300

18 to 20 450 to 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

16 to 18 400 to 450 20 to 24 500 to 600 30 750 36 900

14 to 18 350 to 450 20 to 24 500 to 600 28 700 32 800

⁄ to 11 ⁄2 20 to 40 ⁄ to 11 ⁄2 20 to 40

3 4


PIPE ROLLS

ADJUSTABLE CHAIR AND ROLL Figure 40 The Figure 40 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical and lateral adjustment is required. Because the base plate is made of steel, it can be either welded or bolted in position. The correct height can be obtained by adjusting the screws at each corner. The correct lateral location can be achieved by sliding the chair on the ends of the adjusting screws. The Figure 40 may be used without the Base Plate to rest on customer provided flooring or structure. Material: Carbon Steel Chair, Base, Axle and Adjusting Screws with Cast Iron Pipe Roll. Use a Figure 53 when a Cast Iron Chair and Base are required. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 46, MSS-SP-69 Type 46. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 40 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table below showing the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify chair number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M40.

E

ALL HOLES IN BASE ARE 1" DIA.

N

D B ADJUSTING BOLT

C

FIGURE 40 – ADJUSTABLE STEEL CHAIR AND ROLL CHAIR NO. 1A

MAX LOAD 390

1A

1735

1

950

1

4226

2

2100

2

9342

3

3075

3

13679

4

4980

4

22153

5 5 6 6 7 7 7 7

6100 27135 7500 33363 12000 53381 12000 53381

BARE PIPE SIZE 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄2 50 65 80 90 4 5 6 100 125 150 8 10 200 250 12 14 300 350 16 18 20 400 450 500 24 600 30 750 36 900 42 1050

N B 67 ⁄ 8

C 51 ⁄2

D 37 ⁄8

175

140

98

81 ⁄2

53⁄4

51⁄8

216

146

130

105⁄8

61 ⁄2

73⁄8

270

165

187

121 ⁄2

73⁄4

91 ⁄2

318

197

241

145⁄8

85⁄8

111⁄8

371

219

283

153⁄4 400 191 ⁄4 489 221 ⁄2 572 221 ⁄2 572

85⁄8 219 101 ⁄2 267 12 305 12 305

121 ⁄4 311 153⁄4 400 16 406 16 406

E 13⁄4 21 ⁄8 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄2 44 54 64 64 27 ⁄8 3 37 ⁄ 8 73 76 98 53⁄8 6 137 152 71⁄8 8 181 203 91 ⁄4 101 ⁄2 111 ⁄4 235 267 286 133⁄8 340 167⁄8 429 20 508 231⁄8 587

MIN. 3

MAX. 37⁄8

WGT. EA. 15.5

76

98

7.0

33⁄8

41 ⁄2

20.7

86

114

9.4

47⁄8

65⁄8

34.3

124

168

15.6

57⁄8

75⁄8

50.6

149

194

23.0

57⁄8

73⁄4

73.6

149

197

33.4

61⁄8 156 71 ⁄4 184 83⁄8 213 83⁄8 213

8 203 101 ⁄2 267 113⁄4 298 113⁄4 298

88.7 40.2 166 75.3 233 106 233 106

63


PIPE ROLLS PIPE SIZE OF COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE TO BE USED WITH FIGURE 40 CHAIR NUMBER 1A

1 2 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 7

BARE PIPE SIZE 2 21 ⁄2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 600 30 750 36 900 42 1050

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 64

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

Fig. 351 1" Cov. 25 3 ⁄ 4 to 3 20 TO 80

Fig. 352 11⁄2" Cov. 38 ⁄ to 21 ⁄2 20 to 65

Fig. 353 2" Cov. 51

Fig. 354 21⁄2" Cov. 64

Fig. 355 3" Cov. 76

Fig. 356 4" Cov. 102

⁄ to 11 ⁄2 20 to 40

3 4

3 4

4 to 6 100 to 150

3 to 5 80 to 125

2 to 4 50 to 100

8 200 10 to 12 250 to 300 14 to 18 350 to 450

6 to 8 150 to 200 10 to 12 250 to 300 14 to 18 350 to 450

5 to 8 125 to 200 10 250 to 300 12 to 18 350 to 450

2 to 5 50 to 125 6 to 8 150 to 200 10 to 16 250 to 400

2 to 6 50 to 150 8 200 10 to 14 250 to 350

4 to 5 100 to 125 6 to 8 150 to 200 10 to 12 250 to 300

20 500 24 600 30 750 40 1000

20 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

18 to 20 450 to 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

18 to 20 450 to 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

16 to 18 400 to 450 20 to 24 500 to 600 30 750 36 900

14 to 18 350 to 450 20 to 24 500 to 600 28 700 32 800

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

⁄ to 11 ⁄2 20 to 40

3 4


PIPE ROLLS

ADJUSTABLE CHAIR AND ROLL Figure 53 The Figure 53 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical and lateral adjustment is required.The correct height can be obtained by adjusting the screws at each corner. The correct lateral location can be achieved by sliding the chair on the ends of the adjusting screws. The Figure 53 may be used without the Base Plate to rest on customer provided flooring or structure. Material: Cast Iron Chair and Roll. Carbon Steel Axle, Base, and Adjusting Screws. Use a Figure 40 when a Carbon Steel Chair is required. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 46, MSS-SP-69 Type 46. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 53 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table below showing the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify chair number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M53.

E

ALL HOLES IN BASE ARE 1" DIA.

N

D B ADJUSTING BOLT

C

FIGURE 53 – ADJUSTABLE STEEL CHAIR AND ROLL CHAIR NO. 1A

MAX LOAD 390

1A

1735

1

950

1

4226

2

2100

2

9342

3

3075

3

13679

4

4980

4

22153

5 5 6 6 7 7 7 7

6100 27135 7500 33363 12000 53381 12000 53381

BARE PIPE SIZE 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄2 50 65 80 90 4 5 6 100 125 150 8 10 200 250 12 14 300 350 16 18 20 400 450 500 24 600 30 750 36 900 42 1050

N B 67 ⁄8

C 51 ⁄2

D 37 ⁄8

175

140

98

81 ⁄ 2

53⁄4

51⁄8

206

146

130

105⁄8

71⁄2

73⁄8

270

171

187

12 1/2

8 1/4

91 ⁄2

333

203

241

145⁄8

91⁄4

111⁄8

371

219

283

153⁄4 400 191 ⁄4 489 221 ⁄2 572 221 ⁄2 572

91⁄4 219 111 ⁄2 267 13 305 13 305

121 ⁄4 311 153⁄4 400 16 406 16 406

E 13⁄4 21 ⁄8 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄2 44 54 64 64 27 ⁄8 3 37 ⁄8 73 76 98 53⁄8 6 137 152 71⁄8 8 181 203 91 ⁄4 101 ⁄2 111 ⁄4 235 267 286 133⁄8 340 167⁄8 429 20 508 231⁄8 587

MIN. 3

MAX. 37⁄8

WGT. EA. 15.5

76

98

7.0

33⁄8

41 ⁄2

20.7

86

114

9.4

47⁄8

65⁄8

34.3

124

168

15.6

5 7⁄ 8

75⁄8

50.6

149

194

23.0

57⁄8

73⁄4

73.6

149

197

33.4

61⁄8 156 71 ⁄4 184 83 ⁄ 8 213 83⁄8 213

8 203 101 ⁄2 267 113⁄4 298 113⁄4 298

88.7 40.2 166 75.3 233 106 233 106 65


PIPE ROLLS PIPE SIZE OF COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE TO BE USED WITH FIGURE 53 CHAIR NUMBER 1A

1 2 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 7

BARE PIPE SIZE 2 21 ⁄2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 600 30 750 36 900 42 1050

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 66

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

Fig. 351 1" Cov. 25

Fig. 352 11⁄2" Cov. 38

3 ⁄4 x 3 20 to 80

3 4

3 4

4 to 6 100 to 150

3 to 5 80 to 125

2 to 4 50 to 100

8 200 10 to 12 250 to 300 14 to 18 350 to 450

6 to 8 150 to 200 10 to 12 250 to 300 14 to 18 350 to 450

5 to 8 125 to 200 10 to 12 250 to 300 14 to 16 350 to 400

20 500 24 600 30 750 40 1000

20 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

18 to 20 450 to 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

⁄ to 21 ⁄2 20 to 65

Fig. 353 2" Cov. 51

Fig. 354 21⁄2" Cov. 64

Fig. 355 3" Cov. 76

Fig. 356 4" Cov. 102

2 to 5 50 to 125 6 to 8 150 to 200 10 to 16 250 to 400

2 to 6 50 to 150 8 200 10 to 14 250 to 350

4 to 5 100 to 125 6 to 8 150 to 200 10 to 12 250 to 300

18 to 20 450 to 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

16 to 18 400 to 450 20 to 24 500 to 600 30 750 36 900

14 to 18 350 to 450 20 to 24 500 to 600 28 700 32 800

⁄ to 11 ⁄2 20 to 40 ⁄ to 11 ⁄2 20 to 40

3 4


PIPE ROLLS

ROLLER CHAIR Figure 54 The Figure 54 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical adjustment is not required. Although two bolts are supplied for installation the chair can be alternatively welded in position Material: Carbon Steel Chair and Axle with Cast Iron Pipe Roll. Use a Figure 17 when a Cast Iron Chair is required. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Compliance: A-A 1192A Type 44, MSS SP-69 Type 44. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 54 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table for the Figure 142 which shows the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M54.

B

C

G D A

FIGURE 54 – ROLLER CHAIR PIPE SIZE 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600

MAX LOAD 300 1335 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669 700 3114 700 3114 1000 4448 1300 5783 1700 7562 2300 10231 3100 13790 3900 17349 4200 18683 4500 20018 6000 26690

A 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 6 152 61⁄2 165 7 178 75⁄8 194 93⁄4 248 117⁄8 302 141⁄2 368 161⁄4 413 181⁄2 470 20 508 223⁄4 578 255⁄8 651 30 762

B 15⁄8 41 2 51 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 4 102 51⁄8 130 63⁄8 162 71⁄2 191 83⁄8 213 93⁄8 238 101⁄2 267 115⁄8 295 14 356

C 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 21⁄8 54 23⁄8 60 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 3 76 35⁄8 92 41⁄8 105 43⁄4 121 53⁄8 137 6 152 61⁄2 165 77⁄8 200

D 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 3 76 31⁄4 83 41⁄2 114 5 127 6 152 61⁄2 165 10 254 91⁄4 235 101⁄4 260 121⁄4 311

BOLT SIZE G 3 ⁄8 x 11⁄2 M10 x 38 3 ⁄8 x 11⁄2 M10 x 38 3 ⁄8 x 11⁄2 M10 x 38 3 ⁄8 x 11⁄2 M10 x 38 3 ⁄8 x 11⁄2 M10 x 38 1 ⁄2 x 2 M12 x 51 1 ⁄2 x 2 M12 x 51 5 ⁄8 x 2 M16 x 51 3 ⁄4 x 21⁄2 M20 x 64 3 ⁄4 x 21⁄2 M20 x 64 3 ⁄4 x 21⁄2 M20 x 64 3 ⁄4 x 2 1/2 M20 x 76 3 ⁄4 x 21⁄2 M20 x 64 3 ⁄4 x 21⁄2 M20 x 64 7 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 M22 x 102

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT EACH 1.10 0.50 1.40 0.64 1.60 0.73 2.60 1.18 2.90 1.32 3.90 1.77 6.00 2.72 9.00 4.08 13.80 6.26 18.90 8.57 28.10 12.70 34.90 15.80 44.40 20.10 56.30 25.60 87.50 39.70

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 67


PIPE ROLLS

ROLL AND PLATE Figure 63 The plate is made of steel with holes for anchoring to piers. It is used for supporting pipe lines where vertical adjustment is not required. Material: Steel Plate, Cast Iron Roll. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Compliance: A-A 1192A Type 45, MSS SP-69 Type 45. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify plate number and figure number.

H Traverse

P

A

1"

J

B

C

FIGURE 63 – ROLL AND PLATE PLATE NO. 1A 1A 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6

PIPE SIZES 2-3 1/2 50 - 80 4-6 100 - 150 8-10 200 - 250 12-14 300 - 350 16-20 400 - 500 24 600 30 750

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 68

MAXIMUM LOAD 390 177 950 431 2100 953 3075 1395 4980 2259 6100 2767 7500 3402

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

A 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 2 51 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 27⁄8 73 33⁄8 86

B 31⁄8 79 41⁄8 105 61⁄2 165 85⁄8 219 95⁄8 244 103⁄4 273 131⁄2 343

C 63⁄8 162 73⁄8 187 81⁄2 216 95⁄8 244 105⁄8 270 113⁄4 298 13 330

H 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 53⁄8 137 61⁄4 159 7 178 8 203 81⁄2 216

J 37⁄8 98 43⁄4 121 53⁄4 146 61⁄2 165 71⁄2 191 81⁄2 216 91⁄2 241

P 5 ⁄16 8 5 ⁄16 8 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 13 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16

WEIGHT EACH 3.16 1.43 4.75 2.15 11.4 5.17 21.9 9.93 28.2 12.8 38.9 17.6 59.0 26.7


PIPE ROLLS

PIPE ROLL Figure 67 Our Figure 67 Pipe Roll is used with Figure17, 39, 40,and 53 adjustable and non-adjustable chairs and rolls, also on various types of hangers and supports This product is shown for conceptual special assembly design purposes only and is not sold as an individual product. Material: Cast Iron. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify roll size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M67.

A

B

C

FIGURE 67 – PIPE ROLL ROLL NO. 1A 1A 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6

PIPE SIZES 2-31/2 50 - 80 4-6 100 - 150 8-10 200 - 250 12-14 300 - 350 16-20 400 - 500 24 600 30 750

A 211⁄16 68 33⁄4 95 6 152 8 203 91⁄8 232 10 254 121⁄2 318

B 17⁄8 48 21⁄16 52 31⁄4 83 4 102 41⁄2 114 47⁄16 113 51⁄2 140

ROD C 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 11⁄8 M30 13⁄8 M36 13⁄4 M42

WEIGHT EACH 1.02 0.46 1.26 0.57 4.42 2.00 8.82 4.00 12.2 5.53 14.5 6.58 23.6 10.7

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 69


PIPE ROLLS

ADJUSTABLE ROLL SUPPORT

FIGURE 109 – ADJUSTABLE ROLL SUPPORT

Figure 109 The Figure 109 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical adjustment of up to six inches of is required. This part is normally used directly above the supporting structure. Material: Cast Iron Pipe Roll and Sockets, Carbon Steel Axle, Continuous Thread Rods, and Hex Nuts. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 109 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table for the Figure 142 which shows the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M109.

H

D A

B

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 70

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

PIPE SIZE 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750

MAX LOAD 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 600 2669 600 2669 700 3114 700 3114 700 3114 1000 4448 1300 5783 1700 7562 2300 10231 3075 13679 3970 17660 4200 18683 4550 20240 6160 27402 7290 32429

A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22 7 ⁄8 M22 7 ⁄8 M22 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36 11⁄2 M36

B 33⁄8 86 35⁄8 92 41⁄8 105 51⁄2 140 61⁄8 156 71⁄8 181 71⁄8 181 83⁄8 213 95⁄8 244 12 305 141⁄8 359 161⁄8 410 173⁄4 451 201⁄2 521 221⁄8 562 241⁄8 613 287⁄8 733 351⁄2 902

D 71⁄4 184 71⁄4 184 71⁄4 184 8 203 8 203 8 203 81⁄2 216 9 229 9 229 10 254 11 279 12 305 12 305 18 457 18 457 18 457 24 610 24 610

H 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 2 51 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 4 102 51⁄8 130 63⁄8 162 71⁄2 191 83⁄8 213 91⁄2 241 101⁄2 267 115⁄8 295 14 356 171⁄2 445

WGT. EACH 1.08 0.49 1.11 0.50 1.65 0.75 2.72 1.23 2.72 1.23 2.72 1.23 3.91 1.77 4.63 2.10 7.07 3.21 11.40 5.15 13.70 6.22 15.90 7.21 28.70 13.00 42.50 19.30 46.60 21.10 66.20 30.00 102.50 46.50 186.80 84.70


PIPE ROLLS

ROLLER SUPPORT Figure 110 Figure 110 Roller Support is used on steam or hot water systems where pipe is to be supported in tunnels, trenches, structural brackets and frames. Adjustment is made by raising and lowering the top nut on the legs and locked into position by tightening the lower nut. Material: Steel Axle, Cast Iron Roll. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M110.

C

E

D

H A

FIGURE 110 – ROLLER SUPPORT PIPE SIZE 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400

Figure 110 PIPE SIZE OF ROLL 4" 100 5" 125 6" 150 7" 200 8" 200 10" 250 12" 300 14" 350 16" 400

MAXIMUM LOAD 300 1335 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669 700 3114 700 3114 1000 4448 1300 5783 1700 7562 2300 10231 3075 13679 3075 13679

A 41⁄2 114 5 127 57⁄8 149 7 178 7 178 81⁄2 216 10 254 12 305 14 356 16 406 17 432 191⁄2 495

C 15⁄8 41 15⁄16 33 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 213⁄16 71 37⁄16 87 41⁄16 103 51⁄8 130 61⁄4 159 77⁄16 189 83⁄4 222 97⁄16 240

D 33⁄4 95 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 4 1⁄2 114 51⁄4 133 51⁄2 140 6 152 7 178 8 203

E 13⁄16 30 13⁄8 35 17⁄16 37 15⁄8 41 111⁄16 43 2 51 23⁄8 60 23⁄4 70 33⁄8 86 315⁄16 100 43⁄4 121 51⁄16 129

H 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22 7 ⁄8 M22 7 ⁄8 M22 1 M24 1 M24

WEIGHT EACH 0.79 0.36 1.44 0.65 1.62 0.73 1.64 0.74 1.82 0.83 2.90 1.32 4.66 2.11 7.29 3.31 10.23 4.64 12.27 5.57 21.39 9.70 27.76 12.59

PIPE SIZE OF COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE to be used with Figure 110 Roller Support Figure 351 Figure 352 Figure 353 Figure 354 Figure 355 Figure 356 1" Cov. 11⁄2" Cov. 2" Cov. 21⁄2" Cov. 3" Cov. 4" Cov. 25 38 51 64 76 102 2-1/2"-3" 2"-2-1/2" 65 - 80 50 - 65 3-1/2" 90 4"-5" 3"-3-1/2" 2"-2-1/2" 100 - 125 80 - 90 50 - 65 6" 4"-5" 3"-4" 2"-2-1/2" 2"-2-1/2" 150 100 - 125 80 - 100 50 - 65 50 - 65 8" 6" 5" 3"-3-1/2" 3"-3-1/2" 200 150 125 80 - 90 80 - 90 8" 6" 4"-5" 4"-5" 200 150 100 - 125 100 - 125 10" 10" 8" 6" 6"-8" 4"-6" 250 250 200 150 150 - 200 100 - 150 12" 12" 10" 8" 300 300 250 200 14" 14" 12"-14" 10" 8" 8" 350 350 300 - 350 250 200 200 71


PIPE ROLLS

HARVARD ROLL HANGER

A

Figure 140 Designed to support piping lines from above, allowing for vertical adjustment, and axial movement in the piping. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Material: Carbon Steel frame with a Cast Iron Roll. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 43 and MSS-SP-69 Type 43. Finish: Plain, Painted, and Hot-Dip Galvanized. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 140 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table below showing the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M140.

E B CL D

C

FIGURE 140 – HARVARD ROLL HANGER PIPE SIZE 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600

MAXIMUM LOAD 150 667 225 1001 310 1379 390 1735 475 2113 685 3047 780 3470 780 3470 780 3470 965 4293 965 4293 1200 5338 1400 6228 1400 6228 1600 7117 1800 8007

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 72

ROD SIZE A 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 7 ⁄8 M22 7 ⁄8 M22 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

B 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 61⁄4 159 67⁄8 175 71⁄2 191 83⁄8 213 97⁄8 251 111⁄8 283 125⁄8 321 15 381 171⁄8 435 183⁄8 467 201⁄2 521 231⁄8 587 241⁄2 622 297⁄8 759

C 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 41⁄2 114 47⁄8 124 63⁄8 162 75⁄8 194 81⁄2 216 91⁄2 241 111⁄4 286 131⁄2 343 145⁄8 371 171⁄4 438 19 483 21 533 243⁄4 629

D 15⁄8 41 2 51 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 4 102 43⁄4 121 51⁄8 130 61⁄4 159 71⁄2 191 83⁄8 213 91⁄2 241 101⁄2 267 115⁄8 295 14 356

E 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 79 31⁄2 89 35⁄8 92 41⁄2 114 5 127 51⁄4 133 61⁄8 156 71⁄4 184 83⁄8 213 83⁄4 222 93⁄4 248 111⁄2 292 121⁄4 311 153⁄4 400

G 3 ⁄16 x 11⁄4 5 x 32 3 ⁄16 x 11⁄4 5 x 32 3 ⁄16 x 11⁄4 5 x 32 1 ⁄4 x 11⁄4 6 x 32 1 ⁄4 x 11⁄2 6 x 38 1 ⁄4 x 2 6 x 51 1 ⁄4 x 2 6 x 51 1 ⁄4 x 2 6 x 51 3 ⁄8 x 2 10 x 51 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄2 10 x 64 1 ⁄2 x 2 13 x 51 1 ⁄2 x 21⁄2 13 x 64 1 ⁄2 x 21⁄2 13 x 64 1 ⁄2 x 3 13 x 76 5 ⁄8 x 3 16 x 76 5 ⁄8 x 3 16 x 76

WEIGHT EACH 1.60 0.73 2.00 0.91 2.30 1.04 2.50 1.13 4.00 1.81 5.30 2.40 7.00 9.40 9.40 4.26 12.30 5.58 19.30 8.75 23.10 10.50 35.50 16.10 46.50 21.10 57.00 25.90 75.90 34.40 119.30 54.10


PIPE ROLLS Figure 140 PIPE SIZE OF ROLL 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600

Figure 351 1" Cov. 25 3 ⁄4 20 1 to 11⁄2 25 to 40 2 to 21⁄2 50 to 65 3 to 31⁄2 80 to 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350

PIPE SIZE OF COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE to be used with Figure 140 Figure 352 Figure 353 Figure 354 Figure 355 Figure 356 11⁄2" Cov. 2" Cov. 21⁄2" Cov. 3" Cov. 4" Cov. 38 51 64 76 100

1 to 11⁄2 25 to 40 2 to 21⁄2 50 to 65 3 to 31⁄2 80 to 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 to 20 450 to 500

3

⁄4 to 11⁄2 20 to 40 2 to 21⁄2 50 to 65 3 to 31⁄2 80 to 90 4 100 5 to 6 125 to 150 8 200 10 250 12 to 14 300 to 350 16 400 18 to 20 450 to 500

3

⁄4 to 1 20 to 25 11⁄4 to 11⁄2 32 to 40 2 to 3 50 to 80 31⁄2 to 5 90 to 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 18 450

2 50 21⁄2 65 3 to 4 80 to 100 5 to 6 125 to 150 5 to 6 125 to 150 8 200 10 to 12 250 to 300 14 350 18 450

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

8 200 10 250 12 300 16 400

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 73


PIPE ROLLS

ADJUSTABLE ROLL SUPPORT B

Figure 142 The Figure 142 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical adjustment is required. Although primarily used for support of the pipe, this component may also be placed over the pipe to act as a guide. Material: Cast Iron Pipe Roll and Sockets with a Carbon Steel Axle. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 42, MSS SP-69 Type 41. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galv., Hot-Dip Galv. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 142 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table below which shows the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M142.

A

D

K

FIGURE 142 – ADJUSTABLE ROLL SUPPORT PIPE SIZE 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750 DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 74

MAX LOAD 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669 700 3114 700 3114 700 3114 1000 4448 1200 5338 1300 5783 1700 7562 2400 10676 3100 13790 3900 17349 4200 18683 4500 20018 6100 27135 7200 32028 LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22 7 ⁄8 M22 7 ⁄8 M22 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36 11⁄2 M36 WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

B 3 76 33⁄8 86 35⁄8 92 41⁄8 105 51⁄2 140 61⁄8 156 71⁄8 181 83⁄8 213 95⁄8 244 103⁄4 273 12 305 141⁄8 359 161⁄8 410 173⁄4 451 201⁄2 521 221⁄8 562 24 1⁄8 613 287⁄8 733 351⁄2 902

D 1 25 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 2 51 21⁄4 57 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 4 102 43⁄4 121 51⁄8 130 61⁄4 159 71⁄2 191 83⁄8 213 91⁄2 241 101⁄2 267 115⁄8 295 14 356 171⁄2 445

K 41⁄8 105 41⁄2 114 43⁄4 121 51⁄4 133 7 178 75⁄8 194 85⁄8 219 97⁄8 251 113⁄8 289 121⁄2 318 14 356 16 406 18 457 20 508 221⁄8 562 243⁄8 619 265⁄8 676 321⁄8 816 397⁄8 1013

WGT. EACH 0.45 0.20 0.48 0.22 0.51 0.23 0.57 0.26 1.48 0.67 1.48 0.67 1.78 0.81 2.42 1.10 3.96 1.80 5.99 2.72 6.43 2.92 8.45 3.83 10.20 4.63 20.90 9.48 26.07 11.80 36.59 16.60 39.00 17.70 66.90 30.30 134.00 60.80


PIPE ROLLS Figure 142 PIPE SIZE OF ROLL 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750

Figure 351 1" Cov. 25 3 ⁄4 to 1 20 to 25 11⁄4 to 11⁄2 32 to 40 21⁄2 to 3 65 to 80 31⁄2 90 4 to 5 100 to 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600

PIPE SIZE OF COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE to be used with Figure 142 Figure 352 Figure 353 Figure 354 Figure 355 Figure 356 11⁄2" Cov. 2" Cov. 21⁄2" Cov. 3" Cov. 4" Cov. 38 51 64 76 102 3

⁄4 to 1 20 to 25 11⁄2 40 2 to 21⁄2 50 to 65 3 to 31⁄2 80 to 90 4 to 5 100 to 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600

3

⁄4 to 1 20 to 25 11⁄4 to 11⁄2 32 to 40 2 to 21⁄2 50 to 65 3 to 4 80 to 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 to 14 300 to 350 16 400 18 to 20 450 to 500 24 600

3

⁄4 to 1 20 to 25 11⁄4 to 11⁄2 32 to 40 2 to 21⁄2 50 to 65 3 to 31⁄2 80 to 90 4 to 5 100 to 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 to 14 300 to 400 16 400 18 to 20 450 to 500 24 600

2 to 21⁄2 50 to 65 3 to 31⁄2 80 to 90 4 to 5 100 to 125 6 to 8 150 to 200 10 250 12 to 14 300 to 400 16 to 20 400 to 450 24 600

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

4 to 6 100 to 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 to 18 350 to 450 20 to 24 500 to 600

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 75


PIPE ROLLS FIG. 173 – PIPE ROLL

PIPE ROLL Figure 173 The Figure 173 is used in conjunction with our Figure 140, 142, and 333 Roll Hangers The inside of the roll is cored. A special non-conductive roll is available upon request. Material: Cast Iron. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Note: Not sold as an individual product.

A

PIPE SIZE 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 7

C

8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 76

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

A 11⁄2 38 17⁄8 48 21⁄8 54 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 79 33⁄4 95 43⁄8 111 43⁄4 121 57⁄8 149 63⁄4 171 8 203 87⁄8 225 11 279 13 330 143⁄8 365 17 432 183⁄8 467 203⁄8 518 241⁄4 616 301⁄4 768

Roll Rod Diameter C 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 5 ⁄8 16 3 ⁄4 16 3/4 19 7 ⁄8 19 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44

WEIGHT EACH 0.12 0.05 0.18 0.08 0.24 0.11 0.34 0.15 0.37 0.17 0.42 0.19 0.68 0.31 0.90 0.41 1.29 0.59 1.8 0.82 2.4 1.09 3.3 1.50 4.8 2.18 10.0 4.5 12.0 5.4 19.0 8.6 22.5 10.2 22.6 10.3 43.7 19.8 98 44.5


PIPE ROLLS

ROLLER SUPPORT

A

Figure 333 The Figure 333 is designed for axial movement of pipe where vertical adjustment is required. This part is normally used directly above the supporting structure. Material: Cast Iron Pipe Roll, Carbon Steel Axle, Chair, and Hex Nuts. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 333 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table for the Figure 142 which shows the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M333.

C

B

G

FIGURE 333 – ROLLER SUPPORT PIPE SIZE 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

MAXIMUM LOAD 400 1779 400 1779 400 1779 400 1779 600 2669 600 2669 900 4004 900 4004 1100 4893 1100 4893

A 27⁄8 73 33⁄8 86 4 102 41⁄2 114 51⁄8 130 61⁄8 156 71⁄4 184 93⁄8 238 111⁄2 292 131⁄2 343

B 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152

C 27⁄8 73 31⁄4 83 35⁄8 92 4 102 45⁄16 110 51⁄16 129 6 152 71⁄4 184 813⁄16 224 105⁄16 262

ROD G 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 1 M24 1 M24

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

WEIGHT EACH 2.09 0.95 2.43 1.10 2.65 1.20 2.72 1.23 3.43 1.56 4.26 1.93 7.71 3.50 9.93 4.50 16.70 7.55 19.30 8.77

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 77


PIPE SADDLES AND PIPE SHIELDS

INSULATION SHIELD Figure 265GS The Figure 265GS is designed to support insulated pipe and prevent crushing of the insulation at the point of support. This item is usually used with our Figure 100 Clevis Hanger. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: A-A 1192A Type 40, MSS SP-69 Type 40. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify hanger size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M265GS.

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 78

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

FIGURE 265GS – INSULATION SHIELD INSIDE DIA. 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 4 102 41⁄2 114 5 127 55⁄8 143 65⁄8 168 75⁄8 194 85⁄8 219 95⁄8 244 103⁄4 273 113⁄4 298 123⁄4 324 14 356 15 381 16 406 17 432 18 457 19 483 20 508 21 533 22 559 23 584 24 610 26 660 27 686 28 711

CLEVIS HANGER SIZE 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 6 150 7 175 8 200 10 250 10 250 12 300 12 300 14 350 16 400 16 400 18 450 18 450 20 500 20 500 24 600 24 600 24 600 24 600 30 750 30 750 30 750

SHIELD GAUGE 18 1 18 1 18 1 18 1 18 1 18 1 18 1 16 1 16 1 16 1 16 1 16 1 14 2 14 2 14 2 14 2 14 2 14 2 12 3 12 3 12 3 12 3 12 3 12 3 12 3 12 3 12 3 12 3

LENGTH 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 18 457 18 457 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610

WEIGHT EACH 0.62 0.28 0.76 0.34 0.92 0.42 1.04 0.47 1.16 0.53 1.32 0.60 1.46 0.66 2.30 1.04 2.70 1.22 3.00 1.36 5.10 2.31 5.60 2.54 10.00 4.50 11.00 5.00 12.00 5.40 13.00 5.90 14.00 6.40 15.00 6.80 17.00 7.70 23.00 10.40 24.00 10.90 25.00 11.30 26.00 11.80 28.00 12.70 29.00 13.20 31.00 14.10 32.00 14.50 34.00 15.40


PIPE SADDLES AND PIPE SHIELDS

INSULATION SHIELD Figure 265P The Figure 265P is designed to protect the insulation and distribute the load at the hanger point. This item is usually used with our Figure 100 Clevis Hanger. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: A-A 1192A Type 40, MSS SP-69 Type 40. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify hanger size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M265P.

FIGURE 265P – INSULATION SHIELD INSIDE DIAMETER 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 4 102 41⁄2 114 5 127 55⁄8 143 65⁄8 168 75⁄8 194 85⁄8 219 95⁄8 244 103⁄4 273 113⁄4 298 123⁄4 324 14 356 15 381 16 406 17 432 18 457 19 483 20 508 21 533 22 559 23 584 24 610

CLEVIS HANGER SIZE 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 5 125 6 150 7 175 8 200 10 250 10 250 12 300 12 300 14 350 16 400 16 400 18 450 18 450 20 500 20 500 24 600 24 600 24 600 24 600

LENGTH 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT EACH 0.62 0.28 0.76 0.34 0.92 0.42 1.04 0.47 1.16 0.53 1.32 0.60 1.46 0.66 1.58 0.72 1.74 0.79 2.02 0.92 2.28 1.03 2.54 1.15 2.84 1.29 4.18 1.90 4.58 2.08 4.90 2.22 5.20 2.36 5.53 2.51 6.20 2.81 6.50 2.95 7.25 3.29 7.30 3.31 7.60 3.45 7.75 3.52 8.00 3.63

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 79


PIPE SADDLES AND PIPE SHIELDS

IRON PIPE INSULATION SHIELD Figure 265 CVB

COPPER TUBING INSULATION SHIELD Figure 365 CVB Both the Figure 265 CVB and 365 CVB are designed to insulated the pipe and tubing for thermal efficiency as well as to provide a vapor barrier to prevent moisture condensation after installation. Both products are comprised of a poly-urethane insulation, an outer wrapper and a galvanized steel shield. Recommended for an operating temperature range of –200° F (-129° C) to +250° F (121° C). Materials: Polyurethane, ASJ (Vapor Barrier), Carbon Steel. Finish: Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe/tubing size, covering thickness, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M265CVB or M365CVB. FIGURE 265 CVB – IRON PIPE SHIELD FIGURE 365 CVB – COPPER TUBING SHIELD PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500

TUBING SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 80

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

SHIELD LENGTH 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

VAPOR BARRIER LENGTH 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406

3

⁄4" 0.48 0.22 0.54 0.24 0.61 0.28 0.75 0.34 0.77 0.35 0.99 0.45 1.18 0.54 1.47 0.67 1.74 0.79 3.04 1.38 2.75 1.25 3.15 1.43 3.95 1.79 4.67 2.12 5.19 2.35 5.94 2.69 6.57 2.98 8.64 3.92

NOMINAL INSULATION THICKNESS WEIGHT 1" 11⁄2" 2" 0.60 0.97 1.56 0.27 0.44 0.71 0.62 1.02 1.58 0.28 0.46 0.72 0.77 1.37 1.73 0.35 0.62 0.78 0.80 1.51 1.76 0.36 0.68 0.80 0.92 1.60 2.14 0.42 0.73 0.97 1.26 1.82 2.29 0.57 0.83 1.04 1.40 2.16 3.17 0.64 0.98 1.44 1.57 2.30 3.37 0.71 1.04 1.53 2.11 3.32 4.06 0.96 1.51 1.84 2.44 3.58 5.11 1.11 1.62 2.32 3.20 4.43 5.90 1.45 2.01 2.68 3.25 3.47 8.78 1.47 1.57 3.98 4.05 4.27 8.95 1.84 1.94 4.06 4.77 4.97 9.04 2.16 2.25 4.10 5.29 5.45 9.17 2.40 2.47 4.16 6.14 6.35 9.44 2.79 2.88 4.28 6.68 6.85 9.47 3.03 3.11 4.30 8.75 8.95 9.60 3.97 4.06 4.35


PIPE SADDLES AND PIPE SHIELDS

PIPE COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE Figure 351 to 357Z The Figure 351 to 357APCP saddles are used to protect the insulation against damage and keep heat loss to a minimum. They are designed for from 1" up to 5" of covering. All Saddles are 12" long with three tabs on each side for welding to pipe. Sizes 12" and larger have a welded in center rib. Material: Carbon Steel (except Fig 356Z and 357Z which are Chrome Molybdenum Steel).

Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 39A or 39B, MSS-SP-69 Type 39A or 39B and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galv., Hot-Dip Galv. Ordering: Specify figure number and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M351 to M357Z.

COVERING THICKNESS

12"

CL CENTER RIB SIZES 12" & LARGER

B

B

A

Saddle with Fig. 173 Roll

A

Saddle with Fig. 67 Roll

FIGURE 351 TO 357Z – PIPE COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE

PIPE SIZE

FIG. NO. 351

3⁄ 4 20

352 353 351

1 25

352 353 351

11⁄ 4 32

352 353 354 351

11⁄ 2 40

352 353 354

MAXIMUM ACTUAL COVERING COVERING THICKNESS THICKNESS 15⁄ 16 1 25 24 11 ⁄ 2 11⁄ 2 38 38 2 2 51 51 1 11⁄ 16 25 27 11⁄ 2 19⁄ 16 38 40 2 21⁄ 8 51 54 7⁄ 8 1 25 22 11 ⁄ 2 15⁄ 8 38 41 2 115⁄ 16 51 49 21⁄ 2 21⁄ 2 64 64 1 11⁄ 16 25 27 11 ⁄ 2 19⁄ 16 38 40 2 23⁄ 8 51 60 21⁄ 2 27⁄ 8 64 73

MAX. LOAD 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1800 8007 1800 8007

SADDLE WITH FIG. 173 ROLL ROLL SIZE A 21⁄ 2 21⁄ 8 64 54 3 25⁄ 8 76 67 4 31⁄ 4 100 83 21⁄ 4 23⁄ 4 65 70 3 27⁄ 8 80 73 4 33⁄ 8 100 86 3 21⁄ 2 80 64 31⁄ 2 3 90 76 5 35⁄ 8 125 92 6 41⁄ 4 150 108 3 21⁄ 2 80 64 4 31⁄ 8 90 79 5 41⁄ 8 125 105 6 45⁄ 8 152 117

SADDLE WITH FIG. 67 ROLL B 15⁄ 8 41 21⁄ 8 54 25⁄ 8 67 13⁄ 4 44 23⁄ 8 60 23⁄ 4 70 2 51 21⁄ 2 64 31⁄ 16 78 31⁄ 2 89 2 51 25⁄ 8 67 33⁄ 8 86 37⁄ 8 98

ROLL SIZE 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 4-6 100-150 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 4-6 100-150

A 25⁄ 16 59 211⁄ 16 68 33⁄ 8 86 27⁄ 16 62 215⁄ 16 75 31⁄ 2 89 29⁄ 16 65 33⁄ 16 81 311⁄ 16 94 41⁄ 16 103 211⁄ 16 68 35⁄ 16 84 33⁄ 4 95 43⁄ 16 106

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

B 15⁄ 8 41 21⁄ 8 54 25⁄ 8 67 13⁄ 4 44 23⁄ 8 60 23⁄ 4 70 2 51 21⁄ 2 64 31⁄ 16 78 31⁄ 2 89 2 51 25⁄ 8 67 33⁄ 8 86 37⁄ 8 98 LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT EACH 1.15 0.52 2.10 0.95 2.63 1.19 1.15 0.52 2.10 0.95 2.63 1.19 1.25 0.57 2.10 0.95 2.63 1.19 3.25 1.47 1.50 0.68 2.10 0.95 3.10 1.41 3.75 1.70 WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 81


PIPE SADDLES AND PIPE SHIELDS FIGURE 351 TO 357Z – PIPE COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE

PIPE SIZE

FIG. NO. 351 352

2 50

353 354 355 351 352

21⁄ 2 65

353 354 355 351 352

3 80

353 354 355 351 352 353

4 100

354 355 356 356Z 357Z 351 352 353

5 125

354 355 356 356Z 357Z

MAXIMUM ACTUAL COVERING COVERING THICKNESS THICKNESS 1 11⁄ 16 25 27 11⁄ 2 19⁄ 16 38 40 2 21⁄ 8 51 54 21⁄ 2 25⁄ 8 64 67 3 31⁄ 16 76 78 1 11⁄ 16 25 27 11⁄ 2 17⁄ 8 38 48 2 23⁄ 8 51 60 21⁄ 2 27⁄ 8 64 73 3 33⁄ 8 76 86 1 11⁄ 16 25 27 11⁄ 2 19⁄ 16 38 40 2 21⁄ 16 51 52 21⁄ 2 29⁄ 16 64 65 3 31⁄ 16 76 78 1 11⁄ 16 25 27 11⁄ 2 19⁄ 16 38 40 2 21⁄ 16 51 52 21⁄ 2 29⁄ 16 64 65 3 31⁄ 8 76 79 4 41⁄ 8 102 105 4 41⁄ 16 102 103 51⁄ 2 511⁄ 16 140 144 1 11⁄ 16 25 27 11⁄ 2 19⁄ 16 38 40 2 21⁄ 16 51 52 21⁄ 2 29⁄ 16 64 65 3 31⁄ 16 76 78 4 41⁄ 4 102 108 4 43⁄ 16 102 106 51⁄ 2 511⁄ 16 140 144

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 82

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

MAX. LOAD 1200 5338 1200 5338 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1200 5338 1200 5338 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1200 5338 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 5000 22242 5000 22242

SADDLE WITH FIG. 173 ROLL ROLL SIZE A 31⁄ 2 27⁄ 8 80 73 4 31⁄ 8 102 79 6 41⁄ 4 152 108 7 43⁄ 4 178 121 7 51⁄ 4 178 133 4 31⁄ 2 102 89 6 41⁄ 2 152 114 6 45⁄ 8 152 117 7 51⁄ 8 178 130 7 55⁄ 8 178 143 4 31⁄ 2 102 89 6 41⁄ 2 152 114 7 43⁄ 4 178 121 8 53⁄ 8 203 137 8 57⁄ 8 203 149 6 41⁄ 4 152 108 7 43⁄ 4 178 121 7 53⁄ 8 178 137 10 6 254 152 10 65⁄ 8 254 168 12 73⁄ 4 305 197 12 73⁄ 4 305 197 16 95⁄ 8 406 244 6 47⁄ 8 152 124 7 51⁄ 2 178 140 8 6 203 152 10 65⁄ 8 254 168 10 71⁄ 8 254 181 12 81⁄ 4 305 210 12 83⁄ 8 305 213 18 103⁄ 16 457 259

SADDLE WITH FIG. 67 ROLL B 23⁄ 8 60 25⁄ 8 67 31⁄ 2 89 4 102 41⁄ 2 114 27⁄ 8 73 33⁄ 8 86 37⁄ 8 98 43⁄ 8 111 47⁄ 8 124 27⁄ 8 73 33⁄ 4 95 4 102 45⁄ 8 117 5 127 31⁄ 2 89 4 102 45⁄ 8 117 51⁄ 8 130 53⁄ 4 146 61⁄ 2 165 61⁄ 2 165 81⁄ 4 210 41⁄ 8 105 43⁄ 4 121 51⁄ 4 133 53⁄ 4 146 61⁄ 4 159 7 178 71⁄ 8 181 83⁄ 4 222

ROLL SIZE 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 4-6 100-150 4-6 100-150 7-10 180-255 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 4-6 100-150 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 4-6 100-150 4-6 100-150 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 4-6 100-150 4-6 100-150 4-6 100-150 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 16 180-255 4-6 100-150 4-6 100-150 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 18 180-255

A 215⁄ 16 75 35⁄ 16 84 37 ⁄ 8 98 413⁄ 16 122 55⁄ 16 135 39⁄ 16 90 33⁄ 4 95 43⁄ 16 106 51⁄ 16 129 59⁄ 16 141 39⁄ 16 90 41⁄ 16 103 49⁄ 16 116 53 ⁄ 8 137 6 152 4 102 41⁄ 16 103 51 ⁄ 8 130 57 ⁄ 8 149 63 ⁄ 8 162 79⁄ 16 192 75 ⁄ 8 194 91⁄ 2 241 4 102 53⁄ 16 132 6 152 67⁄ 16 164 75⁄ 32 182 83⁄ 32 206 81 ⁄ 4 210 103⁄ 4 273

B 23⁄ 8 60 25⁄ 8 67 31⁄ 2 89 4 102 41⁄ 2 114 27⁄ 8 73 33⁄ 8 86 37⁄ 8 98 43⁄ 8 111 47⁄ 8 124 27⁄ 8 73 33⁄ 4 95 4 102 45⁄ 8 117 5 127 31 ⁄ 2 89 4 102 45⁄ 8 117 51⁄ 8 130 53⁄ 4 146 61⁄ 2 165 61⁄ 2 165 81⁄ 4 210 41 ⁄ 8 105 43⁄ 4 121 51 ⁄ 4 133 53⁄ 4 146 61⁄ 4 159 7 178 71⁄ 8 181 83⁄ 4 222

WEIGHT EACH 1.63 0.74 2.10 0.95 3.12 1.42 3.63 1.65 4.40 2.00 1.75 0.79 2.40 1.09 3.12 1.42 3.63 1.65 4.40 2.00 1.75 0.79 2.75 1.25 3.50 1.59 3.93 1.78 4.40 2.00 2.13 0.97 3.00 1.36 3.50 1.59 3.93 1.78 5.00 2.27 6.30 2.86 14.45 6.55 26.40 11.98 2.38 1.08 3.00 1.36 3.62 1.64 4.06 1.84 5.00 2.27 6.30 2.86 14.95 6.78 27.40 12.43


PIPE SADDLES AND PIPE SHIELDS FIGURE 351 TO 357Z – PIPE COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE

PIPE SIZE

FIG. NO. 351 352 353

6 150

354 355 356 356Z 357Z 351 352 353

8 200

354 355 356 356Z 357Z 351 352 353

10 250

354 355 356 356Z 357Z 351 352 353

12 300

354 355 356 356Z 357Z

MAXIMUM ACTUAL COVERING COVERING THICKNESS THICKNESS 1 1 25 27 11⁄ 2 11⁄ 2 38 38 2 21⁄ 16 51 52 21⁄ 2 29⁄ 16 64 65 3 31⁄ 16 76 78 4 43⁄ 16 102 106 4 41⁄ 8 102 105 51⁄ 2 55⁄ 8 140 143 1 11⁄ 16 25 27 19⁄ 16 11⁄ 2 38 40 2 21⁄ 16 51 52 21⁄ 2 211⁄ 16 64 68 3 33⁄ 16 76 81 4 43⁄ 16 102 106 4 43⁄ 16 102 106 51⁄ 2 59⁄ 16 140 141 1 1 25 25 11⁄ 2 15⁄ 8 38 41 2 21⁄ 16 51 52 21⁄ 2 21⁄ 8 64 54 3 31⁄ 8 76 79 4 41⁄ 8 102 105 4 41⁄ 16 102 103 51⁄ 2 59⁄ 16 140 141 1 11⁄ 8 25 29 11⁄ 2 15⁄ 8 38 41 2 21⁄ 8 51 54 21⁄ 2 21⁄ 8 64 54 3 31⁄ 8 76 79 4 41⁄ 8 102 105 4 41⁄ 8 102 105 51⁄ 2 59⁄ 16 140 141

MAX. LOAD 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 7200 32028 7200 32028 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 7200 32028 7200 32028 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 7200 32028 7200 32028 2500 11121 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 11000 48932 11000 48932

SADDLE WITH FIG. 173 ROLL ROLL SIZE A 7 53⁄ 8 178 137 8 57⁄ 8 203 149 10 63⁄ 8 254 162 12 7 305 178 12 73⁄ 4 305 197 12 87⁄ 8 305 225 12 87⁄ 8 305 225 18 119⁄ 16 457 294 10 7 254 178 10 7 254 178 12 71⁄ 2 305 191 14 81⁄ 4 356 210 12 87⁄ 8 305 225 16 10 406 254 16 10 406 254 20 1113⁄ 16 508 300 10 81⁄ 4 254 210 10 81⁄ 4 254 210 12 91⁄ 8 305 252 16 95⁄ 8 406 244 16 101⁄ 8 406 257 18 111⁄ 8 457 283 18 111⁄ 8 457 283 20 131⁄ 8 508 333 14 93⁄ 8 356 238 14 93⁄ 8 356 356 16 10 406 254 18 101⁄ 2 457 267 18 111⁄ 4 457 286 20 121⁄ 4 508 311 20 121⁄ 4 508 311 24 141⁄ 4 610 362

SADDLE WITH FIG. 67 ROLL B 45⁄ 8 117 5 127 51⁄ 2 140 6 152 61⁄ 2 165 75⁄ 8 194 77⁄ 8 200 10 254 6 152 6 152 61⁄ 2 165 7 178 75⁄ 8 194 83⁄ 4 222 83⁄ 4 222 101⁄ 4 260 71⁄ 4 184 71⁄ 4 184 77⁄ 8 200 81⁄ 8 206 87⁄ 8 225 93⁄ 4 248 93⁄ 4 248 111⁄ 4 286 81⁄ 8 206 81⁄ 8 238 85⁄ 8 219 91⁄ 8 232 93⁄ 4 248 103⁄ 4 273 103⁄ 4 273 123⁄ 8 314

ROLL SIZE 4-6 100-150 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 12-15 305-380 7-10 180-255 12-15 305-380 12-15 305-381 18 180-255 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 12-15 305-380 12-15 305-380 12-15 305-380 12-15 305-380 20 180-255 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 20 406-508 12-15 305-380 12-15 305-380 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 24 406-508

A 51 ⁄ 8 130 63⁄ 16 157 61 ⁄ 2 165 75 ⁄ 8 194 71 ⁄ 2 191 813⁄ 16 224 87 ⁄ 8 225 111⁄ 2 292 69⁄ 16 167 73⁄ 16 183 711⁄ 16 195 811⁄ 16 221 827⁄ 32 225 913⁄ 16 249 97 ⁄ 8 251 113⁄ 4 298 69⁄ 16 167 73⁄ 16 183 711⁄ 16 195 911⁄ 16 246 103⁄ 8 264 111⁄ 16 281 111⁄ 8 283 125⁄ 8 321 91 ⁄ 4 235 97 ⁄ 8 251 915⁄ 16 252 109⁄ 16 268 111⁄ 8 283 121⁄ 16 306 121⁄ 8 308 133⁄ 4 349

B 45⁄ 8 117 5 127 51⁄ 2 140 6 152 61⁄ 2 165 75⁄ 8 194 77⁄ 8 200 10 254 6 152 6 152 61⁄ 2 165 7 178 75⁄ 8 194 83⁄ 4 222 83⁄ 4 222 101⁄ 4 260 71⁄ 4 184 71⁄ 4 184 77⁄ 8 200 81⁄ 8 206 87⁄ 8 225 93⁄ 4 248 93⁄ 4 248 111⁄ 4 286 81⁄ 8 206 81⁄ 8 206 85⁄ 8 219 91⁄ 8 232 93⁄ 4 248 103⁄4 273 103⁄ 4 273 123⁄ 8 314

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT EACH 3.85 1.75 4.75 2.15 6.28 2.85 7.09 3.22 8.10 3.67 10.15 4.60 16.00 7.26 27.50 12.47 5.05 2.29 5.25 2.38 7.00 3.18 7.55 3.42 9.90 4.49 10.13 4.59 16.90 7.67 34.10 15.47 5.05 2.29 5.25 2.38 7.0 3.18 8.75 3.97 10.70 4.85 13.88 6.30 17.50 7.94 36.60 16.60 7.30 3.31 7.35 3.33 9.20 4.17 10.04 4.55 11.00 4.99 14.45 6.55 28.00 12.70 36.60 16.60

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 83


PIPE SADDLES AND PIPE SHIELDS FIGURE 351 TO 357Z – PIPE COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE

PIPE SIZE

FIG. NO. 352 353 354

14 350

355 356 356Z 357Z 352 353 354

16 400

355 356 356Z 357Z 352 353 354

18 450

355 356 356Z 357Z 352 353 354

20 500

355 356 356Z 357Z 352 353 354

24 600

355 356 356Z

84

MAXIMUM ACTUAL COVERING COVERING THICKNESS THICKNESS 11 ⁄ 2 11⁄ 2 38 38 2 2 51 51 21⁄ 2 21⁄ 8 64 54 3 3 76 76 4 4 102 102 4 4 102 102 51⁄ 2 51⁄ 2 140 140 11⁄ 2 11⁄ 2 38 38 2 2 51 51 21⁄ 2 21⁄ 2 64 64 3 3 76 76 4 4 102 102 4 4 102 102 51⁄ 2 51⁄ 2 140 140 11⁄ 2 11⁄ 2 38 38 2 2 51 51 21⁄ 2 21⁄ 2 64 64 3 3 76 76 4 4 102 102 4 4 102 102 51⁄ 2 51⁄ 2 140 140 11⁄ 2 11⁄ 2 38 38 2 2 51 51 21⁄ 2 21⁄ 2 64 64 3 3 76 76 4 4 102 102 4 4 102 102 51⁄ 2 51⁄ 2 140 140 11⁄ 2 11⁄ 2 38 38 2 2 51 51 21⁄ 2 21⁄ 2 64 64 3 3 76 76 4 4 102 102 4 4 102 102

MAX. LOAD 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 11000 48932 11000 48932 5000 22242 5000 22242 7200 32028 7200 32028 7200 32028 11000 48932 11000 48932 5000 22242 7200 32028 7200 32028 7200 32028 7200 32028 13200 58719 13200 58719 7200 32028 7200 32028 7200 32028 7200 32028 7200 32028 13200 58719 13200 58719 7200 32028 7200 32028 7200 32028 7200 32028 7200 32028 13200 58719

SADDLE WITH FIG. 173 ROLL ROLL SIZE A 16 101⁄ 4 406 260 18 103⁄ 4 457 273 18 113⁄ 8 457 289 18 12 457 305 24 131⁄ 4 610 337 24 123⁄ 4 610 324 24 15 610 381 18 111⁄ 8 457 283 20 113⁄ 4 508 298 20 121⁄ 4 508 311 24 127⁄ 8 610 327 24 14 610 356 24 14 610 356 30 161⁄ 5 762 411 20 121⁄ 4 508 311 24 131⁄ 8 610 333 24 131⁄ 2 610 343 24 14 610 356 24 153⁄ 8 610 330 24 151⁄ 8 610 384 30 171⁄ 3 762 440 24 131⁄ 2 610 343 24 14 610 356 24 145⁄ 8 610 371 24 151⁄ 4 610 387 30 161⁄ 2 762 359 7 165⁄ 8 178 422 30 181⁄ 3 762 465 30 163⁄ 8 762 416 30 163⁄ 8 762 416 30 17 762 432 30 171⁄ 2 762 445 30 183⁄ 4 762 422 30 187⁄ 8 762 479

SADDLE WITH FIG. 67 ROLL B 9 229 93⁄ 8 238 97⁄ 8 251 101⁄ 2 267 113⁄ 4 298 111⁄ 4 286 131⁄ 8 333 93⁄ 4 248 101⁄ 4 260 103⁄ 4 273 111⁄ 8 283 121⁄ 4 311 121⁄ 4 311 137⁄ 8 352 103⁄ 4 273 115⁄ 8 295 113⁄ 4 298 121⁄ 4 311 135⁄ 8 346 133⁄ 8 340 15 381 113⁄ 4 298 121⁄ 4 311 127⁄ 8 327 133⁄ 4 349 141⁄ 4 362 143⁄ 8 365 16 406 141⁄ 8 359 141⁄ 8 359 143⁄ 4 375 151⁄ 4 387 161⁄ 2 419 165⁄ 8 422

ROLL SIZE 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 22-24 559-610 22-24 559-610 24 559-610 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 22-24 559-610 22-24 559-610 22-24 559-610 30 559-610 16-20 406-508 22-24 559-610 22-24 559-610 22-24 559-610 22-24 559-610 22-24 559-610 30 559-610 22-24 559-610 22-24 559-610 22-24 559-610 26-30 660-762 26-30 660-762 26-30 660-762 30 660-762 26-30 660-762 26-30 660-762 26-30 660-762 26-30 660-762 26-30 660-762 26-30 660-762

A 103⁄ 8 264 103⁄ 4 273 111⁄ 4 286 113⁄ 4 298 123⁄ 8 314 117⁄ 8 302 141⁄ 2 368 111⁄ 4 286 115⁄ 8 295 121⁄ 4 311 127⁄ 8 327 139⁄ 16 344 135⁄ 8 346 153⁄ 4 400 121⁄ 4 311 123⁄ 8 314 13 330 131⁄ 2 343 145⁄ 8 371 143⁄ 8 365 167⁄ 8 429 13 330 131⁄ 2 343 141⁄ 8 359 147⁄ 8 378 153⁄ 4 400 157⁄ 8 403 177⁄ 8 454 153⁄ 4 400 153⁄ 4 400 165⁄ 8 422 171⁄ 8 435 18 457 181⁄ 8 460

B 9 229 93⁄ 8 238 97⁄ 8 251 101⁄ 2 267 113⁄ 4 298 111⁄ 4 286 131⁄ 8 333 93⁄ 4 248 101⁄ 4 260 103⁄ 4 273 111⁄ 8 283 121⁄ 4 311 121⁄ 4 311 137⁄ 8 352 103⁄ 4 273 115⁄ 8 295 113⁄ 4 298 121⁄ 4 311 135⁄ 8 346 133⁄ 8 340 15 381 113⁄ 4 298 121⁄ 4 311 127⁄ 8 327 133⁄ 4 349 141⁄ 4 362 143⁄ 8 365 16 406 141⁄ 8 359 141⁄ 8 359 143⁄ 4 375 151⁄ 4 387 161⁄ 2 419 165⁄ 8 422

WEIGHT EACH 8.25 3.74 9.20 4.17 10.04 4.55 11.00 4.99 15.50 7.03 27.60 12.52 36.60 16.60 8.25 3.74 9.20 4.17 13.69 6.21 14.65 6.65 15.50 7.03 30.10 13.65 39.00 17.69 9.35 4.24 12.00 5.44 14.19 6.44 15.25 6.92 21.00 9.53 40.30 18.28 52.10 23.63 11.05 5.01 12.40 5.62 14.19 6.44 15.25 6.92 22.80 10.34 44.80 20.32 52.10 23.63 12.90 5.85 13.90 6.28 18.07 8.20 19.35 8.78 23.10 10.48 45.40 20.59


PIPE SADDLES AND PIPE SHIELDS

HIGH TEMPERATURE PIPE INSULATION SHIELD Figure 465 CVB The Figure 465 CVB is designed to insulated the pipe for thermal efficiency. It is comprised of a calcium silicate insert resting on an outer wrapper and a galvanized steel shield. Recommended for an operating temperature range of +250° F (+121° C) to +1200° F (+648° C). Materials: Calcium Silicate, ASJ (Outer Wrapper), and Carbon Steel. Finish: Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, covering thickness, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M465CVB.

VEE TROUGH Figure 200VT Designed to be used primarily with the Figure 200V as a support for plastic or other piping where continuous support is required. Hangers should be placed to adequately support the ends. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Pre-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M200VT.

FIGURE 465 CVB – HIGH TEMPERATURE PIPE SHIELD

PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500

LENGTH OF OUTER WRAP 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406

NOMINAL INSULATION THICKNESS WEIGHT 3 ⁄4" 1" 11⁄2" 0.50 0.60 1.00 0.23 0.27 0.45 0.56 0.64 1.04 0.25 0.29 0.47 0.62 0.78 1.40 0.28 0.35 0.64 0.76 0.82 1.55 0.34 0.37 0.70 0.78 0.94 1.65 0.35 0.43 0.75 0.90 1.29 1.88 0.41 0.59 0.85 1.23 1.43 2.22 0.56 0.65 1.01 1.51 1.61 2.34 0.68 0.73 1.06 1.74 2.11 3.32 0.79 0.96 1.51 3.04 2.77 3.58 1.38 1.26 1.62 2.93 3.20 4.43 1.33 1.45 2.01 3.64 3.27 6.95 1.65 1.48 3.15 4.10 4.17 7.45 1.86 1.89 3.38 4.74 4.87 7.75 2.15 2.21 3.52 5.29 5.35 7.95 2.40 2.43 3.61 6.15 6.25 8.04 2.79 2.84 3.65 6.67 6.75 8.27 3.03 3.06 3.75 8.75 8.85 8.95 3.97 4.01 4.06

2" 1.56 0.71 1.53 0.69 1.74 0.79 1.81 0.82 2.15 0.98 2.33 1.06 3.24 1.47 3.40 1.54 4.06 1.84 5.11 2.32 5.90 2.68 8.78 3.98 8.95 4.06 9.04 4.10 9.25 4.20 9.47 4.30 9.60 4.35 9.67 4.39

FIGURE 200VT – VEE TROUGH SIZE 1 1 2 2

PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2"- 2" 15 - 50 21⁄2" - 4" 65 - 100

L

L 11⁄2 38 3 76

TROUGH LENGTH 120 3048 120 3048

WGT EACH 5.39 2.44 10.78 4.89

L

85


BEAM CLAMPS

TOP BEAM CLAMP

A

Figure 6 The Figure 6 is designed to support piping from top members of angle iron trusses or the top flange of I-beams. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify clip number, flange width, flange thickness, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M6. Made special to customer order.

B

FIGURE 6 – TOP BEAM CLAMP

CLIP NO. 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5

MAXIMUM LOAD 300 1335 500 2224 700 3114 1000 4448 2000 8897

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 86

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 /4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

B 5 ⁄16 7.9 3 ⁄8 9.5 7 ⁄16 11.1 1 ⁄2 12.7 9 ⁄16 14.3

4 102 0.46 0.21 0.62 0.28 1.05 0.48 1.59 0.72 2.77 1.26

WEIGHT EACH WIDTH OF I BEAM FLANGE 6 8 152 203 0.59 0.73 0.27 0.33 0.80 0.97 0.36 0.44 1.34 1.62 0.61 0.73 2.01 2.42 0.91 1.10 3.51 4.22 1.59 1.91

12 305 0.99 0.45 1.33 0.60 2.21 1.00 3.29 1.49 5.64 2.56


BEAM CLAMPS

ADJUSTABLE BEAM CLAMP Figure 14 Figure 14A The Figure 14 is designed to clamp to the bottom of flanged beams. After installation the unit is locked into position with a hex nut and lock washer. Figure 14A is designed for wider flange widths, please see table. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 27, MSS-SP-69 Type 27. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M14 or M14A.

B C

A

FIGURE 14 AND 14A – ADJUSTABLE BEAM CLAMP ROD SIZE MAXIMUM A LOAD 3 ⁄8 300 M10 1335 1 ⁄2 700 M12 3114 5 ⁄8 1000 M16 4448 3 ⁄4 1300 M20 5783 7 ⁄8 1400 M22 6228 1 1500 M24 6673

FLANGE WIDTH FIGURE 14 FIGURE 14A MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX. 31⁄2 8 8 16 89 203 203 406 31⁄2 8 8 16 89 203 203 406 31⁄2 8 8 16 89 203 203 406 6 8 8 16 152 203 203 406 6 10 8 16 152 254 203 406 7 14 8 16 178 356 203 406

B 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95

C 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38

WEIGHT EACH FIG. 14 FIG. 14A 0.96 2.56 0.44 1.16 1.42 3.48 0.64 1.58 1.86 5.24 0.84 2.38 4.22 7.18 1.91 3.26 5.56 8.92 3.20 4.05 7.74 11.32 3.51 5.13

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 87


BEAM CLAMPS

BEAM CLAMP Figure 15 The Figure 15 is designed to attach to the bottom of| flanged beams. Normally used with the Figure 93 Eye Rod or Figure 279 Eye Nut. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 21, MSS-SP-69 Type 21. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify clamp size, flange width, flange thickness, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M15.

A

B D

FIGURE 15 – BEAM CLAMP CLAMP SIZE 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7

CLAMP SIZE 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7

MAX LOAD 500 2224 700 3114 800 3559 1000 4448 3000 13345 3000 13345 5000 22242

2 0.52 0.24 0.74 0.34 1.26 0.57

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 88

B 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄8 29 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 2 44 21⁄8 54

C 1 ⁄2 13 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 3 ⁄4 19 7 ⁄8 22 1 25 11⁄8 29

D 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 2 51 23⁄8 60 25⁄8 67 3 83 41⁄8 105

3 0.62 0.28 0.82 0.37 1.49 0.68 2.32 1.05 3.40 1.54

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

BOLT SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22 1 M24

WEIGHT EACH BEAM WIDTH – DIMENSION “A” 4 5 6 0.78 0.88 0.95 0.35 0.40 0.43 1.09 1.21 1.31 0.49 0.55 0.59 1.89 2.12 2.29 0.86 0.96 1.04 2.85 3.18 3.39 1.29 1.44 1.54 4.08 4.52 4.80 1.85 2.05 2.18 6.00 6.45 7.00 2.72 2.93 3.18 11.95 12.75 5.42 5.78

C

7

8

10

1.39 0.63 2.45 1.11 3.60 1.63 5.10 2.31 7.40 3.36 13.55 6.15

2.69 1.22 3.92 1.78 5.51 2.50 7.90 3.58 14.35 6.51

6.23 2.83 8.80 3.99 15.95 7.23


BEAM CLAMPS

TOP OR SIDE BEAM CLAMP Figure 18 The Figure 18 clamp is made in two parts. When bolted together they prevent the movement of the clamp from its position. The supporting rod is installed close to the flange of the beam. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Spec. A-A-1192A Type 25, MSS-SP-69 Type 25. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify clamp number, width of flange, thickness of flange, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M18.

A

B

C

FIGURE 18 – TOP OR SIDE BEAM CLAMP

CLIP NO. 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5

MAXIMUM LOAD 300 1335 500 2224 700 3114 1000 4448 2000 8897

ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22

B 5 ⁄16 7.9 3 ⁄8 9.5 7 ⁄16 11.1 1 ⁄2 12.7 9 ⁄16 14.3

C 13⁄4 44 21⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89

4 102 0.92 0.42 1.39 0.63 2.53 1.15 3.90 1.77 7.35 3.33

WEIGHT EACH WIDTH OF I BEAM FLANGE 6 8 152 203 1.04 1.12 0.47 0.51 1.56 1.66 0.71 0.75 2.81 2.98 1.27 1.35 4.32 4.57 1.96 2.07 8.08 8.48 3.67 3.85

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

12 305 1.45 0.66 2.11 0.96 3.72 1.69 5.62 2.55 10.13 4.59

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 89


BEAM CLAMPS

ADJUSTABLE BEAM CLAMP Figure 82 The Figure 82 is designed to attached to the bottom of flanged beams without requiring welding. Normally used with the Figure 157 Extension Piece (Not Furnished) up to a maximum 7⁄8" (M20) rod diameter. Loading is achieved through the clamp jaws while locking is accomplished by tightening the through-bolt located directly below the flange. Maximum flange thickness is 0.60 inches. Material: Malleable Iron. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 30, MSS-SP-69 Type 30 when used with a Figure 157. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, and finish. Order Figure 157 separately, if required. For Metric applications specify Figure M82.

A

FIGURE 157

FIGURE 82 – ADJUSTABLE BEAM CLAMP MAXIMUM ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20

MAXIMUM LOAD 610 2714 1130 5027 1365 6072 1365 6072 1365 6072

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 90

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

23⁄8 60 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

3 76 37⁄16 87 37⁄16 87 37⁄16 87 37⁄16 87 37⁄16 87

ROD TAKE OUT BEAM FLANGE WIDTH – B 4 5 101 127 35⁄16 215⁄16 84 75 35⁄16 215⁄16 84 75 35⁄16 215⁄16 84 75 35⁄16 215⁄16 84 75 35⁄16 215⁄16 84 75

6 152 29⁄16 65 29⁄16 65 29⁄16 65 29⁄16 65 29⁄16 65

7 177 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48

WEIGHT EACH 1.91 0.87 2.11 0.96 2.15 0.98 2.36 1.07 2.49 1.13


BEAM CLAMPS

TOP BEAM CLAMP WITH LOCKING NUT

B

Figure 192

D

The Figure 192 is designed for roof installations with bar joist type construction as well as to be attached mechanically to the top or bottom flange of steel beams. A locking nut is provided and when properly tightened prevents loosening due to vibration. The full body tapping feature for the rod allows for extra adjustment after installation. A Figure 192RS Retaining Strap may also be required by various codes. Install in accordance with MSS-SP69 set screw torque values. Maximum loads are based upon full thread engagement by the rod. When using a Retaining Strap the maximum allowable flange thickness is reduced by 1⁄8". Material: Malleable Iron with Hardened Steel Cup Point Set Screw. Compliance: MSS-SP-69 (Type 19), UL and FM rated for 3⁄8" and 1⁄2" only. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M192.

E

C

A F

FIGURE 192 – TOP BEAM CLAMP ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20

MAXIMUM LOAD 400 1779 500 2224 600 2669 800 3559 1200 5338

MAXIMUM PIPE SIZE 4 100 8 200 8 200 8 200 8 200

B 15⁄8 41 111⁄16 43 17⁄8 48 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60

TOP BEAM CLAMP RETAINING CLIP

C 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44

D 1 25 1 25 11⁄16 27 15⁄16 33 15⁄16 33

E 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19

WEIGHT EACH 0.33 0.15 0.34 0.15 0.39 0.18 0.63 0.29 0.60 0.27

FIGURE 192RS – TOP BEAM CLAMP RETAINING CLIP

Figure 192RS The Figure 192RS is designed for use with Figure 192 and Figure 192W Top Beam Clamp to prevent movement of the clamp due to vibration after installation. Available in up to 41⁄2", 6", 8", 10" and 14" lengths (Two inches should be added to beam flange width to determine length and select next largest strap length if between sizes.) Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, length, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M192RS.

F 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16

ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20

41⁄2 114 0.15 0.07 0.15 0.07 0.20 0.09 0.20 0.09 0.31 0.14

WEIGHT EACH LENGTH – DIMENSION “C” 6 8 10 152 203 254 0.21 0.28 0.35 0.10 0.13 0.16 0.21 0.28 0.35 0.10 0.13 0.16 0.26 0.35 0.44 0.12 0.16 0.20 0.26 0.35 0.44 0.12 0.16 0.20 0.42 0.56 0.70 0.19 0.25 0.32

14 356 0.49 0.22 0.49 0.22 0.62 0.28 0.62 0.28 0.98 0.44

C

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 91


BEAM CLAMPS

WIDE MOUTH TOP BEAM CLAMP WITH LOCKING NUT

B D

Figure 192W The Figure 192W is designed for roof installations with bar joist type construction as well as to be attached mechanically to the top or bottom flange of steel beams. A locking nut is provided and when properly tightened prevents loosening due to vibration. The full body tapping feature for the rod allows for extra adjustment after installation. A Figure 192RS Retaining Strap may also be required by various codes. Install in accordance with MSS-SP69 set screw torque values. Maximum loads are based upon full thread engagement by the rod. When using a Retaining Strap the maximum allowable flange thickness is reduced by 1⁄8". Material: Malleable Iron with Hardened Steel Cup Point Set Screw. Compliance: MSS-SP-69 (Type 19). Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M192W.

C

E

A F

FIGURE 192W – WIDE MOUTH TOP BEAM CLAMP ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20

MAXIMUM LOAD 400 1779 500 2224 850 3781 900 4004

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 92

MAXIMUM PIPE SIZE 4 100 4 200 5 125 6 150

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

B 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 21⁄4 57 23⁄8 60

C 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 25⁄16 59 23⁄8 60

D 11⁄16 27 11⁄16 27 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35

E 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32

F 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19

WEIGHT EACH 0.37 0.17 0.35 0.16 0.49 0.22 0.87 0.39


BEAM CLAMPS

ADJUSTABLE SIDE BEAM CLAMP Figure 217 The Figure 217 is designed to attach mechanically to a steel beam and allow a drop rod to placed at or near the edge of the beam. Various beam flange widths and thicknesses can be accommodated. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: MSS-SP-69 Type 25. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galv. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and type. For Metric applications specify Figure M217. A

FIGURE 217 – ADJUSTABLE SIDE BEAM CLAMP

TYPE 1 Size 3 Size 76 Size 45⁄8 Size 117 Size 61⁄8 Size 156 Size 75⁄8 Size 194 TYPE 2 Size 3 Size 76 Size 45⁄8 Size 117 Size 61⁄8 Size 156 Size 75⁄8 Size 194 TYPE 3 Size 3 Size 76 Size 45⁄8 Size 117 Size 61⁄8 Size 156 Size 75⁄8 Size 194

A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10

MAXIMUM LOAD 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335

MAXIMUM FLANGE THICKNESS 3 ⁄8 M10 3/8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10

FLANGE WIDTH 3 - 41⁄2 76 - 114 45⁄8 - 6 117 - 152 61⁄8 - 71⁄2 156 - 191 75⁄8 - 9 194 - 229

WEIGHT EACH 0.80 0.36 1.06 0.48 1.17 0.53 1.28 0.58

1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12

500 2224 500 2224 500 2224 500 2224

1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12

3 - 41⁄2 76 - 114 45⁄8 - 6 117 - 152 61⁄8 - 71⁄2 156 - 191 75⁄8 - 9 194 - 229

1.57 0.71 1.84 0.83 2.05 0.93 2.23 1.01

3 - 41⁄2 76 - 114 45⁄8 - 6 117 - 152 61⁄8 - 71⁄2 156 - 191 75⁄8 - 9 194 - 229

3.75 1.70 4.19 1.90 4.53 2.05 5.11 2.32

5

⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16

700 3114 700 3114 700 3114 700 3114

5

⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 93


BEAM CLAMPS

BEAM CLAMP

A

Figure 268 Designed to allow the connection of hanger rods to steel beams without welding. Vertical rod adjustment is approximately 2 inches after installation. Material: Carbon Steel Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, width of beam flange and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M268. Note: “A” minimum is 3".

B

ADJ. D

E C

FIGURE 268 – BEAM CLAMP SIZE 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5

MAXIMUM LOAD 700 3114 1500 6673 2600 11566 4300 19128 8000 35587

A (MIN.) 3 102 3 102 3 102 4 114 4 127

ROD SIZE E 1 ⁄2 M15 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22 1 M24 11⁄4 M30

B 4 102 4 102 4 102 5 127 51⁄2 140

C 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64

ADJUSTMENT D 213⁄16 71 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83

STEEL SIZE 1 ⁄4 X 11⁄4 6 X 32 3 ⁄8 X 2 10 X 51 1 ⁄2 X 2 13 X 51 1 ⁄2 X 21⁄2 13 X 64 5 ⁄8 X 4 16 X 102

PURLIN CLAMP Figure 290 Designed to attach directly to steel purlins. Maximum Pipe Size is 4". Material: Malleable Iron with hardened steel cup point set screw. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M290.

7/8" 2"

FIG. 290 – PURLIN CLAMP ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10

MAXIMUM LOAD 400 1779

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 94

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT EACH 0.82 0.37

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

2"


BEAM CLAMPS

STEEL BEAM CLAMP WITH WELDLESS EYENUT

BEAM FLANGE WIDTH

Figure 297 The Figure 297 beam clamp with eyenut is used when welding to the structure is prohibited for supports where some movement is expected. The clamping effect is produced by the “ice tong” action of the arms and is locked in place by the through bolt located just under the beam flange. Material: Carbon Steel with Forged Steel Eyenut. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 28, MSS-SP-69 Type 28 and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, rod size, clamp number and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M297.

E

A

FIGURE 297 – STEEL BEAM CLAMP WITH WELDLESS EYENUT

CLAMP SIZE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

MAXIMUM LOAD 2710 68834 4960 125984 4960 125984 4960 125984 4960 125984 11500 292100 11500 292100 11500 292100

MAXIMUM ROD SIZE A 3⁄ 4 M20 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24 11⁄2 M36 11⁄2 M36 2 M48

BEAM WIDTH 3-8 76 - 203 3-8 76 - 203 4 - 11 102 - 279 4 - 12 102 - 305 11 - 15 279 - 381 4 - 12 102 - 305 11 - 15 279 - 381 4 - 12 102 - 305

MAXIMUM FLANGE THICKNESS 0.6 15 0.6 15 0.6 15 1.03 26 1.03 26 1.03 26 1.03 26 1.03 26

BODY SIZE A A B C D C D C

WEIGHT EACH 5.5 2.5 5.5 2.5 9.0 4.1 29.0 13.2 33.3 15.1 29.0 13.2 33.3 15.1 29.0 13.2

** Based on the allowable stresses shown in ANSI Code for Pressure Piping

ROD TAKEOUT "E" FOR WIDTH OF BEAM CLAMP BODY SIZE SIZE 1 A 1 A 2 A 2 A 3 B 3 B 4 C 4 C 5 D 5 D 6 C 6 C 7 D 7 D 8 C 8 C

3 53⁄16 132 53⁄16 132

4 51⁄8 130 51⁄8 130 81⁄4 210 85⁄8 219 85⁄8 219 115⁄8 295

5 5 127 5 127 81⁄8 206 85⁄8 219 85⁄8 219 111⁄2 292

6 413⁄16 122 413⁄16 122 81⁄8 206 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 111⁄2 292

7 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 77⁄8 200 83⁄8 213 83⁄8 213 113⁄8 289

8 315⁄16 100 315⁄16 100 73⁄4 197 81⁄8 206 81⁄8 206 111⁄8 283

9

10

11

12

73⁄8 187 77⁄8 200

7 178 75⁄8 194

61⁄2 165 7 178 91⁄2 241 7 178 93⁄4 248 101⁄2 267

63⁄4 171 91⁄4 235 63⁄4 171 91⁄2 241 10 254

77⁄8 200 107⁄8 276

75⁄8 194 103⁄4 273

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

13

14

15

87⁄8 225

83⁄8 213

77⁄8 200

91⁄8 232

83⁄4 222

81⁄8 206

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 95


BEAM CLAMPS

EXTENDED BEAM CLAMP Figure 314 The Figure 314 is used where the supporting I beam is to be covered with fireproofing material. The bottom bolt has a spacer to allow for free movement of the connecting eyerod or weldless eyenut. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify clamp size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M314.

A BOLT SIZE J F PIPE SPACER R MAX. G MIN.

FIGURE 314 – EXTENDED BEAM CLAMP NUMBER 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15

MAXIMUM LOAD 1500 6673 1500 6673 1500 6673 1500 6673 1500 6673 3000 13345 3000 13345 3000 13345 3000 13345 3000 13345 6000 26690 6000 26690 6000 26690 6000 26690 6000 26690

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 96

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

FLANGE WIDTH 4 102 5-6 127 - 152 61⁄2 - 71⁄2 165 - 191 8-9 203 - 229 10 - 101⁄2 254 - 267 4 102 5-6 127 - 152 61⁄2 - 71⁄2 165 - 191 8-9 203 - 229 10 - 101⁄2 254 - 267 4 102 5-6 127 - 152 61⁄2 - 71⁄2 165 - 191 8-9 203 - 229 10 - 101⁄2 254 - 267

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

A 65⁄8 168 71⁄8 181 77⁄8 200 85⁄8 219 95⁄8 244 71⁄16 179 79⁄16 192 85⁄16 211 91⁄16 230 913⁄16 249 93⁄8 238 97⁄8 251 105⁄8 270 113⁄8 289 121⁄8 308

F 13 ⁄16 20.6 13 ⁄16 20.6 13 ⁄16 20.6 13 ⁄16 20.6 13 ⁄16 20.6 15 ⁄16 24 15 ⁄16 24 15 ⁄16 24 15 ⁄16 24 15 ⁄16 24 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32

MINIMUM G 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25

J 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 11⁄8 M30 11⁄8 M30 11⁄8 M30 11⁄8 M30 11⁄8 M30

MAXIMUM R 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22


BEAM CLAMPS

BEAM CLAMP WITH SWING NUT

H

Figure 702 D

Identical in design to the Figure 15 Beam Clamp, the Figure 702 comes with the addition of a right-hand tapped swing nut. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 21, MSS SP-69 Type 21. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, width of beam, thickness of flange, and type Number of clamp. For Metric applications specify Figure M702.

E

B

C

A

FIGURE 702 – BEAM CLAMP WITH SWING NUT TYPE NUMBER 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6

TYPE NUMBER 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6

MAXIMUM LOAD 500 2224 1000 4448 1500 6673 2000 8897 3000 13345 3250 14457

3 0.69 0.31 1.13 0.51

4 0.79 0.36 1.25 0.57 2.44 1.11 3.67 1.66

A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24

5 0.90 0.41 1.41 0.64 2.67 1.21 4.00 1.81 5.83 2.64 9.55 4.33

B 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 2 51 23⁄8 60 25⁄8 67 31⁄4 83 WEIGHT EACH DIMENSION H 6 7 0.95 1.15 0.43 0.52 1.50 1.64 0.68 0.74 2.84 3.06 1.29 1.39 4.21 4.58 1.91 2.08 6.11 6.43 2.77 2.92 9.97 10.61 4.52 4.81

C 3 ⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 2 51

8 1.30 0.59 1.73 0.78 3.28 1.49 4.80 2.18 6.81 3.09 11.104 5.04

D 5 ⁄8 16 3 ⁄4 19 7 ⁄8 22 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32

E 1 25 11⁄8 29 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44

9

10

12

1.83 0.83 3.40 1.54 5.07 2.30 7.17 3.25 11.57 5.25

1.93 0.88 3.58 1.62 5.27 2.39 7.46 3.38 12.00 5.44

8.23 3.73 13.19 5.98

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 97


C-CLAMPS

“C” CLAMP RETAINING CLIP Figure 22 The Figure 22 is designed for use with Figure 238 and 193 “C” Clamps. to prevent movement of the “C” Clamp due to vibration after installation. Available in up to 41⁄2", 6", 8", 10" and 14" lengths (One inch should be added to beam flange width to determine length; select next largest strap length if between standard lengths.) The Figure 196 3⁄8" (M10) uses a Type 1, while all other sizes use a Type 2. Type 1 is for Figure 238, 3⁄8" (M10), 1⁄2" (M12), 5⁄8" (M16), 3⁄4" (M20) and 7/8" (M20) rod sizes. Type 2 is for Figure 193, 1⁄2" (M12), 5⁄8" (M16) and 3⁄4" (M20) rod sizes only. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, length, type, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M22.

FIGURE 22 – “C” CLAMP RETAINING CLIP

CLIP SIZE 1 1 2 2

41⁄2 114 0.15 0.07 0.21 0.10

WEIGHT EACH LENGTH - DIMENSION “C” 6 8 10 152 203 254 0.22 0.33 0.36 0.10 0.15 0.16 0.28 0.36 0.45 0.13 0.16 0.20

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 98

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

C

14 356 0.50 0.23 0.59 0.27


C-CLAMPS

C-CLAMP WITH LOCKING NUT

E

Figure 47 Figure 47SS (Stainless Steel)

C-CLAMP WITHOUT LOCKING NUT Figure 238 The Figure 47 is designed to attach to the bottom flange of a steel beam. A locking nut is provided and when tightened prevents loosening due to vibration. The Figure 238 is identical to the Figure 47 and may require a Figure 22 Retaining Clip to prevent loosening due to vibration. Install both Figure 47 and 238 in accordance with MSS-SP69 set screw torque values. Maximum loads are based upon full thread engagement by the rod. Some Codes require the use of a Figure 22 Retaining Clip on all C-Clamps. When using a Retaining Clip the maximum allowable flange thickness is reduced by 1⁄8". Material: Carbon Steel with Hardened Steel Cup Point Set Screw. Stainless Type 304. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 23, MSS-SP-69 Type 23. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Figure 47SS (Sizes 3⁄8", 1⁄2", 5⁄8"). Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M47 or Figure M238.

C

F

A D

FIGURE 47 – C CLAMP WITH LOCKING NUT ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20

MAX LOAD 400 1779 500 2224 600 2669 800 3559 1200 5338

C 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60 3 76

D 21⁄4 57 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70

E 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 11⁄4 32

F 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 1 25

SET SCREW SIZE 3 ⁄8 x 11⁄2 10 x 38 1 ⁄2 x 11⁄2 13 x 38 5 ⁄8 x 11⁄2 16 x 38 3 ⁄4 x 11⁄2 19 x 38 3 ⁄4 x 11⁄2 19 x 38

WEIGHT EACH 0.38 0.17 0.38 0.17 0.68 0.31 0.79 0.36 1.83 0.83

D 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70

E 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 11⁄4 32

F 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 1 25

SET SCREW SIZE 3 ⁄8 x 11⁄2 10 x 38 1 ⁄2 x 11⁄2 13 x 38 5 ⁄8 x 11⁄2 16 x 38 3 ⁄4 x 11⁄2 19 x 38 3 ⁄4 x 11⁄2 19 x 38

WEIGHT EACH 0.36 0.16 0.36 0.16 0.63 0.29 0.72 0.33 1.65 0.75

FIGURE 238 – C CLAMP WITHOUT LOCKING NUT ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20

MAX LOAD 400 1779 400 1779 440 1957 800 3559 1200 5338

C 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 3 76

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 99


C-CLAMPS

C-CLAMP WITH LOCKING NUT Figure 196 The Figure 196 is designed to attach mechanically to the bottom flange of a steel beam and may require a Figure 22 Retaining Clip to prevent loosening due to vibration after installation. Install Figure 196 in accordance with MSS-SP69 set screw torque values. Maximum loads are based upon full thread engagement by the rod. Some Codes require the use of a Figure 22 Retaining Clip on all C-Clamps. When using a Retaining Clip the maximum allowable flange thickness is reduced by 1⁄8". Material: Malleable Iron with Hardened Steel Cup Point Set Screw. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 23, MSS-SP-69 Type 23. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M196.

D

F

C

A

E

FIGURE 196 – C-CLAMP ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20

MAXIMUM LOAD 400 1779 400 1779 440 1957 500 2224

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 100

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

PIPE SIZES 1 ⁄2 to 2 15 to 50 21⁄2 to 31⁄2 65 to 90 4 to 5 100 to 125 6 150

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

C 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 2 51 2 51

D 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 2 51 2 51

E 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19

F 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19

WEIGHT EACH 0.33 0.15 0.39 0.18 0.46 0.21 0.52 0.24


STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

ANGLE KNEE

L

Figure 9 The Figure 9 is used in supporting pipe hangers to the side of joist, steel, or wood beams. It can be either bolted or welded to the structure. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Compliance:A-A-1192A Type 34 and MSS-SP-69 Type 34. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M9.

H TYP.

B TYP.

A TYP.

FIGURE 9 – ANGLE KNEE SIZE A A B B C C

ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16

MAX. LOAD 150 667 300 1335 760 3381

A 11⁄8 29 13⁄4 44 21⁄2 64

EXTENSION BAR

B 2 51 3 76 4 102

H ⁄16 11 9 ⁄16 14 11 ⁄16 17 7

L 2 51 3 76 4 102

WGT. EACH 0.53 0.24 1.23 0.56 2.20 1.00

A

Figure 10 The Figure 10 is made of soft steel and can be easily cut with a cold chisel to any desired length, twisted, bent, or otherwise manipulated without breaking, yet retaining its strength. Furnished in ten, fifty, or one hundred foot rolls. Finish: Plain. Ordering: Specify size, length and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M10.

C

FIGURE 10 – EXTENSION BAR SIZE 0 0 1 1 2 2

A 3 ⁄4 19 7 ⁄8 22 1 25

B 1 ⁄4 6 1 ⁄4 6 1 ⁄4 6

C 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13

WEIGHT PER FT. 0.12 0.05 0.18 0.08 0.25 0.11

B

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 101


STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

J BEAM HOOK Figure 31 The Figure 31 is used in conjunction with our Figure 33 Machine Thread Eye Rod when it is necessary to support piping from the top flange of beam which allows the pipe to run close to the bottom of the beam where headroom is limited. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Length equals the distance from the end of the threaded end to the inside of the hook. Ordering: Specify rod size, length, thickness of flange, figure number, and finish. Made special to customer order. For Metric applications specify Figure M31. FIGURE 31 – J BEAM HOOK

SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22

4 102 0.19 0.09 0.33 0.15 0.52 0.24 0.75 0.34 1.02 0.46

WEIGHT EACH RODWIDTH OF I BEAM FLANGE 6 7 8 152 178 203 0.25 0.28 0.32 0.11 0.13 0.15 0.45 0.5 0.56 0.20 0.23 0.25 0.70 0.78 0.87 0.32 0.35 0.39 1.01 1.13 1.26 0.46 0.51 0.57 1.36 1.53 1.71 0.62 0.69 0.78

5 127 0.22 0.10 0.39 0.18 0.61 0.28 0.89 0.40 1.20 0.54

WALL BRACKET

10 254 0.38 0.17 0.67 0.30 1.02 0.46 1.50 0.68 2.04 0.93

A

Figure 49 The Figure 49 is designed for light duty applications. Compliance: MSS-SP 69 Type 31. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M49. FIGURE 49 – BRACKET SIZE 1 1 2 2 3 3

MAX LOAD 500 2224 500 2224 500 2224

ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 102

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

H

B

A 9 229 13 330 19 483

B 81⁄4 210 121⁄4 311 181⁄8 460

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

H 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35

WGT. EACH 3.12 1.42 4.60 2.09 13.47 6.11

1" 13/16" HOLES TYPE. (3) PLACES

12 305 0.44 0.20 0.78 0.35 1.22 0.55 1.75 0.79 2.39 1.08

1"


STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

LIGHT WELDED STEEL BRACKET

STEEL BRACKET CLIP

Figure 69

Figure 78

The Figure 69 is designed to support up to 6" pipe. This bracket is for installation to walls as shown or inverted, and may require a backing plate. Holes for up to 3⁄4" rods are located at each end of the bracket to allow for use in either orientation. The Figure 78 Steel Bracket Clip can be attached to the Figure 69 to support piping 3 1/2" or smaller. Please see the Figure 79 for more information. Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 31, MSS-SP 69 Type 31. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M69 and M79 as required.

The Figure 78 Clip can be used to support piping 31⁄2" or smaller from the horizontal member of a Figure 69 Steel Bracket. The Clip is composed of two steel plates and one bolt and nut. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications Specify Figure M78.

A

FIG. NO. 78

1 1/4"

1"

B

1" FOR CLIP SEE FIG. NO. 78 A

C

FIGURE 78 – STEEL BRACKET CLIP

13/16" TYP (3) PLCS. 1" D

2"

SIZE 1 1 2 2

ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12

MAX LOAD 610 2714 750 3336

WEIGHT EACH 0.80 0.36 1.24 0.56

FIGURE 69 – LIGHT WELDED STEEL BRACKET SIZE 1 1 2 2 3 3

MAX LOAD 750 3336 750 3336 750 3336

A 9 229 13 330 19 483

B 8 203 12 305 18 457

C 61⁄2 165 101⁄2 267 161⁄2 419

WGT. EACH 6.99 3.17 10.10 4.60 10.50 4.74

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 103


STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

STEEL CONCRETE INSERT Figure 75 The Figure 75 is designed to provide an economical method of overhead rod support by being embedded in concrete. The insert is nailed in place prior to the concrete being poured. After the pour has cured the insert knock-out is removed, a Figure 75N Insert Nut installed, and the rod attached. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification WW-H-171 (Type 19), MSS-SP-69 Type 18. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. If an Insert Nut Figure 75N is required, it must be ordered separately by Figure number rod size and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M75 and M75N.

D

B

C

CONCRETE INSERT NUT Figure 75N Designed for use with Figure 75 Steel Concrete Insert. Finish: Plain, Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M75N.

E F

FIGURE 75 – STEEL CONCRETE INSERT FIGURE 75N – CONCRETE INSERT NUT ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20

MAXIMUM LOAD 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669

B 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79

C 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41

D 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22

Maximum Load Rating is dependant upon the selected nut size used.

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 104

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

E 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38

F 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51

WEIGHT EACH INSERT NUT 0.44 0.10 0.20 0.05 0.44 0.14 0.20 0.06 0.44 0.16 0.20 0.07 0.44 0.17 0.20 0.08


STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

BRACKET

B

1"

Figure 83 This bracket is used on light duty applications. Dimension “B” can be changed upon request. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify bracket size, figure number, and finish. FIGURE 83 – BRACKET

SIZE 1 1 2 2 3 3

MAX. LOAD 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714

A

A 8 203 8 203 8 203

B 4 102 6 152 9 229

MAX. ROD SIZE 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12

6"

WGT. EACH 2.7 1.2 3.2 1.5 4.4 2.0

9/16" HOLES

ROD SIZE

MEDIUM WELDED STEEL BRACKET

A

L

L

Figure 84

D

The Figure 84 is designed to support pipe from either above or below. Slotted construction allows for drop rod use along the length of the bracket. This bracket is for bolted installation to walls and may require a backing plate. Special steel brackets can be fabricated to customers loads and/or dimensions. Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 32, MSS-SP 69 Type 32. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M84.

B

C

E

G

1"

FIGURE 84 – MEDIUM WELDED STEEL BRACKET SIZE 0 0 1 1 2 2

MAX LOAD 1500 6673 1500 6673 1500 6673

A 12 305 18 457 24 610

B 18 457 24 610 30 762

C 151⁄2 394 211⁄2 546 271⁄2 699

D 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32

E 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64

G 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

L 13 ⁄16 21 13 ⁄16 21 13 ⁄16 21

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WGT EACH 15.50 7.03 24.70 11.20 37.70 17.10

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 105


STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

SINGLE PLATE

SINGLE PLATE

Figure 85E Figure 85CT Figure 85B

Figure 85SE

(Rod Tapped – Electro-Galvanized) (Rod Tapped – Copper Finish) (Rod Tapped – Plain Finish)

The Figure 85 is designed for attaching a rod to a wooden member. This part is normally used in conjunction with our Figure 81 Split Ring. Material: Malleable Iron. Figure 85SE and 85SCT are Carbon Steel. Ordering: Specify rod size and figure number. For metric applications specify Figure M85E, M85CT or M85B.

(Rod Tapped, Steel – Electro-Galvanized) Figure 85SCT (Rod Tapped, Steel – Copper Finish) The Figure 85 is designed for attaching a rod to a wooden member. This part is normally used in conjunction with our Figure 81 Split Ring. Material: Carbon Steel. Ordering: Specify rod size and figure number. For metric applications specify Figure M85SE or M85SCT.

A ROD TAP

B C

TAP

E

C

FIGURE 85E AND FIGURE 85B – SINGLE PLATE ROD TAP 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12

MAX LOAD 180 801 180 801

A 2 51 2 51

FIGURE 85SE AND FIGURE 85SCT – SINGLE PLATE

B 1 ⁄4 6 1 ⁄4 6

C 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13

WGT. EACH 0.19 0.09 0.18 0.08

B 1 ⁄4 6 1 ⁄4 6

C 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13

WGT. EACH 0.19 0.09 0.18 0.08

FIGURE 85CT – SINGLE PLATE ROD TAP 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12

MAX LOAD 180 801 180 801

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 106

A 2 51 2 51

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

ROD TAP 3 ⁄8 M10

MAX LOAD 180 801

C 13⁄4 44

E 1 ⁄4 6

WGT. EACH 0.17 0.08


STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

FEMALE CEILING MOUNT BOLT

MALE CEILING MOUNT BOLT

Figure 104F

Figure 104M

The Figure 104F is designed for rod attachment directly into the ceiling from overhead poured concrete. Loads are based upon 3500 psi concrete and 80 psi bond stress. Material: Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M104F.

The Figure 104M is designed for rod attachment using a rod coupling like our Figure 123 from overhead poured concrete ceilings. Loads are based upon 3500 psi concrete and 80 psi bond stress. Material: Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M104M.

B

B

3X3 WASHER PLATE

3X3 WASHER PLATE

3/16"o/ NAILING HOLES

A

3/16"o/ NAILING HOLES

4" 2" (THREAD)

A

FIGURE 104F – FEMALE CEILING MOUNT BOLT ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36

MAX LOAD 610 2714 1130 5027 1810 8052 2710 12055 3770 16770 4960 22064 8000 35587 11630 51735

B 41⁄8 105 41⁄4 108 415⁄16 125 51⁄8 130 6 152 61⁄16 154 73⁄8 187 83⁄4 222

WEIGHT EACH 0.80 0.36 0.93 0.42 1.56 0.71 2.37 1.08 3.55 1.61 4.08 1.85 7.30 3.31 10.18 4.62

NOTE: Spacing of these items should not be less than twice Dimension B from the centerline.

FIGURE 104M – MALE CEILING MOUNT BOLT ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22 1 M24 11⁄4 M30

MAX LOAD 610 2714 1080 4804 1600 7117 1900 8452 2500 11121 2800 12456 3700 16459

WEIGHT EACH 0.90 0.41 1.15 0.52 1.91 0.87 2.88 1.31 4.15 1.88 4.98 2.26 8.04 3.65

B 41⁄2 114 45⁄8 117 55⁄8 143 53⁄4 146 63⁄4 171 7 178 81⁄4 210

NOTE: Spacing of these items should not be less than twice Dimension B from the centerline. Minimum distance from centerline to the edge of the concrete is Dimension B

Minimum distance from centerline to the edge of the concrete is Dimension B

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 107


STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

MALLEABLE CONCRETE INSERT

FIGURE 108 – MALLEABLE CONCRETE INSERT

Figure 108

A 33⁄8 86

CONCRETE INSERT NUT Figure 108N The Malleable Concrete Insert is used for supporting pipe lines up to 12" diameter and where it is desired to install the supporting rods after the insert has been set. Lateral adjustments of 111⁄16 inches on rod sizes of 3⁄8 inch to 3⁄4 inches and 11⁄8 inches on 7⁄8 inch rod size. The nut is not included but can be ordered separately as our Figure 108N and furnished tapped for 3⁄8, 1⁄2, 5⁄8, 3⁄4, or 7⁄8 inch rod diameters. Material: Malleable Iron Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 18 and MSS-SP69 Type 18. Finish: Figure 108: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized; Figure 108N: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number and finish for Figure 108. Specify rod tap size, figure number and finish for Figure 108N. For Metric applications specify Figure M108 and M108N. A

D

B 23⁄16 56

C 33⁄8 86

E 15 ⁄16 24

WGT. EACH 1.3 0.59

3 ⁄4 M20 1140 5071 0.22 0.10

7 ⁄8 M22 1140 5071 0.21 0.10

D 17⁄8 48

FIGURE 108N – CONCRETE INSERT NUT SIZE MAX. LOAD WGT. EACH

3 ⁄8 M10 610 2714 0.20 0.09

1 ⁄2 M12 1130 5027 0.21 0.10

5 ⁄8 M16 1140 5071 0.20 0.09

ROD TAP

B E

FIGURE 108N

FIGURE 108

C

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 108

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS


STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

WELDED BEAM ATTACHMENT Figure 113A Figure 113B Fig. 113A is recommended for attachment to the bottom of beams when little or no pipe movement is expected. Fig. 113B is recommended for attachment to the bottom of beams, when pipe movement is expected. Sizes 1” and smaller are typically supplied with a bolt and nut while Sizes 11/4” and larger are typically supplied with a pin and cotters. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 22, MSS SP-58 and SP-69 (Type 22) and BSPSS-BS3974

Material: Carbon Steel Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized Note: The use of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 450º F is at the discretion of the customer. Ordering: Specify figure number, rod size and finish.

Rod SIzE A FIGURE 113A

FIGURE 113B

FIGURE 113B

FIGURE 113B

FoR Rod SIzES 3/8” thRU 13/4”

FoR Rod SIzES 3/8” thRU 13/4”

FoR Rod SIzES 3/8” thRU 13/4”

FoR Rod SIzES 2” thRU 31/2”

FIGURE 113 – WELDED BEAM ATTACHMENT ROD SIZE

3/8

M10

1/2

M12

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

7/8

M20 1 M24 11/4 M30 11/2 M36 13/4 M42 2 M48 21/4 M56 21/2 M64 23/4 M72 3 M80 31/4 M80 31/2 M90

MAX. LOAD 650ºF 343ºC 730 3247 1350 6005 2160 9609 3230 14368 4480 19929 5900 26246 9500 42260 13800 61388 18600 82740 24600 109431 32300 143683 39800 177046 49400 219751 60100 267349 71900 319840 84700 376779

BOLT OR PIN SIZE

1/2

M12

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

7/8

M20 1 M24 11/8 M30 13/8 M36 15/8 M42 17/8 M48 21/4 M56 21/2 M64 21/2 M64 3 M80X6 31/4 M80 31/2 M90X6 33/4 M90-6

B

C

2 51 2 51 2 51 21/2 64 21/2 64 3 76 4 102 5 127 5 127 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 7 178 7 178 8 203

27/8 73 27/8 73 27/8 73 31/8 79 41/4 108 41/2 114 5 127 61/2 165 73/4 197 81/4 210 91/2 248 93/4 248 93/4 248 101/4 260 111/2 292 12 305

ROD TAKEOUT FIG 113A FIG 113B E E1 2 17/8 48 51 2 13/4 44 51 2 13/4 44 51 2 17/8 48 51 3 25/8 67 76 3 3 76 76 2 3 51 76 4 21/2 64 102 5 23/4 70 127 5 31/4 83 127 6 31/2 89 152 6 31/2 89 152 N/A 53/4 N/A 146 N/A 61/4 N/A 159 N/A 7 N/A 178 N/A 71/2 N/A 191

H

9/16

R

S

T

7/8

11/4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 21/8 54 21/8 54 3 76 21/2 64 3 76 33/4 95 31/2 89 31/2 89 33/4 95 33/4 95 33/4 95 41/4 108 41/4 108

1/4

14

22

17

22

21

22 11/8 29 11/4 32 11/2 38 2 51 21/2 64 23/4 70 31/4 83 31/2 89 33/4 95 4 102 4 102 41/2 114 41/2 114

11/16 13/16 15/16 24 11/8 29 11/4 32 11/2 38 13/4 44 2 51 23/8 60 25/8 67 27/8 73 31/8 79 33/8 86 35/8 92 37/8 98

7/8 7/8

6

1/4 6

1/4 6

3/8

10

3/8

10

1/2

13

5/8

16

3/4

19

3/4

19

1/2

13

5/8

16

5/8

16

5/8

16

5/8

16

3/4

19

3/4

19

WEIGHT EACH FIG 113A FIG 113B W/O B&N W/ B&N 0.96 1.20 0.44 0.54 0.96 1.20 0.44 0.54 0.96 1.60 0.44 0.73 1.90 2.80 0.86 1.27 2.50 3.90 1.13 1.77 4.30 6.30 1.95 2.86 8.10 10.2 3.67 4.63 15.6 19.0 7.08 8.62 18.7 24.2 8.48 10.9 N/A 30.6 N/A 13.8 N/A 36.8 N/A 16.6 N/A 39.7 N/A 18.0 N/A 39.7 N/A 18.0 N/A 49.0 N/A 22.2 N/A 67.6 N/A 30.6 N/A 79.3 N/A 35.9 109


STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

HEAVY WELDED STEEL BRACKET Figure 139 The Figure 139 is designed to support pipe from either above or below. Slotted construction allows for drop rod use along the length of the bracket. This bracket is for bolted installation to walls and may require a backing plate. Special steel brackets can be fabricated to customers loads and/or dimensions. Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 33, MSS-SP 69 Type 33. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M139.

F K

L

L

D

ONE BOLT HOLE IN SIZE 0 BRACKET

H

B

A

C

E J

G

1" 1/2"

FIGURE 139 – HEAVY WELDED STEEL BRACKET SIZE 0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5

MAX LOAD 3000 13345 3000 13345 3000 13345 3000 13345 3000 13345 3000 13345

A 12 305 18 457 24 610 30 762 36 914 42 1067

B 18 457 24 610 30 762 36 914 42 1067 50 1270

C 151⁄4 387 213⁄8 543 271⁄2 699 331⁄4 845 39 991 46 1168

D 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 41 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38

E 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 3 76 3 76 31⁄2 89

F 41⁄2 114 5 127 5 127 6 152 6 152 7 178

G 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64

H 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89

J 1 ⁄4 6 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10

K NA NA 23⁄4 70 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89

L 13 ⁄16 21 13 ⁄16 21 11⁄16 27 11⁄16 27 11⁄16 27 11⁄16 27

METAL DECK CEILING BOLT Figure 143 The Figure 143 Metal Deck Ceiling Bolts are used with our Figure 123. Rod Couplings ordered separately. Made special to customer order. Material: Steel A 1/4" Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, dimension “A”, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M143.

6"

FIG. 143 – METAL DECK CEILING BOLT SIZE NO. 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6

B 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 13 5 ⁄8 16 3 ⁄4 19 7 ⁄8 22 1 25

C 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 2 51 21⁄4 57

A S P E C I F Y

MAX. LOAD (■) 610 2714 1130 5027 1810 8052 2710 12055 3770 16770 4960 22064

(■) Based on the rod size. customer to verify the strength of the deck. 110

C

B

WGT EACH 25.1 11.4 44.8 20.3 60.7 27.5 98.1 44.5 129.4 58.7 177.2 80.4


STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

STEEL BRACKET

A

Figure 150 The Figure 150 bracket is for light duty applications. Made special to customer order. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M150.

G

FIGURE 150 – STEEL BRACKET SIZE NO. 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5

A 12 305 18 457 24 610 30 762 36 914

B 18 457 24 610 30 762 36 914 42 1067

C 12 305 18 457 24 610 30 762 36 914

D 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 11 ⁄16 17 11 ⁄16 17 13 ⁄16 21

G 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76

B

WGT. EACH 18.3 8.30 30.4 13.8 45.8 20.8 63.6 28.8 93.8 42.5

C

D (TYP.)

CEILING STIRRUP

A

Figure 151 The Figure 151 is designed for attaching a rod to a level ceiling or beam. Material: Steel Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M151.

C D

G

B E

FIGURE 151 SIZE 1 1 2 2

MAXIMUM LOAD 600 2669 880 3915

A 51⁄2 140 6 152

B 2 51 21⁄8 54

C 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114

D 21⁄4 57 21⁄8 54

E 9 ⁄16 14 11 ⁄16 17

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

G 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT EACH 0.76 0.34 1.36 0.62

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 111


STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

RETURN LINE ANGLE Figure 152

G

The Figure 152 is designed for dropping a rod down from a wall connection. Two different distances from the wall to centerline of pipe are available depending upon the orientation of the angle. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M152.

A D G

C B

FIGURE 152 – RETURN LINE ANGLE MAXIMUM LOAD 180 801 180 801 390 1735 390 1735

SIZE 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4

A 35⁄8 92 45⁄8 117 35⁄8 92 45⁄8 117

B 25⁄8 67 35⁄8 92 25⁄8 67 35⁄8 92

C 2 51 3 76 2 51 3 76

D 3 76 4 102 3 76 4 102

G 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14

WEIGHT EACH 0.53 0.24 0.71 0.32 0.92 0.42 1.23 0.56

SIDE BEAM CONNECTOR Figure 153

(Rod Tapped – Electro-Galvanized or Painted) Figure 153S (Rod Tapped, Steel – Electro-Galvanized) (3⁄8" Size Only) Made in U.S.A. The Figure 153 is designed for use on buildings of wood construction. They can be secured to the side of beams or joists by means of our Figure 166 Drive Screws (ordered separately). Material: Malleable Iron, except Figure 153S which is carbon steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M153, M153S.

C A

B

FIGURE 153

FIGURE 153 – SIDE BEAM CONNECTOR SIZE 3 ⁄8 ROD M10 ROD 1 ⁄2 ROD M12 ROD 1 ⁄4 PIPE M8 PIPE

MAX LOAD 250 1112 480 2135 250 1112

A 23⁄8 60 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70

B 9 ⁄16 14 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19

C 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19

WGT. EACH 0.13 0.06 0.25 0.11 0.25 0.11

C 1 25

WGT. EACH 0.15 0.07

C A

FIGURE 153S – SIDE BEAM CONNECTOR SIZE 3 ⁄8 ROD M10 ROD

112

MAX LOAD 250 1112

A 21⁄2 64

B 9 ⁄16 14

B

FIGURE 153S


STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

ANCHOR BOLT

FIGURE 177 – ANCHOR BOLT

Figure 177 The Figure 177 is designed to be embedded into concrete. Made special to customer order. Are available in other diameters and lengths. Material: Carbon Steel Finish: Plain, Painted, ElectroGalvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, length, thread length “E”, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M177.

E

D

A

ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22 1 M24

6 0.28 0.13 0.52 0.24 0.81 0.37 1.19 0.54 1.5 0.68 2.0 0.91

WEIGHT EACH LENGTH - DIMENSION “D” 8 10 12 0.34 0.40 0.46 0.15 0.18 0.21 0.63 0.74 0.85 0.29 0.34 0.39 0.99 1.16 1.34 0.45 0.53 0.61 1.44 1.69 1.94 0.65 0.77 0.88 1.9 2.2 2.60 0.86 1.00 1.18 2.4 2.9 3.30 1.09 1.32 1.50

WELDING CLEVIS ATTACHMENT Figure 216 The Figure 216 is an assembly of the Figure 220 and Figure 276P for ordering convenience. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M216.

C

E F

FIGURE 216 – WELDING CLEVIS ATTACHMENT ROD SIZE 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36 13⁄4 M42 2 M48 21⁄4 M56 21⁄2 M64

C 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 3 76 4 102 5 127 5 127 6 152 6 152 8 203

E 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 4 102 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114

EE 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 7 178 7 178 8 203 9 229 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 111⁄2 292 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318

F 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄2 114 6 152 7 178 7 178 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 81⁄2 216

EE

WGT. EACH 1.7 0.7 1.6 0.7 4.0 1.8 4.4 2.0 6.7 3.0 9.2 4.2 14.9 6.8 19.2 8.7 30.5 13.8 42.7 19.4 51.5 23.4

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 113


STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

WELDING LUG Figure 220 The Figure 220 is to be welded to the underside of structural members for the support of Type C Variable Springs, and with the Figure 276P Forged Steel Clevis with Pin. Material: Carbon Steel Maximum Temperature: 650ºF Compliance: A-A-1192A (Type 57) and MSS SP-58 (Type 57) Finish: Plain, Painted, and Hot-Dip Galvanized Ordering: Specify figure number, size and finish.

FIELD WELD

E F

FIELD WELD

H D

G

C/2 C

FIGURE 220 – WELDING LUG SIZE

BOLT OR PIN SIZE

M10

M12

M12

M16

M16

M20

M20

M20 1 M24 11/8 M30 13/8 M36 15/8 M42 17/8 M48 21/4 M56 21/2 M64 23/4 M72 3 M80 31/4 M80 31/2 M90 33/4 M100 4 M125

3/8

1/2 5/8

3/4

7/8

M20 1 M24 11/4 M30 11/2 M36 13/4 M42 2 M48 21/4 M56 21/2 M64 23/4 M72 3 M80 31/4 M80 31/2 M90 33/4 M95

1/2

5/8 3/4

7/8

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

114

MAXIMUM LOAD 730 3247 1350 6005 2160 9609 3230 14368 4480 19929 5900 26246 9500 42260 13800 61388 18600 82740 24600 109431 32300 143683 39800 177046 49400 219751 60100 267349 71900 319840 84700 376779 98500 438167

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

C 21/2 64 21/2 64 21/2 64 21/2 64 21/2 64 3 76 4 102 5 127 5 127 6 152 6 152 8 203 8 203 8 203 9 229 9 229 9 229

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

D 11/4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 11/2 38 2 51 21/2 64 21/2 64 3 76 3 76 4 102 4 102 4 102 41/2 114 41/2 114 5 127

E 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 4 102 41/2 114 41/2 114 41/2 114 41/2 114 41/2 114 41/2 114 5 127 5 127 6 152 6 152

F 41/4 108 41/4 108 41/4 108 41/4 108 41/4 108 41/2 114 6 152 7 178 7 178 71/2 191 71/2 191 81/2 216 81/2 216 9 229 91/2 241 101/2 267 11 279

G

H

1/4

9/16

1/4

11/16

1/4

13/16

3/8

15/16

6 6

6

10

3/8

10

1/2

13

5/8

16

3/4

19

3/4

19

3/4

19

3/4

19 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 11/2 38 13/4 44

14 17

21

24 11/8 29 11/4 32 11/2 38 13/4 44 2 51 23/8 60 25/8 67 27/8 73 31/8 79 33/8 86 35/8 92 37/8 98 41/8 105

WEIGHT EACH 0.74 0.34 0.75 0.34 0.68 0.31 1.00 0.45 0.98 0.44 1.60 0.73 3.70 1.68 6.40 2.90 6.30 2.86 7.20 3.27 7.60 3.45 15.5 7.03 15.1 6.85 16.0 7.26 18.9 8.57 31.3 14.20 35.9 16.28


STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

SIDE BEAM ANGLE BRACKET Figure 303

A

The Figure 303 is designed for use in supporting pipe hangers to the side of joist, steel, or wood beams. It can be either bolted or welded to the structure. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 34 and MSS-SP-69 Type 34. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M303.

E

D

FIGURE 303 – SIDE BEAM BRACKET ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22

MAXIMUM LOAD LAG BOLT SCREW TO STEEL 390 580 1735 2580 640 960 2847 4270 760 1500 3381 6673 830 2500 3692 11121 830 3600 3692 16014

A 7 ⁄8 22 13⁄16 30 17⁄16 37 111⁄16 43 2 51

D 11⁄4 32 15⁄8 41 17⁄8 48 21⁄8 54 21⁄2 64

E 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

WEIGHT EACH 0.25 0.11 0.40 0.18 0.70 0.32 1.07 0.49 1.64 0.74

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 115


STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

CHANNEL ASSEMBLY

4 PLATES SHIPPED LOOSE

Figure 371 The Figure 371 Channel Assembly is composed of two channels back to back with a spacer welded on each end. Washer plates are included and shipped loose. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify channel size, rod diameter, dimension “A”, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M371. Made special to customer order.

A

FIGURE 371 – CHANNEL ASSEMBLY CHANNEL SIZE 3C 4.1 4C 5.4 5C 6.7 6C 8.2 8C 11.5

12 305 10000 44484 17500 77847 27600 122776 39500 175712 74500 331406

12C 20.7

ALLOWABLE CONCENTRATED LOAD AT CENTER OF SPAN F/S 5 18 24 30 36 42 60 457 610 762 914 1067 1524 6800 5100 4100 3400 2900 2000 30249 22687 18238 15125 12900 8897 11600 8800 7000 5800 5000 3500 51601 39146 31139 25801 22242 15569 18400 13800 11000 9200 7900 5500 81851 61388 48932 40925 35142 24466 26300 19800 15800 13200 11300 7900 116993 88078 70285 58719 50267 35142 49600 37300 29800 24800 21300 14900 220641 165925 132562 110320 94751 66281 98500 78800 65600 56300 39400 438167 350534 291815 250445 175267

72 1829 1700 7562 2900 12900 4600 20463 6600 29359 12400 55160 32800 145907

ANGLE IRON SUPPORT Figure 374 The Figure 374 Angle Iron Support is used to form a trapeze when supporting more than one pipeline at the same time. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size of angle, dimension “A”, center to center of drop rods, size of drop rods, figure number and finish. Made special to customer order. For Metric applications specify Figure M374.

A

FIGURE 374 – ANGLE IRON SUPPORT ANGLE SIZE 1 X 1 X 1⁄4 11⁄2 X 11⁄2 X 1⁄4 2 X 2 X 1⁄4 2 X 2 X 3⁄8 21⁄2 X 21⁄2 X 1⁄4 3 X 3 X 1⁄4

6 152 670 2980 1000 4448 1940 8630 2750 12233 1980 8808 1840 8185

3 X 3 X 1⁄2

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 116

12 305 330 1468 500 2224 1470 6539 1350 6005 1800 8007 1740 7740 4350 19351 LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

ALLOWABLE CONCENTRATED LOAD AT CENTER OF SPAN 18 24 30 36 42 457 610 762 914 1067 220 160 130 100 979 712 578 445 350 250 200 1557 1112 890 980 730 580 480 410 4359 3247 2580 2135 1824 925 775 550 4115 3448 2447 1570 1170 935 775 660 6984 5205 4159 3448 2936 1640 1550 1370 1140 970 7295 6895 6094 5071 4315 2925 2175 1750 13012 9675 7785 WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

48 1219

72 1829

355 1579

225 1001

575 2558 845 3759

370 1646 545 2424


STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

STEEL CONCRETE INSERT

CONCRETE INSERT NUT

Figure 650

Figure 650N

Designed to provide a connection point for hanger rods in concrete the Figure 650 must installed in place prior to building concrete being poured. It can accommodate a large variety of rod sizes by selecting and ordering the Figure 650N separately. For lighter loads our Figure 75 is also available. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A (Type 18), MSS SP-69 (Type 18). Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M650.

Designed for use with Figure 650 Steel Concrete Insert. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M650N.

FIGURE 650 – STEEL CONCRETE INSERT FIGURE 650N – CONCRETE INSERT NUT ROD MAXIMUM SIZE LOAD A B 3 ⁄8 610 43⁄8 25⁄16 M10 2714 111 59 1 ⁄2 1130 43⁄8 25⁄16 M12 5027 111 59 5 ⁄8 1200 43⁄8 25⁄16 M16 5338 111 59 3 ⁄4 1200 43⁄8 25⁄16 M20 5338 111 59 7 ⁄8 1200 41⁄8 27⁄32 M22 5338 105 56 Maximum Load Rating is dependant upon the selected nut size used.

E

C 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 215⁄16 75

E 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79

WEIGHT EACH INSERT NUT 0.82 0.13 0.37 0.06 0.86 0.15 0.39 0.07 0.89 0.19 0.40 0.09 0.86 0.22 0.39 0.10 0.93 0.24 0.42 0.11

C 2"

B 11/4

1 3/4" ADJUSTMENT

A

A

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 117


STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS CONFIGURATION TYPE 1

CONCRETE ATTACHMENT

W

KW

J

T

J

J

KL

J

J

KL

J

Figure 1020 E

The Figure 1020 Type 1 is for attaching support assemblies to concrete structures where little or no movement is anticipated. Used with a Figure 133 Threaded Rod or Figure 94 All Thread Rod. The Figure 1020 Type 2 is for attaching support assemblies to concrete structures where movement is anticipated. Used with a Fig 279 Weldless Eyenut or Figure 93 Welded Eyerod. A two-anchor pattern is used on sizes 3/8” thru 5/8” and all others use four anchors. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized Ordering: Specify figure number, type number, rod size and finish.

H

2 ANCHOR DESIGN

4 ANCHOR DESIGN

CONFIGURATION TYPE 2 W

J

T

KW

J

E1 H P 2 ANCHOR DESIGN

4 ANCHOR DESIGN

FIG. 1020 CONCRETE ATTACHMENT ROD SIZE

3/8

M10

1/2

M12

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

7/8

M20 1 M24 11/4 M30 11/2 M36 13/4 M42 2 M48

MAX LOAD 730 3247 1350 6005 2160 9609 3230 14368 4480 19929 5900 26246 9500 42260 13800 61388 18600 82740 24600 109431

E

E1

21/8 54 21/8 54 21/4 57 21/8 54 33/8 86 33/8 86 35/8 92 5 127 61/4 159 61/2 165

21/4 57 23/8 60 21/2 64 23/8 60 35/8 92 35/8 92 33/4 95 5 127 61/4 159 61/4 159

H*

1/2

P

J

KL

KW

T

W

D

1/2

1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 11/4 32 11/4 32 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51

4 102 5 127 6 152 5 127 61/2 165 61/2 165 8 203 8 203 10 254 10 254

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 5 127 7 165 7 165 8 203 8 203 10 254 10 254

1/4

5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 6 152 6 152 6 152 7 178 7 178

4 102 4 102 4 102 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

13

13

16

16

19

19

16

22 1 25 11/8 29 13/8 35 15/8 41 2 51 21/4 57

5/8 3/4 5/8 7/8

22

7/8

22 1 25 11/8 29 13/8 35 13/8 35

5/8 3/4 7/8

6

3/8

10

1/2

13

3/8

10

5/8

16

5/8

16

3/4

19 1 25 11/4 32 11/4 32

WEIGHT WEIGHT EACH EACH W/ PIN W/O PIN 2.8 2.7 1.8 1.2 4.1 3.9 1.8 1.8 5.8 5.5 2.6 2.5 7.7 7.1 3.5 3.2 19.8 18.6 9.0 8.4 19.8 18.6 9.0 8.4 41.0 38.7 18.6 17.6 60.0 56.4 27.2 25.6 93.6 88.0 42.5 39.9 100.0 92.0 45.4 41.7

* Holes are 1/8” larger than recommended anchor bolt diameter to allow for installation tolerance. Note: Load values are based upon the rod diameter only. Load values assume that concrete and anchors used are of sufficient strength to hold the load.

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

118

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

CONCRETE SINGLE LUG PLATE

L/2

TP

Figure 1022

L/2

E

The Figure 1022 is for attachment to a concrete structure where movement is anticipated. A two-anchor pattern is used on sizes 3/8” thru 5/8” and all others use four anchors. Used with the Figure 276 forged steel clevis and Type “C” variable springs. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized Ordering: Specify figure number, type number, rod size and finish.

HL

R WL HP

J

TL

WP

KW WP/2

KL

J

L TWO ANCHORS ONLY FOR SIZES 3/8” THRU 5/8”

FIG. 1022 CONCRETE SINGLE LUG PLATE ROD SIZE

3/8

M10

1/2

M12

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

7/8

M20 1 M24 11/4 M30 11/2 M36 13/4 M42 2 M48

MAX LOAD 730 3247 1350 6005 2160 9609 3230 14368 4480 19929 5900 26246 9500 42260 13800 61388 18600 82740 24600 109431

E 13/4 44 17/8 48 2 51 21/4 57 3 76 3 76 4 102 41/4 108 41/2 114 51/4 133

HL

1/2

HP

J

KL

KW

L

R

TP

TL

WP

WL

1/2

1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 11/4 32 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51

4 102 5 127 6 152 5 127 61/2 165 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203

-

6 152 7 178 8 203 7 178 81/2 216 101/2 267 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305

11/4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 11/2 38 11/2 38 2 51 21/2 64 21/2 64 3 76

1/4

1/4

3/8

1/4

1/2

1/4

1/2

3/8

4 102 4 102 4 102 7 178 9 229 9 229 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305

21/2 64 21/2 64 21/2 64 21/2 64 3 76 3 76 4 102 5 127 5 127 6 152

13

13

16

16

19

19

22 1 25 11/8 29 13/8 35 15/8 41 17/8 48 21/4 57

16

5/8

3/4

7/8

5/8

3/4

5/8

7/8

22

7/8

22 1 25 11/8 29 13/8 35 13/8 35

5 127 61/2 165 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203

6

10 13

6 6 6

13

10

19

10

19 1 25 1 25 11/4 32 11/4 32

13

3/4 3/4

3/8 1/2

5/8

16

3/4

19

3/4

19

3/4

19

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WGT EACH 11.6 5.3 11.6 5.3 11.6 5.3 12.0 5.4 22.0 10.0 31.9 14.5 43.8 19.9 45.6 20.7 55.7 25.3 58.2 26.4

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

119


RODS AND ROD ATTACHMENTS

EYE SOCKET

FIGURE 12 – EYE SOCKET ROD SIZE A 1 ⁄4 M6 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22

Figure 12 Figure 12CT (Copper Finish) The Figure 12 is designed for attaching a rod to split ring type clamps. Figure 12CT is only available in 1/4", 3/8", and 1/2" rod sizes. Material: Malleable Iron. Compliance: Federal Specification WW-H-171E Type 16, MSS-SP-69 (Type 16). Finish: Plain, Copper. Ordering: Specify rod size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M12 or M12CT.

MAX LOAD 240 1068 610 2714 1000 4448 1400 6228 2200 9786 2300 10231

MAX B 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12

E 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 19⁄16 40 13⁄4 44 21⁄4 57 27⁄16 62

WEIGHT EACH 0.08 0.04 0.08 0.04 0.11 0.05 0.22 0.10 0.30 0.14 0.32 0.15

MAX SIZE C 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6

WEIGHT EACH 0.08 0.04 0.08 0.04 0.11 0.05

FIGURE 12CT – EYE SOCKET A

ROD SIZE

ROD SIZE A 1 ⁄4 M6 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12

E

MAX LOAD 240 1068 610 2714 1000 4448

B 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 19⁄16 40

"B" MAX DIA.

LAG ROD Figure 28 The Figure 28 is designed for a vertical rod connection to wood. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod diameter, rod length, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify M28.

L B

C

A

FIGURE 28 – LAG ROD ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12

MAXIMUM LOAD 390 1735 640 2847

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 120

MINIMUM LENGTH MACHINE COACH B C 21⁄2 2 64 51 21⁄2 2 64 51

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

4 114 0.12 0.05 0.22 0.10

WEIGHT EACH LENGTH - DIMENSION “L” 6 8 10 152 203 254 0.19 0.25 0.31 0.09 0.11 0.14 0.34 0.44 0.56 0.15 0.20 0.25

12 356 0.37 0.17 0.67 0.30


RODS AND ROD ATTACHMENTS

MACHINE THREAD EYE ROD Figure 33 (Right Hand Threads) Figure 33L (Left Hand Threads) SPECIFY

The Figure 33 is designed to permit swing in the attachment component due to pipe movement. The inside diameter of the eye is 3⁄8" larger than the rod diameter for rod sizes up to 11⁄2" while the inside diameter for larger size rods will be 3⁄4" greater. The eye is not welded. The Figure 93 Welded Eye Rod is available for higher load requirements. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Temperature: 650° F / 343° C Maximum. Ordering: Specify rod size, rod length, thread length, (if other than standard), figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify M33 or M33L. Larger rod diameters are available upon request.

D

A

C

FIGURE 33 – MACHINE THREADED EYE ROD A C D LOAD AT 650° F / 343° C

3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄4 19 21⁄2 64 240 1068

1 ⁄2 M12 7 ⁄8 22 21⁄2 64 440 1957

5 ⁄8 M16 1 25 21⁄2 64 705 3136

3 ⁄4 M20 11⁄8 29 3 76 1050 4671

7 ⁄8 M22 11⁄4 32 31⁄2 89 1470 6539

HANGER ADJUSTER

11⁄4 M30 15⁄8 41 5 127 3170 14101

11⁄2 M36 17⁄8 48 6 152 4650 20684

13⁄4 M42 21⁄2 64 6 152 6380 28380

2 M48 23⁄4 70 6 152 8280 36831

21⁄4 M56 3 76 6 152 10900 48485

21⁄2 M64 31⁄4 83 6 152 13400 59606

FIGURE 38 – HANGER ADJUSTER

Figure 38 Figure 38CT (Copper Finish) The Figure 38 is an economical alternative to using turnbuckles for vertical piping adjustment with our Figure 34 Hinge Hanger. Figure 38CT is available in 3/8" and 1/2" rod sizes only. Material: Malleable Iron. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 15, MSS-SP-69 Type 15. Finish: Plain, Copper. Ordering: Specify rod size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M38 or Figure M38CT.

1 M24 13⁄8 35 4 102 1940 8630

B A

ROD SIZE 1 ⁄4 M6 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20

MAX LOAD 230 1023 610 2714 710 3158 710 3158 860 3826

A 21⁄2 64 313⁄16 97 313⁄16 97 47⁄8 124 415⁄16 125

B 11⁄4 32 17⁄8 48 113⁄16 46 25⁄16 59 25⁄16 59

C 7 ⁄32 6 13 ⁄32 10 13 ⁄32 10 1 ⁄2 13 9 ⁄16 14

WEIGHT EACH 0.09 0.04 0.28 0.13 0.31 0.14 0.72 0.33 0.70 0.32

FIG. 38CT – HANGER ADJUSTER FOR COPPER TUBING

C

ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12

MAX LOAD 610 2714 710 3158

A 313⁄16 97 313⁄16 97

B 17⁄8 48 113⁄16 46

C 13 ⁄32 10 13 ⁄32 10

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT EACH 0.28 0.13 0.31 0.14

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 121


ROD AND ROD ATTACHMENTS

WELDED EYEROD

RODS ROD ATTACHMENTS Figure 93 AND Right Hand Threads Figure 93L Left Hand Threads

WELDED EYEROD

Welded Eye Rods are designed to permit swing in the Figurecomponent 93 (Right Hand Threads) attachment due to pipe movement. Figure 93L (Left Hand Threads) Material: Carbon Steel. Maximum Temperature is 750ºF. Welded designed to permit swing in the attachFinish: Plain,Eyerods Painted,are Electro-galvanized, Hot-dipped ment component due to pipe movement. Galvanized 1 Material: Carbon Steel. Larger rodthread diameters over Ordering: Specify rod size, rod length, length (if 2 ⁄ 2", special materials, and special eye dimensions can be furnished other than standard), figure number, and finish. upon Larger rodrequest. diameters over 2 1/2”, special rod materials, special Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dipcan be eye dimensions,special thread pitch and thread lengths Galvanized. furnished upon request. Ordering: figure number, finish, rod size, rod Note: The use ofSpecify galvanized coatings at temperatures above length, anddiscretion thread length if customer. other than standard. For Metric 450ºF is at the of the applications specify M93 or M93L.

B

A

B

A TL SPECIFY L

SPECIFY

FIGURE 93, 93L – WELDED EYEROD FIGURE 93, 93L – 3⁄8 WELDED1/2EYEROD 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 1 A M10 3⁄8 M12 1⁄2 M16 5⁄8 M20 3⁄4 M20 7⁄8 M24 1 A 3⁄4 M10 7⁄8 M12 1 M16 11⁄8 M20 11⁄4 M20 13⁄8M24 B 19 3⁄4 22 7⁄8 25 1 29 11⁄8 32 11⁄4 35 13⁄8 B 3 3 3 3 4 4 THREAD 19 22 25 76 76 76 76 29 102 32 10235 LENGTH (TL) THREAD 41⁄4 3 41/2 3 41/2 3 51/2 3 61/2 4 71⁄4 4 L (min) (D) LENGTH 108 76 114 76 114 76 140 76 165 102 184102 LOAD AT AT 4960 730 610 13501130 21601810 32302710 44803770 5900 LOAD 650° F / 343° C 3247 271360055026 96088051 14368 1205519928 1677026244 22063 650ºF/343ºC 572 540 10571010 16921610 24302420 35083360 4620 LOAD LOAD AT AT 4420 750ºF/399ºC 750° F / 399° C 2544 240247024493 75267162 10809 1076515604 1494620551 19661

11⁄4 M3011⁄4 15⁄8M30 41 15⁄8 4 10241 81⁄4 4 210102 8000 9500 35586 42258 7440 7140 33095 31760

STEEL REDUCING ROD COUPLING STEEL REDUCING ROD COUPLING Figure 123R Figure 123R Figure 123R123R is used to reduce rod sizes. Coupling are made Figure is used to reduce rod sizes. Coupling are made of carbon steelsteel to step up orup down one rod of carbon to step or down onesize. rod size. Finish: Plain,Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Finish: Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size number. Ordering: Specify rodand sizefigure and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M123R.

A

FIGURE 123R – REDUCING ROD COUPLING

ROD SIZE 123RMAXIMUM WEIGHT FIGURE – REDUCING ROD COUPLING A LOAD L EACH ROD MAXIMUM WEIGHT 1⁄4x 3⁄8 SIZE 240 1 0.04 A LOAD EACH M6 x M10 1068 25 L1 0.02 3 1 0.12 3⁄8 x 1/2⁄8 x ⁄2 730610 0.07 13⁄161 ⁄4 x M12 2714 0.05 M10M10 x M12 3247 30 32 0.03 1350 0.12 1130 0.16 1/2 x 5⁄81⁄2 x 5⁄8 13⁄1611⁄4 M12M12 x M16 6005 30 32 0.05 x M16 5027 0.07 1810 0.22 5⁄8 x 3⁄45⁄8 x 3⁄4 17⁄1611⁄2 1810 0.20 M16M16 x M20 8052 37 38 0.10 x M20 8052 0.09 3230 0.42 3⁄4 x 7⁄83⁄4 x 7⁄8 111⁄1613⁄4 2710 0.31 M20 x M20 14368 43 0.19 M20 x M22 12055 44 0.14

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT 122 MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

D

L

11/2 M36 11⁄ 2 17⁄8M36 4817⁄8 6 15248 10 6 254152 11630 13800 51733 61385 10807 10370 48072 46128

13⁄4 M42 13⁄ 4 21/2 M42 6421⁄2 6 15264 12 6 305152 15700 18600 69837 82737 14566 14000 64792 62275

2 M482 23⁄4 M48 7023⁄4 6 15270 14 6 152 356 20700 24600 92078 109426 19265 18460 85695 82114

21/2 21⁄4 M56 M64 21⁄ 4 21⁄ 2 3M56 31⁄4 M64 76 3 8331⁄4 6 6 76 152 15283 17 6 151/26 152 152 394 432 27200 39800 33500 32300 120991 177038 149015 143677 25295 24260 31169 29880 112517 107913 138646 132912


RODS AND ROD ATTACHMENTS

STEEL ROD COUPLING

ROD AND ROD ATTACHMENTS

Figure 123

STEEL ROD COUPLING Figure 123W Figure Figure 123123 is used to connect rods up to 11⁄ 2 inch diameter. The Rod made ofrods carbon steel be Figure 123Coupling is used toisconnect up to 11/2 and inchcan diameter. welded to the rod after assembly. The Figure 123W has a The Rod Coupling is made of carbon steel and can be welded sight mid length to allow for determining depth of to thehole rod after assembly. thread engagement. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Ordering: Specify figureElectro-Galvanized, number. finish and rod size. Galvanized. FIGURE 123 – ROD COUPLING Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and rod size. SIZEapplications MAXIMUM WEIGHT ForROD Metric specify Figure M123 or M123W. A

LOAD

L

1/4123, 123W –240 13/16 FIGURE ROD COUPLING M6 ROD 3/8 SIZE M10 A 1⁄1/2 4 M12 M6 3⁄5/8 8 M16 M10 1⁄3/4 2 M20 M12 5⁄7/8 8 M20 M16 3⁄1 4 M24 M20 71⁄1/4 8 M30 M22 111/2 M36 M24 11⁄ 4 M30 11⁄ 2 M36

1068 730 MAXIMUM 3247 LOAD 1350 240 6005 1068 2160 610 9609 2714 3230 1130 14368 5027 4480 1810 19929 8052 5900 2710 26246 12055 9500 3770 42260 16770 13800 4150 61388 18461 6660 29626 7000 31139

21

111/16 L43 71 ⁄ 85/8 2241 123⁄1/416 4452 123⁄3/416 4456 221⁄7/816 5462 221⁄7/416 5762 21⁄34 5776 233⁄ 41/2 7089 31 ⁄ 4 83 4 102

EACH 0.02 0.01 0.09 WEIGHT 0.04 EACH 0.11 0.02 0.05 0.01 0.18 0.08 0.08 0.04 0.29 0.12 0.13 0.05 0.55 0.17 0.25 0.08 0.55 0.28 0.25 0.13 1.00 0.44 0.45 0.20 1.90 0.72 0.86 0.33 1.41 0.64 1.96 0.89

ALL-THREAD HANGER ROD Figure 94 Figure 94SS

ALL-THREAD HANGER ROD This product has a standard rolled thread running its entire length. It is Figure 94particularly useful when exact rod lengths are questionable. Figure 94SS

Material: Figure 94 is made of carbon steel while Figure 94SS This product has a standard rolled thread running its entire is available in either 304 or 316 stainless steel. Available in length. It is particularly useful when exact rod lengths are precut six, ten, and twelve foot lengths. Can be cut to suit questionable. customer need upon request. Rod Sizes above 11/2” are Material: Figure 94 is as made of carbon while Figure available upon request are special rodsteel materials. 94SS is available in either 304 or 316 stainless steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, or Hot-Dip Galvanized Available in precut six, ten, and twelve foot lengths. Can be Ordering: Specify rod size,upon rod length, cut to suit customer need request.figure number, and finish. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, or Hot-Dip Galvanized. Note: The use of galvanized coatings at temperatures above Ordering: figure number, finish, rod size, and length. 450º F is atSpecify the discretion of the customer. For Metric applications specify Figure M94 or M94SS. A

A

A

A

SIGHT HOLE LL

L

FIG.NO. 123

FIGURE 123

FIGURE 123W (SIZES 3⁄8" THROUGH 1")

FIGURE 94 – ALL-THREAD HANGER ROD DIAMETER MAXIMUM WEIGHT A LOAD* PER FOOT 1/4 – ALL-THREAD HANGER 240 0.12 FIGURE 94 ROD M6 1068 0.05 3/8 730 0.30 DIAMETER MAXIMUM WEIGHT M10 3247 0.14 A LOAD* PER FOOT 3⁄ 81/2 1350 0.53 610 0.30 M12 6005 0.24 M10 2714 0.14 2160 0.84 1⁄ 25/8 1130 0.53 M16 9609 0.38 M12 5027 0.24 3230 1.20 3/4 5⁄ 8 1810 0.84 M20 14368 0.54 M16 8052 0.38 4480 1.70 7/8 3⁄ 4 2710 1.20 M20 19929 0.77 5900 2.30 M201 12055 0.54 7M24 26246 1.04 ⁄8 3700 1.70 9500 3.60 11/4 M22 16459 0.77 42260 1.63 1M30 4960 2.30 13800 5.10 11/2 M24 22064 1.04 M36 61388 2.31 11 ⁄ 4 8000 3.60 * For carbon stainless M30 steel only. Maximum 35587 Load rating for1.63 steel is110.80 ⁄ 2 times the Maximum 11600 Load rating given. 5.10 M36 51601 2.31

* For carbon steel only SPECIFY

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS WEIGHT POUNDS 123 KILOGRAMS

123


Figure 133 (Right Hand Threads Both Ends)

Figure 133L ROD AND ROD ATTACHMENTS

(Right Hand and Left Hand Thread) Furnished with UNC threads thisRODS product is made from MACHINE THREAD carbon steel. Figure 133 Right Hand Threads Both Ends Maximum loads given are rated for up to 650° F (343° C). Figure 133L Right Hand and Left Hand Thread Material: Carbon Steel (Stainless Steel is Available). Furnished with UNC threads this product is made from Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. carbon steel. Ordering: Specifygiven material if other than steel, Maximum Loads are rated for up tocarbon 650ºF (343ºC.) figure number, finish, rod diameter, and length, and thread Material: Carbon Steel (Stainless Steel is Available) length if other than standard. For Metric applications Finish: Plain, Hot-Dip Galvanized specify M133 Electro-galvanized, or M133L. Ordering: Specify material if other than carbon steel. Figure number, finish, rod diameter, and length, and thread B (SPECIFY) length; if other than standard. Note: The use of galvanized coatings at temperatures above A 450ºF is at the discretion of the customer. THD

THD

FIGURE 133, 133L – MACHINE THREAD RODS A THD. LGTH. LOAD AT 650ºF/343ºC A THD. LGTH. LOAD AT 650ºF/343ºC

3⁄8

1/2

5⁄8

3⁄4

M10 3 76 730 3247

M12 3 76 1350 6005

M16 3 76 2160 9608

M20 3 76 3230 14368

2 M48 6 152 24600 92078

21⁄4 M56 6 152 32300 143677

21/2 M64 6 152 39800 177038

23⁄4 M72 6 152 49400 219741

LIGHT DUTY WASHER PLATE Figure 102 The Figure The Figure102 102isisaalight lightduty dutyalternative alternativetotoour ourFigure Figure260. 260. Primarily used Primarily used at at the the ends ends of of rods rods instead instead of ofrod rodwashers washersto to gain more gain more bearing bearing surface. surface. Material: Carbon Material: CarbonSteel. Steel. Finish: Plain, Finish: Plain,Painted, Painted,Electro-Galvanized, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify sizerod and finish. Ordering: Specifyfigure figurenumber, number,rod size, size and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M102.

B B/2

B

124

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

124

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

DIAMETER A 3⁄ 8 M10 1⁄ 2 M12 5⁄ 8 M16 3⁄ 4 M20 7⁄ 8 M22 1 M24 11 ⁄ 4 M30 11 ⁄ 2 M36 TL 1 3⁄ 4 M42 2 M48 2 1⁄ 4 M56 21 ⁄ 2 M64 3 1 7⁄8 2 ⁄ 4 M72 M22 M24 3 4 4 102 M80 102 4480 31⁄ 4 5900 19928 M80 26244 31 ⁄ 2 3 M90 31⁄4 M80 33⁄ 4 M80 6 M95 6 152 4 152 60100M100 71900 267337 319826

THREAD LENGTH 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 4 102 4 102 SPECIFY 4 102 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 11⁄4 152 M30 46 152 102 6 9500 152 42258 6 3152 1/2 M90 6 6 152 152 6 84700 152 376763

LOAD AT 650° F / 343° C 610 2713 1130 5026 1810 8051 2710 12055 3770 16770 4960 22063 8000 35586 A 11630 51733 TL 15700 69837 20700 92078 27200 120991 33500 149015 41580 13⁄4 11/2 M36 184956M42 50580 6 6 152 224990152 13800 6048018600 61385 269027 82737 71280 33⁄4 317068 4 M95 82890M100 6 368711 6 152 95400 152 98500 424358 114000 438148 507095

FIGURE102 102 –– LIGHT LIGHT DUTY WASHER PLATE FIGURE BB 22 51 51 21 1/2 2 64 ⁄2 643 376 764 4102 1025 5127 1276 6152 152

SIZE - WEIGHTEACH EACH RODROD SIZE – WEIGHT 3 1 ⁄81⁄8 ⁄13⁄616 ⁄41⁄4 33 55 66 0.14 0.21 0.28 0.14 0.21 0.28 0.06 0.10 0.13 0.06 0.10 0.13 N/A N/A 0.44 0.44 N/A N/A 0.20 0.20 0.32 0.48 0.64 0.32 0.48 0.64 0.15 0.22 0.29 0.15 0.22 0.29 0.57 0.83 1.13 0.26 0.38 0.51 0.57 0.83 1.13 0.89 1.33 1.77 0.26 0.38 0.51 0.40 0.60 0.80 0.89 1.33 1.77 1.28 1.91 2.55 0.40 0.60 0.80 0.58 0.87 1.16 1.28 1.91 2.55 0.58 0.87 1.16 1

3 ⁄83⁄8 1010 0.42 0.42 0.19 0.19 0.66 0.66 0.30 0.30 0.95 0.95 0.43 0.43 1.70 0.77 1.70 2.66 0.77 1.21 2.66 3.83 1.21 1.74 3.83 1.74


TURNBUCKLE

FIGURE 132 – TURNBUCKLE MAXIMUM

Figure 132 The Figure 132 is used to TURNBUCKLE connect right and left hand Figure 132 threaded rods together and provide for adjustment. The Figure 132 is used to connect Material: Steel. rods right and left Forged hand threaded together and provide for adjustment. Compliance: Federal Specification Type 13, Material: ForgedA-A-1192A Steel MSS-SP 69 Type 13, and Compliance: Federal Specification BSPSS-BS3974. A-A-1192A Type 13, MSS-SP 58 Type Plain, Painted, Electro13,Finish: and BSPSS-BS3974. Galvanized, Hot-DipElectroGalvanized. Finish: Plain, Painted, Ordering: Specify figure number, Galvanized, Hot-dip Galvanized finish, size. For Metric Note: Theand use rod of galvanized coatings applications specify M132.is at the at temperatures above 450ºF discretion of the customer. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and rod size. Larger rod sizes or openings are available upon request.

ROD AND ROD ATTACHMENTS LOAD

A

B

3" ROD TAKE OUT

6"

ROD SIZE 650° F FIGURE 132343° – TURNBUCKLE A C B 3⁄ 8 610 7 1⁄ 8 MAX. LOAD M10ROD SIZE 2714 181 650ºF 1⁄ 2 1130 71 ⁄ 2 B A 343ºC M12 3/8 5027 730 19171/8 5⁄ 8 18103247 77⁄181 8 M10 M16 1/2 80521350 20071/2 3⁄ 4 27106005 81 ⁄191 4 M12 M20 5/8 120552160 21077/8 7⁄ 8 M16 33709609 85⁄200 8 M22 3/4 149913230 21981/4 M20 1 496014368 9210 4480 7/8 85/8 M24 M20 22064 229 19929 1⁄219 11⁄ 4 8000 9 8 1 5900 9 M30 M24 35587 232 26246 229 11⁄ 2 11/4 116309500 93⁄94 1/8 M36 M30 51735 248232 42260 13800 13⁄ 4 11/2 15700 1039⁄ 83/4 61388 M42 M36 69840 264248 18600 13/4 2 20700 11103/8 82740 M48 M42 92082 279264 2 24600 21⁄ 4 M48 27200 127279 ⁄11 8 109431 M56 21/4 120996 327 32300 127/8 21⁄ 2 M56 33500 131327 ⁄2 143683 M64 21/2 149021 343 39800 131/2 M64 177046 343

EXTENSION PIECE EXTENSION PIECE

G

H

Figure 157 Figure 157 The Figure 157 is designed for attaching rods to the TheFigure Figure82 157 is designed rods of to attachments. the Figure 82 Beam Clamp for andattaching similar types Beam Clamp and similar types of attachments. Material: Malleable Iron. Material: Malleable Iron. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 30, Maximum: Temperature: 450ºF MSS-SP-69 Type 30 when used with a Figure 82. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 30, Finish: Plain, Painted, MSS-SP-58 Type 30 when Electro-Galvanized. used with a Figure 82. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. Finish: Plain, Painted, rod Electro-Galvanized. Order Figure 82 separately, if required. For Metric appliOrdering: Specify Figure rod size,M157. figure number, and finish. cations specify Order Figure 82 separately, if required.

WEIGHT EACH 0.30 0.14 WEIGHT 0.60 EACH 0.27 0.30 1.00 0.14 0.45 0.60 1.20 0.27 1.00 0.54 0.45 1.90 1.20 0.86 0.54 2.50 1.90 1.13 0.86 3.80 2.50 1.72 1.13 5.70 3.80 2.59 1.72 5.70 8.20 2.59 3.72 8.20 14.20 3.72 6.44 14.20 27.00 6.44 12.25 27.00 33.00 12.25 14.97 33.00 14.97

C B

A

FIGURE 157 – EXTENSION PIECE FIGURE 157 – EXTENSION PIECE ROD SIZE MAX ROD SIZEA MAXIMUM LOAD 610B A 3⁄8 LOAD 2714 3/8 M10 610 11/4 M10 1⁄2 2714 32 1130 1/2 M12 1130 13/8 5027 M12 5⁄8 5027 35 1810 5/8 M16 1810 1 80521/2 M16 3 8052 38 ⁄ 4 2710 2710 3/4 13/4 12055 M20 M20 12055 44 7 2950 2950 7/8 ⁄8 17/8 13123 M20 M22 13123 48

C 21/8 54 23/8 60 21/2 64 27/8 73 3 76

B 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48

G

1/2

13

5/8

16

5/8

16

5/8

16

3/4

19

C 21⁄8 H 54 1/2 23⁄813 60 1/2 21⁄213 64 1/2 13 27⁄8 1/2 7313 3 9/16 7614

WEIGHTG EACH 1⁄2 0.20 13 0.09 5⁄8 0.40 16 0.18 5⁄8 0.44 16 0.20 5 0.65 ⁄8 0.29 16 3 0.78 ⁄4 0.35 19

WEIGHT EACH 0.20 0.09 0.40 0.18 0.44 0.20 0.65 0.29 0.78 0.35

H 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 9 ⁄16 14

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 125

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

125


RODS AND ROD ATTACHMENTS

MALLEABLE ROD COUPLING Figure 167

REDUCING ROD COUPLING Figure 167R The Figure 167 is tapped with a straight bolt thread tap. The Figure 167R is designed to reduce rod sizes. Couplings are made either to step up or down one rod size. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M67 or M167R.

FIGURE 167 – MALLEABLE ROD COUPLING ROD SIZE 1 ⁄4 M6 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M22 1 M24

MAXIMUM LOAD 230 1023 610 2714 1130 5027 1810 8052 2710 12055 3770 16770 4960 22064

L 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 25⁄8 54 21⁄2 64 25⁄8 67 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70

WEIGHT EACH 0.10 0.05 0.10 0.05 0.18 0.08 0.30 0.14 0.44 0.20 0.96 0.44 0.94 0.43

FIGURE 167R – MALLEABLE REDUCING ROD COUPLING

L

ROUND HANGER ROD Figure 224 Unthreaded steel rod available in a variety of sizes for customer use. Available in up to 20 foot lengths. Material: Low carbon steel. Finish: Plain. Ordering: Specify rod size, length, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M224.

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 126

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 x 1⁄4 M10 x M6 1 ⁄2 x 3⁄8 M12 x M10 5 ⁄8 x 3⁄4 M16 x M20 3 ⁄4 x 7⁄8 M20 x M22

MAXIMUM LOAD 230 1023 610 2714 1810 8052 2710 12055

L 15⁄8 41 21⁄8 54 21⁄2 64 25⁄8 67

WEIGHT EACH 0.10 0.05 0.18 0.08 0.44 0.20 0.96 0.44


RODSROD ANDAND ROD ROD ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENTS

WASHER WASHERPLATE PLATE Figure 260 Figure 260

This product is to be welded to back to back channels or This product to be welded to back channels or angles for supporting pipe with rodstoorback U-Bolts. angles for supporting pipe with rods or U-Bolts. Sufficient contact surface to the supporting structure must Sufficient to the structure be made to contact developsurface maximum loadsupporting capacity. Dimension must be made to develop maximum load capacity. “A” should not be exceeded. Dimension “A” should not be exceeded. Material: Carbon Steel. Material: Carbon Steel Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized Hot-Dip Hot-Dip Galvanized. Galvanized Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and rod size. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and rod size. For Metric applications specify Figure M260.

C

TYP.

D

B EXISTING

B/2 B/2 B

A (MAX.)

FIGURE 260 – WASHER PLATE FIGURE 260 – ALL-THREAD HANGER ROD ROD MAX HOLE WGT SIZE ROD LOADMAX.A B C D HOLE EACHWEIGHT B 1⁄ 4 C 7⁄16 D0.63 EACH 3⁄ 8 SIZE610 LOAD 11⁄2 A 3 3 6 0.63 1⁄411 7⁄0.29 16 M10 3⁄8 2713 730 38 11/2 76 1⁄ 2 M101130 324711⁄ 2 38 3 76 1⁄4 6 9⁄16 11 0.61 0.29 3 6 0.61 1⁄414 9⁄0.28 16 M12 1/2 5026 1350 38 11/2 76 5⁄ 8 M121810 600511⁄ 2 38 3 76 3⁄8 6 11⁄16 14 0.95 0.28 3 10 0.95 3⁄817 11⁄0.43 16 M16 5⁄8 8051 2160 38 11/2 76 3⁄ 4 M162710 9608 2 38 4 76 3⁄8 1013⁄16 17 1.60 0.43 2 102 4 10 1.60 M20 3⁄4 12055 3230 51 3⁄821 13⁄0.73 16 7⁄ 8 M203770 143682 51 4 102 1⁄2 1015⁄16 21 2.17 0.73 M22 7⁄8 16770 4480 51 2 102 4 13 2.17 1/224 15⁄0.98 16 1 M204960 1992821⁄2 51 4 2.15 0.98 102 1⁄2 1311⁄16 24 M24 1 22063 5900 64 21/2102 4 13 2.15 1/227 11⁄0.98 16 11⁄4 M248000 262443 3.28 0.98 64 5 102 1⁄2 1313⁄8 27 M30 11⁄435586 9500 76 1.49 3.28 3 127 5 13 1/235 13⁄8 11⁄2 M30116304225831⁄2 76 5 4.05 1.49 127 5⁄8 1315⁄8 35 M36 11/2517331380089 31/2127 16 41 1.84 4.05 5 5⁄8 1 5⁄8 5 13⁄4 M36157006138531⁄2 89 5 3.88 1.84 127 ⁄8 16 2 41 M42 13⁄4698371860089 31/2127 16 51 5 3 21.76 3.88 5⁄8 1 2 M4220700827374 4.47 1.76 89 6 127 ⁄4 162 ⁄4 51 M48 2 9207824600102 4 152 19 57 2.03 4.47 6 3⁄4 2 1⁄4 3 1 6.62 2.03 21⁄4 M48272001094264 102 6 152 ⁄4 192 ⁄2 57 M56 12099132300102 4 152 19 64 3.00 6 3⁄ 4 6.62 3⁄423⁄4 21/2 21⁄2 21⁄433500 41⁄2 6 6.40 143677 19 70 64 M64 M56 149015 114 102152 15219 2.90 3.00 6 3⁄ 4 3⁄4 3 23⁄4 6.16 6.40 23⁄4 21/2415803980041⁄2 41/2 6 177038 19 76 70 M72 M64 184956 114 114152 15219 2.79 2.90 6 3⁄ 4 35.89 6.16 3⁄431⁄4 3 23⁄4505804940041⁄2 41/2 6 219741 19 83 76 M80 M72 224990 114 114152 15219 2.67 2.79 6 3⁄ 4 3⁄431⁄2 31⁄4 31⁄4 3 604806010041⁄2 41/2 6 5.56 5.89 267337 19 89 83 M80 M80 269027 114 114152 15219 2.52 2.67 6 3⁄ 4 3⁄433⁄4 31/2 41/2 7 31⁄2 31⁄471280719005 8.07 5.56 319826 19 95 89 M90 M80 317068 127 114178 15219 3.66 2.52 5 7 7 3⁄ 4 3⁄4 4 33⁄4 33⁄4 31/282890847005 7.75 8.07 376763 19102 95 M95 M90 368711 127 127178 17819 3.52 3.66 98500 5 7 4 7.75 33⁄4 3⁄4 M95 438148 127 178 19 102 3.52

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT

127 POUNDS KILOGRAMS

127


ROD AND ROD ATTACHMENTS FIGURE 276 – FORGED STEEL CLEVIS

FORGED STEEL CLEVIS Figure 276 Figure 276P

ROD SIZE

The Figure 276 is used to connect rod ends with structural steel welding lug plates or lugs welded to pipe. It provides a pivot point and adjustment. It can be supplied with a pin as Fig 276P. Material: Forged Steel Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 14, MSS-SP 58 Type 14, and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Note: The use of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 450ºF is at the discretion of the customer. Ordering: Specify figure number, rod size, pin size, grip and finish. TAP

NOTE: PINS AND COTTER PINS SUPPLIED WHEN REQUESTED AS FIG 276P

E TAKE OUT

3/8

M10

1/2

M12

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

7/8

M20 1 M24 11/4 M30 11/2 M36 13/4 M42 2 M48 21/4 M56 21/2 M64

MAX. LOAD 650ºF 343ºC 730 3247 1350 6005 2160 9608 3230 14368 4480 19928 5900 26244 9500 42258 13800 61385 18600 82737 24600 109426 32300 143677 39800 177038

PIN/ BOLT DIA.

E TAKE OUT 31/2 89 31/2 89 31/2 89 4 102 4 102 5 127 5 127 6 152 6 152 7 178 8 203 8 203

1/2

M12

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

7/8

M20 1 M24 11/8 M30 13/8 M36 15/8 M42 17/8 M48 21/4 M56 21/2 M64 23/4 M72

GRIP

1/2

13

5/8

16

5/8

16

3/4

24

7/8

22 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 38 11/2 38 21/2 64 21/2 64 21/2 64

276P WEIGHT EACH 1.00 0.45 0.90 0.41 0.90 0.41 3.00 1.36 3.40 1.54 5.10 2.31 5.50 2.49 8.50 3.86 12.90 5.85 23.30 10.57 35.10 15.92 36.00 16.33

GRIP

FORGED WELDLESS EYENUT

ROD TAP A

Figure 279 Figure 279L The Figure 279 is used to connect rod ends with structural steel welded beam attachments or pipe clamps as a substitute for a welded eyerod. It provides a pivot point and adjustment. It can also be supplied tapped left hand as Fig 279L. Material: Forged Steel Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 17, MSS-SP 58 Type 17, and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized Note: The use of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 450ºF is at the discretion of the customer. Ordering: Specify figure number, rod size and finish. A

F

G

128

FIGURE 279 – FORGED WELDLESS EYENUT

C L

3/8

M10

1/2

M12

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

7/8

M20 1 M24 11/4 M30 11/2 M36 13/4 M42 2 M48 21/4 M56 21/2 M64

MAX. LOAD 650ºF 343ºC 730 3247 1350 6005 2160 9608 3230 14368 4480 19928 5900 26244 9500 42258 13800 61385 18600 82737 24600 109426 32300 143677 39800 177038

F 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 13/8 35 13/4 44 13/4 44 13/4 44 31/4 83 31/4 83 31/4 83 31/4 83

G 11/2 38 11/2 38 11/2 38 11/2 38 2 51 2 51 21/2 64 21/2 64 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102

WEIGHT EACH 0.63 0.29 0.63 0.29 0.62 0.28 0.60 0.27 1.70 0.77 1.70 0.77 3.75 1.70 3.50 1.59 16.40 7.44 15.90 7.21 15.40 6.99 14.90 6.76


ROD AND ROD ATTACHMENTS RODS ATTACHMENTS RODS ANDAND RODROD ATTACHMENTS

LINKED EYE RODS LINKED EYE RODS LINKED EYEEyes RODS Figure 306 Not Welded

Figure EyesWelded Not Welded Figure 306 Eyes Not Figure 341306 Welded Eyes Figure 341 Eyes Welded Linked Eye allowWelded for the movement Figure 341Rods Eyes

Linked Eye Rods the movement of the lower rodallows whereallows bending would be Linked Eye Rods for thefor movement of the lower rod where bending would be unacceptable. Unwelded eyes have a lower of the lower rod where bending would be unacceptable. Unwelded eyes have a lower load rating. unacceptable. Unwelded eyes have a lower load rating. Therating. inside diameter of the eye is 3⁄8” larger load thanThe theinside rod diameter for rod sizes up diameter is 3⁄to 8" larger 3 The inside diameter of the of eyethe is eye ⁄8" larger 11/2”than whilethe therod inside diameter for larger diameter for rod sizes than the1 rod diameter for rod sizes up to up to size 1rods will bethe 3⁄4” greater. Both rods ⁄2" the while diameter for will larger B 11⁄2" while inside inside diameter for larger 3 normally be furnish right hand tapped to will size rods will be ⁄ 4" greater. Both rods 3 size rods will be ⁄ 4" greater. Both rods will lengths shownbefor our Figure 93 hand unless normally furnished right to normally be furnished right hand tappedtapped to ordered special. lengths shown for our Figure 93 unless lengths shown for our Figure 93 unless ordered special. Maximum Loads given are rated for up ordered special. to 650ºF (343ºC.) Maximum Loads given arefor rated for Maximum Loads given are rated up to 650° F (343° C.) Material: Carbon Steel up to 650° F (343° C.) Material: Carbon Finish: Plain, Electro-galvanized, Material: Carbon Steel Steel Hot-Dip Galvanized Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Finish:Finish: Plain, Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Ordering: Specify rod diameter (A), Galvanized Galvanized overall length (B), lengthrod of diameter each eyerod Ordering: Specify (A), Ordering: Specify rod diameter (A), (D and C), and thread length (E) ifeach other overall length (B), length of eyerod overall length (B),Figure lengthNumber of each and eyerod than(D standard, finish. and C), and thread length (E) if (D and C), and thread length (E) if other other Note: Thestandard, use of galvanized coatings at finish. than Figure Number and than standard, Figure Number and finish. temperatures above 450ºF isspecify at the For Metric applications M306 Fordiscretion Metric applications specify M306 of the customer. or M341. or M341.

E

E

D

B

C

E

E

A

A

FIGURE 306 AND 341 – LINKED EYE RODS FIGURE 306 AND 341 – LINKED EYE RODS FIGURE 306 AND 341 – LINKED EYELOAD RODS ROD SIZE MAXIMUM ROD SIZE FIGURE 306 MAXIMUM LOAD A FIGURE 341 ROD SIZE A MAXIMUM Figure 306 LOADFigure 341 3⁄8 240 730 A Figure 306 Figure 341 3 ⁄8 240 610 M10 1068 3247 3 ⁄8 240 610 1/2 M10 4401068 1350 2714 M10 1068 27146005 1 M12 1957 ⁄2 440 1130 D 1 ⁄25⁄8 440 11302160 7051957 M12 5027 M12 1957 50279609 M16 5⁄8 3136705 1810 5 ⁄83⁄4 705 18103230 10503136 M16 8052 M16 3136 8052 M20 3 4671 14368 ⁄4 2710 3 14701050 ⁄47⁄8 1050 27104480 M20 4671 12055 M20 6539 19929 M20 4671 12055 7 ⁄8 3770 71 19401470 ⁄8 1470 37705900 M22 6539 16770 M24 8630 26246 M22 6539 16770 4960 31201940 9500 111⁄4 1 1940 4960 M30 13879 42260 M24 8630 22064 M24 8630 22064 46503120 13800 11/2 11⁄4 8000 11⁄4 3120 8000 M36 20685 61388 M30 13879 35587 M30 13879 35587 63804650 18600 13⁄4 11⁄2 11630 11⁄2 4650 11630 M42 28381 82740 C M36 20685 51735 2 8280 24600 M36 20685 51735 3 1 ⁄ 4 6380 15700 3 M48 36833 109431 1 ⁄4 6380 15700 M42 28381 69840 10900 32300 2 1⁄4 M42 28381 69840 2 8280 20700 M56 48488 143683 2 8280 20700 36833 92082 13400 39800 21/2 M48 M48 36833 92082 1 M64 59609 177046 2 ⁄4 10900 27200 1 2 ⁄4 10900 27200 M56 48488 120996 M56 48488 120996 21⁄2 13400 33500 21⁄2 13400 33500 M64 59609 149021 M64 59609 149021

MALE AND FEMALE MALE AND FEMALE MALE AND FEMALE SWING ROD FITTING SWING ROD FITTING SWING ROD FITTING Figure Figure 701701 Figure 701

The fitting iswhen used when flexible movement of pipeline The fitting used whenflexible flexible movement pipeline is The fitting is is used movement ofofpipeline is required. The threaded stud portion can be installed required. The The threaded can be into is required. threaded stud stud portion portion can be installed installed into a into a concrete insert or bolted to flange of I beam, angle or concrete insertor orbolted bolted toflange flange of II beam, angle channel. a concrete insert to of beam, angle or or channel. Made special to customer order. Made special to customer order. order. channel. Made special to customer Material: Steel. Material: Steel. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain. Finish: Plain. Finish: Plain. Ordering: Specify size number, number. For Metric Ordering: Specify sizenumber, number, figurefigure number. Ordering: Specify size figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M701. applications specify Figure M701.

A

A

FIGURE 701 – MALE AND FEMALE SWING ROD FITTING

SIZE 701 – MALE AND FEMALE SWING WEIGHT FIGURE ROD FITTING FIGURE 701 SWING RODEACH FITTING NO.– MALE AND FEMALE A SIZE WEIGHT 0.25 3⁄8 SIZE1 WEIGHT NO. A EACH 1 M10 0.11 NO. A EACH 1 3/8 0.25 1 2 3/81/2 0.250.33 1 M10 0.11 2 M12 0.15 1 M10 0.11 2 1/2 0.33 2 1/2 0.33 2 M12 0.15 2 M12 0.15 A

A

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE

LOADS

WEIGHT

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE LOADS WEIGHT DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE LOADSPOUNDSWEIGHT INCHES FAHRENHEIT POUNDS I NCHES F AHRENHEIT P OUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS CELSIUSPOUNDS NEWTONSPOUNDS KILOGRAMS INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRAMS MILLIMETERS CELSIUS NEWTONS KILOGRAMS 129 129 129


FASTENERS

FLATTENED END LAG SCREW Figure 11 The Figure 11 is normally used with perforated extension bar to support light duty loads from wooden structures. Comes with bolt and nut. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain. Ordering: Specify size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M11. FIGURE 11 – FLATTENED END LAG SCREW SIZE A 1 ⁄4 M6 5 ⁄16 M8 3 ⁄8 M10

B 3 76 3 76 4 102

C 3 ⁄16 M5 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6

WEIGHT EACH 0.04 0.02 0.07 0.03 0.10 0.05

TOGGLE BOLT Figure 59 The spring toggle bolt is the most popular hollow wall fastener used today. The wings are fitted with coil springs that open when inserted into the wall. Gravity is not a factor making it possible to be used in any position. Material: Steel. Finish: Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, diameter, and length. For Metric applications specify Figure M59. FIGURE 59 – TOGGLE BOLT SIZE 3 ⁄16 x 4 M5 x 102 3 ⁄16 x 5 M5 x 127 3 ⁄16 x 6 M5 x 153 1 ⁄4 x 4 M6 x 102 1 ⁄4 x 5 M6 x 127 1 ⁄4 x 6 M6 x 153 3 ⁄8 x 4 M10 x 102 3 ⁄8 x 5 M10 x 127 3 ⁄8 x 6 M10 x 153 1 ⁄2 x 4 M12 x 153 1 ⁄2 x 5 M12 x 127 1 ⁄2 x 6 M12 x 153 130

DRILL SIZE 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M1 7 ⁄8 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30

WEIGHT EACH 0.05 0.02 0.06 0.03 0.06 0.03 0.08 0.04 0.09 0.04 0.10 0.05 0.19 0.09 0.22 0.10 0.24 0.11 0.32 0.15 0.35 0.16 0.40 0.18

C

A B


FASTENERS

ROUND WASHER Figure Figure Figure Figure

103 103E 103G 103S

(Carbon Steel – Plain) (Carbon Steel – Electro-Galvanized) (Carbon Steel – Hot-Dip Galvanized) (Stainless Steel) Compliance: United States Standard. Material: Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel (ASTM 240 Type 304 or Type 316). Finish: Plain, Electro-Plated, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, finish or grade of material. For Metric applications Specify Figure M103. Please see Figure 176 for Lock Washers. Fender Washers and Tooth Lock Washers are available upon request.

O.D.

I.D.

FIGURE 103 – ROUND WASHER BOLT SIZE I.D. O.D. WGT. EACH

1 ⁄4 M6 5 ⁄16 8 1 19 0.01 0.04 3

BOLT SIZE I.D. O.D. WGT. EACH

⁄4 M20 13 ⁄16 21 2 51 0.11 0.49

5 ⁄16 M8 3 ⁄8 10 1 25 0.02 0.09 7

⁄8 M22 15 ⁄16 24 21⁄4 57 0.15 0.67

STEEL COACH SCREWS

3 ⁄8 M10 7 ⁄16 11 1 25 0.02 0.09

7 ⁄16 M12 1 ⁄2 13 11⁄4 32 0.03 0.13

1 ⁄2 M12 9 ⁄16 14 13⁄8 35 0.04 0.18

9 ⁄16 M14 5 ⁄8 16 11⁄2 38 0.06 0.27

5 ⁄8 M16

1 M24 11⁄16 27 21⁄2 64 0.19 0.85

11⁄8 M30 11⁄4 32 23⁄4 70 0.22 0.98

11⁄4 M30 13⁄8 35 3 76 0.26 1.16

13⁄8 M36 11⁄2 38 31⁄4 83 0.32 1.42

11⁄2 M36 15⁄8 41 31⁄2 89 0.38 1.69

16

FIGURE 107 – STEEL COACH SCREW

Figure 107 Figure 107 Coach Screws are normally used on our Figures 303, 337, and 340 brackets. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify diameter, length, figure number, and finish.

11

17 13⁄4 44 0.08 0.36

WEIGHT EACH BY DIAMETER 3 1 ⁄4 ⁄8 ⁄2 6 10 13 0.023 0.060 0.010 0.027 0.028 0.070 0.144 0.013 0.032 0.065 0.033 0.083 0.162 0.015 0.038 0.073 0.039 0.098 0.186 0.018 0.044 0.084 0.044 0.114 0.212 0.020 0.052 0.096 0.050 0.125 0.233 0.023 0.057 0.106 0.063 0.154 0.290 0.029 0.070 0.132 0.074 0.183 0.340 0.034 0.083 0.154 1

LENGTH 11⁄2 38 2 51 21⁄2 64 3 76 31⁄2 89 4 102 5 127 6 152

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

5 ⁄8 16

0.232 0.105 0.270 0.122 0.310 0.141 0.348 0.158 0.376 0.171 0.455 0.206 0.530 0.240

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 131


FASTENERS FASTENERS HEX NUT

FIGURE 165H – HEAVY HEX NUT

Figure 165

STANDARD HEX NUT HEAVY HEX NUT Figure 165 Figure 165H

HEAVY HEX NUT

Material is an ASTM A-563 Grade A (Alloy and Stainless Figure 165H Steel grades are Available). Sizes 1 3⠄4" and larger are only available a Figure tapAwill be furnished. LH Material as is an ASTM165H. A-563 RH Grade (Alloy and Stainless tap aregrades special Steel areorder. Available). Sizes 13/4� and larger are only availablePlain, as a Figure 165H. RH tap will be furnished. Finish: Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. LH tap are special order. Ordering: Specify tap size, figure number, and finish. Finish: Plain, Electro-galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized For Metric applications specify M165 or M165H. Ordering: Specify tap size, figure number, and finish. T

W T

W

F TAP

F

TAP

TAP MAX WGT FIGURE – STANDARD SIZE 165 LOAD F HEX NUT T W EACH 13â „ 16 3â „ 8 11â „ 16 610– HEAVY 0.031 FIGURE 165H HEX NUT3â „ 8 M10 2714 17 10 21 0.014 1â „ 2 1â „ 2 SIZE 1130 7â „ 8 ROD MAX WEIGHT 1 0.065 A LOAD F T W EACH M12 5027 22 13 25 0.030 730 11/16 0.031 3/8 13/16 5â „ 83/8 1â „ 16 1 11â „ 4 M10 3247 17 10 21 0.014 M161/2 16770 277/8 161/2 32 1 0.054 1350 0.065 3 3â „ 4 1 7 2710 1 â „22 4 â „13 4 1 â „ 16 0.193 M12 6005 25 0.029 M20 12055 32 195/8 3711/4 0.088 2160 0.119 5/8 11/16  7M16 7 11 â „ 8 1 â „27 16  1 32 â „ 16 9609 16 0.054 3230 0.193 M22 8052 3711/4 223/4 43 0.135 3/4 17/16 M20 14368 0.088 1 4960 15â „32 8 119 17â „37 8 0.425 4480 0.297 7/8 1 7/ 1 6 7/8 111/16 M24 22064 41 25 48 0.193 19929 43 0.135 1â „ 4 1M20 8000 237 11â „22 4 25â „ 16 0.786 1 5900 1 0.425 1 5/8 7/8 1 M30 35587 5141 3225 5948 0.357 M24 26246 0.193 111â „ 21/4 11630 23â „ 82 111â „ 21/4 232â „ 45/16 1.310 9500 0.786 M36 51735 6051 3832 7059 0.594 M30 42260 0.357 131â „ 41/2 15700 232â „ 43/8 131â „ 41/2 33â „2163/4 2.040 13800 1.31 M42 69840 7060 4438 8170 0.925 M36 61388 0.594 18600 2.04 213/4 20700 312â „ 83/4 213/4 353â „ 83/16 2.990 M42 82740 70 44 0.925 M48 92082 79 51 9281 1.356 2.99 24600 21â „ 42 27200 313â „ 21/8 23â „ 162 41â „3165/8 4.190 M48 109431 79 51 1.36 M56 120996 89 56 10392 1.901 32300 4.19 3/16 212â „ 21/4 33500 373â „ 81/2 272â „ 16 414â „ 21/16 5.640 M56 149021 143683 103 1.90 M64 9889 6256 114 2.558 39800 5.64 7/8 2â „7/1616 1/2 32 13 11 15â „416 2M64 â „ 41/2 41580 4 â „ 4 2 4 7.380 177046 98 62 114 2.56 M72 184964 108 68 125 3.348 49400 7.38 23/4 211/16 415/16 41/4 3 50580 45108 â „8 215â „68 16 55â „125 16 9.500 M72 219751 3.35 M80 225000 117 75 135 4.309 3 60100 9.50 45/8 215/16 55/16 1â „ 4 3M80 60480 5117 33â „75 16 53135 â „4 11.940 267349 4.31 71900 12.0 M80 269039 1275 81 146 5.416 31/4 53/4 33/16 1â „ 2 319840 5.44 3M80 71280 53127 â „8 37â „81 16 63â „146 16 15.260 84700 15.3 31/2 37/16 63/16 53/8 M90 317082 137 87 157 6.922 M90 376779 137 87 157 6.94

HEX HEAD HEAD BOLT BOLT HEX Figure 162 162 Figure Hex head head bolt bolt with with UNC UNC threads. Stocked Hex Stock edfor forimmediate immediate shipment.Various Variouslengths lengthsavailable. available. shipment. Also available in Also in alloy alloy(A193B7), (A193B7),stainless stainlesssteel steel(316 (316and and 18-8), and and high high strength strength(A325). (A325). 18-8), Material: Low Material: Low carbon carbon steel steel Finish: Plain, Electro-galvanized, Finish: Electro-galvanized,Hot-dip Hot-dipGalvanized Galvanized Ordering: Specify Ordering: Specifydiameter, diameter,length, length,thread thread length, length, figure figure number, number, and and finish. finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M162.

FIGURE 162 – HEX HEAD BOLT – WEIGHT PER 100 FIGURE – WEIGHT PERIN 100 DIA.OF 162 – HEX HEAD BOLT LENGTH OF BOLT INCHES BOLT DIA. OF 5 ⠄8 BOLT 3 ⠄5/8 4 7 ⠄3/4 8 17/8 1

2" 362� 57 36 86 57 86 127 127

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT 132 MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

132

21⠄4" 38 21/4� 60 38 90 60 90 133 133 LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

21⠄2" 40 21/2� 6240 9462 94 138 138 WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

23⠄4" LENGTH 3" OF BOLT31IN ⠄4" INCHES31⠄2" 42 443� 46 48 23/4� 31/4� 31/2� 6542 6844 7146 7448 9965 103 107 11174 68 71 99 103 107 111 143 148 153 158 143 148 153 158

33⠄4" 50 33/4� 7750 11577 115 163 163

4" 524� 8052 11880 118 169 169

5" 605� 9260 13592 135 190 190


FASTENERS

STEEL DRIVE SCREW Figure 166 Drive Screws are normally used on our Figure153 Side Beam Connector. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M166. FIGURE 166 – STEEL DRIVE SCREW SIZE OF SCREW 11⁄2" NO.12 2" NO.16

WEIGHT EACH 0.015 0.03

LOCK WASHER Figure 176 Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M176. FIGURE 176 – LOCK WASHER ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20

INSIDE WIDTH OF THICKNESS WEIGHT DIAMETER STEEL OF STEEL EACH 7 ⁄16 0.141 0.094 0.07 11 4 2 0.03 9 ⁄16 0.171 0.125 0.15 14 4 3 0.07 11 ⁄16 0.203 0.156 0.26 17 5 4 0.12 13 ⁄16 0.234 0.188 0.43 21 6 5 0.20

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 133


FASTENERS

DROP-IN TYPE CONCRETE ANCHOR Figure 514 The Figure 514 is used for bolting components to concrete structures. The shell is slotted and internally threaded with a pre-assembled integral expander plug . WARNING: Recommended practices in sizing and application of concrete fasteners should be followed. Material: Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel Finish: Plated Zinc on Carbon Steel Ordering: Specify bolt diameter, embedment depth and figure number. For Metric applications Specify Figure M514. FIGURE 514 – DROP-IN TYPE CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLT SIZE 1 ⁄4" M6 3 ⁄8" M10 1 ⁄2" M12 5 ⁄8" M16 3 ⁄4" M20

4000 PSI CONCRETE MINIMUM SAFE WORKING LOAD EMBEDMENT TENSION SHEAR DEPTH 590 300 1 2625 1335 25 950 625 15⁄8 4226 2780 41 1460 875 2 6495 3892 51 2160 1385 21⁄2 9609 6161 64 2370 1920 33⁄16 10543 8541 81

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 134

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

WGT 0.03 0.01 0.07 0.03 0.12 0.05 0.33 0.15 0.49 0.22

A

EMBEDMENT LENGTH


FASTENERS

WEDGE ANCHOR Figure 1309 The Figure 1309 is used for bolting components to concrete structures. Allows for through drilling applications. INSTALLATION: Drill holes in concrete deeper than the required embedment. Drive the bolt into the hole so that at least six threads are below the top surface of the fixture. Tighten the nut with the washer in place. The resistance will increase after the third or fourth turn. NOTE: Loads listed are based on a safety factor of four when installed in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Contact us for higher loads are allowed due to increased embedment. Material: High Tensile Steel. (Also available Galvanized or Stainless Steel). Finish: Zinc Plated. Ordering: Specify figure number, diameter and length. For Metric applications specify Figure M1309.

TL

A

L

4000 PSI CONCRETE SAFE WORKING BOLT LOAD DIA. TENSION SHEAR 1⁄ 4

6

390 1735

450 2002

3⁄ 8 10

805 3581

1000 4448

1⁄ 2 13

1350 6005

1725 7673

5⁄ 8 16

2000 8897

3120 13879

3⁄ 4 19

2500 11121

4500 20018

7⁄ 8 22

3400 15125

6300 28025

1 25

5200 23132

7100 31584

11⁄ 4 32

6800 30249

11000 48932

D (MIN)

L 13⁄ 4 44 21 ⁄ 4 57 31 ⁄ 4 83 21⁄ 4 57 23⁄ 4 70 3 76 33 ⁄ 4 95 5 127 23⁄ 4 70 33⁄ 4 95 41 ⁄ 4 108 51 ⁄ 2 140 7 178 31⁄ 2 89 41⁄ 4 108 5 127 6 152 7 178 81⁄ 2 216 10 254 41⁄ 4 108 43⁄ 4 121 51⁄ 2 140 61⁄ 4 159 7 178 81 ⁄ 2 216 10 254 12 305 6 152 8 203 10 254 6 152 9 229 12 305 9 229 12 305

MAX THCKNSS MIN. OF MAT’L D(Embd) TO BE FASTENED 3⁄ 8 10 7⁄ 8 11⁄ 8 29 22 17⁄ 8 48 3⁄ 8 10 7⁄ 8 22 11 ⁄ 2 11⁄ 8 38 29 17⁄ 8 48 31⁄ 8 79 1⁄ 8 3 1 25 21⁄ 4 11⁄ 2 57 38 23⁄ 4 70 41⁄ 4 108 1⁄ 8 3 7⁄8 22 15⁄ 8 41 23 ⁄ 4 25⁄ 8 70 67 35⁄ 8 92 51⁄ 8 130 65⁄ 8 168 1⁄4 6 3⁄ 4 19 11⁄ 2 38 21⁄ 4 57 31 ⁄ 4 3 83 76 41⁄ 2 114 6 159 8 203 13⁄ 8 35 33 ⁄ 4 33⁄ 8 95 86 53⁄ 8 137 1⁄ 2 13 41 ⁄ 2 31⁄ 2 114 89 61⁄ 2 165 6 23⁄ 4 140 70 51⁄ 4 133

TL

11⁄ 8 29

11⁄ 2 38

21⁄ 4 57

23⁄ 4 70

11 ⁄ 2 38

21⁄ 2 64

21⁄ 2 64 31⁄ 2 89

135


PIPE SLEEVE Figure 450 Used as a form to provide a penetration in walls for pipe or other services. Install by nailing to structure. Covers are available on request. Other types of pipe sleeves e.g. waterproof, interlocking, etc. are available. Material: Carbon Steel, 24 gauge, heavier gauges on request. Finish: Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify inside diameter, gauge thickness, length, and figure number.

SPRING HANGER

A

Figure 399 Designed to provide an economical means to support low pipe loads with vertical movement. In selecting the correct spring size consideration should be given to weight of pipe to be supported and its contents, insulation, concentrated loads, as well as the anticipated deflection. Please see our Engineered Spring Catalog for units requiring higher loads and/or greater movements. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify spring size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M399.

21/2" R.H. THD.

C

B

E

3

/8" MIN

4" R.H. THD.

A

FIGURE 399 – SPRING HANGER SPRING NO. 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6

MAX. LOAD 52 231 115 512 163 725 266 1183 400 1779 600 2669

MAX. SPRING DEFLECTION DEFLECTION 2 26 lbs./in. 51 4.5 N/mm 13⁄4 66 lbs./in. 44 11.6 N/mm 17⁄8 87 lbs./in. 48 15.1 N/mm 13⁄4 152 lbs./in. 44 26.8 N/mm 2 200 lbs./in. 51 34.9 N/mm 21⁄2 240 lbs./in. 64 41.7 N/mm

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 136

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

B A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20

MIN. 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 57⁄8 149 57⁄8 149 63⁄4 171 83⁄8 213

MAX. 61⁄2 165 61⁄4 159 73⁄4 197 75⁄8 194 83⁄4 222 107⁄8 276

C 41⁄8 105 41⁄8 105 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 63⁄8 162 8 203

E 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 5 127 5 127 53⁄4 146 73⁄8 187

WEIGHT EACH 1.60 0.73 2.38 1.08 2.87 1.30 3.50 1.59 6.80 3.08 9.82 4.45


WATERPROOF PIPE SLEEVE Figure 453 The Figure 453 is designed for floor and ceiling penetrations through concrete. Pipes, and conduits can be placed within the sleeve for easy through access. Sleeves are normally furnished as schedule 40 pipe up to 12" NPS, standard wall up to 20" NPS, and rolled plate for larger sizes. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify sleeve diameter, dimension A, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M453.

A

1/4"

2" TYP.

CUSHION SPRING ASSEMBLY Figure 478 Designed to provide an economical method to support piping with both vertical and axial movement as well as absorbing vibration normally found in piping systems. Comprised of two spring coils and four steel caps the Cushion Spring Assembly is used in conjunction with our Figure 142 Two Rod Roll Hanger and drop rods, both must be ordered separately. The Figure 478 can also be used for insulated piping provided the correct saddle has been ordered from this catalog. In selecting the correct spring size consideration should be given to weight of pipe to be supported and its contents, concentrated loads, as well as the anticipated deflection. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted. Ordering: Specify drop rod diameter, spring number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M478.

H

FIGURE 478 – CUSHION SPRING ASSEMBLY SPRING NUMBER 1 1 2 2 3 3

MAXIMUM LOAD 535 2380 1500 6673 3750 13345

MAXIMUM SPRING DEFLECTION DEFLECTION 11⁄4 428 lbs./in. 32 74 N/mm 11⁄4 1200 lbs./in. 32 208 N/mm 11⁄4 3000 lbs./in. 32 417 N/mm

ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 7 ⁄8 M22

MAXIMUM ROD SIZE 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 11⁄2 M36

WEIGHT EACH 4.5 2.0 14.0 6.4 22.0 10.0

H 61⁄4 159 55⁄8 143 87⁄8 225

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 137


PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDE

A

Figure 1006

B

Designed to maintain the axial alignment of piping as it expands and contracts during operation. It is most typically installed adjacent to expansion joints and at reasonable distances between the expansion joint and the anchor point. Our Figures 1007, and 1010 also offer alternative means for your piping alignment needs. INSULATION Note: Guides are not designed to carry dead weight loads. Maximum temperature THICKNESS is 750°F. Material: Carbon Steel. H DIA. Finish: Plain, Painted, Galvanized. 4 HOLES Ordering: Specify guide size, pipe size, insulation thickness, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M1006.

I

C

D PIPE F G

E

FIGURE 1006 – PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDE SIZE NUMBER 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14

A 63⁄4 171 71⁄4 184 83⁄8 213 103⁄8 264 121⁄8 308 147⁄8 378 167⁄8 429 187⁄8 479 215⁄8 550 235⁄8 600 255⁄8 651 283⁄8 721 321⁄8 816 361⁄8 918

B 41⁄2 114 55⁄8 143 65⁄8 168 85⁄8 219 103⁄4 273 123⁄4 324 143⁄4 375 163⁄4 425 19 483 21 533 23 584 253⁄4 654 291⁄2 749 331⁄2 851

C 53⁄8 137 63⁄8 162 73⁄8 187 93⁄8 238 115⁄8 295 135⁄8 346 157⁄8 403 177⁄8 454 20 508 22 559 24 610 265⁄8 676 301⁄2 775 341⁄2 876

D 31⁄8 79 31⁄2 89 4 102 5 127 61⁄4 159 71⁄4 184 81⁄2 216 91⁄2 241 101⁄2 267 111⁄2 292 121⁄2 318 133⁄4 349 153⁄4 400 173⁄4 451

E 5 127 61⁄4 159 63⁄4 171 73⁄8 187 73⁄8 187 8 203 93⁄4 248 101⁄4 260 111⁄4 286 141⁄8 359 143⁄4 375 157⁄8 403 163⁄8 416 171⁄8 435

F 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51 2 51 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140

G 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 8 203 8 203 PIPE SIZE 1" to 6" 25 to 150 8" to 16" 200 to 400 18" to 24" 450 to 600

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 138

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

H 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 1 25 1 25 1 25

WEIGHT EACH 5.8 2.6 7.2 3.3 8.2 3.7 10.6 4.8 15.6 7.1 19.5 8.8 26.8 12.2 35.6 16.1 44.2 20.0 52.6 23.9 66.3 30.1 79.7 36.2 106.3 48.2 116.8 53.0

DIM. I MAX. MVT 4 4 102 102 6 6 152 152 8 8 203 203


Please use the following chart for selecting the correct size. FIGURE 1006 – PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDE SIZE NUMBER 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14

1 25 1 25 11⁄4 - 2 32 to 50 21⁄2 65 3-4 80 to 100 5-6 125 to 150

11⁄2 38 1 25 11⁄4 - 2 32 to 50 21⁄2 - 31⁄2 65 to 90 4-5 100 to 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

THICKNESS OF INSULATION 2 21⁄2 51 64

1 25 11⁄4 - 21⁄2 32 to 65 3-4 80 to 100 5-6 125 to 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400

1-2 25 to 50 21⁄2 - 31⁄2 65 to 90 4-5 100 to 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 - 14 300 to 350 16 400

3 76

4 102

1 25 11⁄4 - 21⁄2 32 to 65 3-4 80 to 100 5-6 125 to 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 - 18 400 to 450 20 500 24 600

1 25 11⁄4 - 21⁄2 32 to 65 3-4 80 to 100 5-6 125 to 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 - 16 350 to 400 18 - 20 450 to 500 24 600

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 139


PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDE Figure 1007

I

Designed to maintain the axial alignment of piping as it expands and contracts during operation. It is most typically installed adjacent to expansion joints and at reasonable distances between the expansion joint and the anchor point. Our Figures 1006 and 1010 also offer alternative means for your piping alignment needs. Note: Guides are not designed to carry dead weight loads. Maximum temperature is 750°F. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Galvanized. Ordering: Specify guide size, pipe size, insulation thickness, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M1007.

A B

C D

INSULATION THICKNESS

H DIA. 4 HOLES

PIPE F G

E

FIGURE 1007 – PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDE SIZE NUMBER 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14

A 57⁄8 149 7 178 8 203 103⁄8 264 121⁄2 318 147⁄8 378 167⁄8 429 187⁄8 479 215⁄8 549 235⁄8 600 255⁄8 651 285⁄8 727 321⁄8 816 361⁄8 918

B 41⁄2 114 55⁄8 143 65⁄8 168 85⁄8 219 103⁄4 273 123⁄4 324 143⁄4 375 163⁄4 425 19 483 21 533 23 584 253⁄4 654 291⁄2 749 331⁄2 851

C 53⁄8 6 63⁄8 162 73⁄8 187 93⁄8 238 115⁄8 295 135⁄8 346 157⁄8 403 177⁄8 454 20 508 22 559 24 610 265⁄8 676 301⁄2 775 341⁄2 876

D 31⁄8 79 31⁄2 89 4 102 5 127 61⁄4 159 71⁄4 184 81⁄2 216 91⁄2 241 101⁄2 267 111⁄2 292 121⁄2 318 133⁄4 349 153⁄4 400 173⁄4 451

E 5 127 61⁄4 159 63⁄4 171 73⁄8 187 73⁄8 187 8 203 93⁄4 248 101⁄4 260 111⁄4 286 141⁄8 359 143⁄4 375 157⁄8 403 163⁄8 416 171⁄8 435

F 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 4 102 4 102 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140

G 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 PIPE SIZE 1" to 6" 25 to 150 8" to 16" 200 to 400 18" to 24" 450 to 600

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 140

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

H 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 1 25 1 25 1 25

WEIGHT EACH 9.5 4.3 12.0 5.4 13.2 6.0 16.3 7.4 26.0 11.8 32.3 14.7 48.2 21.9 57.0 25.9 72.1 32.7 84.5 38.3 103.2 46.8 129.1 58.6 153.3 69.5 140.0 63.5

DIM. I MAX. MVT 6 6 152 152 8 8 203 203 10 10 254 254


Please use the following Chart for selecting the correct size. FIGURE 1007 – PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDE SIZE NUMBER 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14

1 25 1 25 11⁄4 - 2 32 to 50 21⁄2 65 3-4 80 to 100 5-6 125 to 150

11⁄2 38 1 25 11⁄4 - 2 32 to 50 21⁄2 - 31⁄2 65 to 90 4-5 100 to 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

THICKNESS OF INSULATION 2 21⁄2 51 64

1 25 11⁄4 - 21⁄2 32 to 65 3-4 80 to 100 5-6 125 to 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400

1-2 25 to 50 21⁄2 - 31⁄2 65 to 90 4-5 100 to 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 - 14 300 to 350 16 400

3 76

4 102

1 25 11⁄4 - 21⁄2 32 to 65 3-4 80 to 100 5-6 125 to 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 - 18 400 to 450 20 500 24 600

1 25 11⁄4 - 21⁄2 32 to 65 3-4 80 to 100 5-6 125 to 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 - 16 350 to 400 18 - 20 450 to 500 24 600

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 141


PIPE SLIDE ASSEMBLY Figure 1010 Designed to be welded directly to the pipe to allow for support from below and allow for horizontal movement with a low coefficient of friction. The assembly consists of a carbon steel tee with a polished stainless bottom which rests on a PTFE (glass filled teflon) plate, bonded to a carbon steel plate. The base plate configuration will vary with the Type selected. Maximum temperature: 200° F at the sliding surface Greater height dimensions, longer transverse and longitudinal movements, and other customer requirements can be supplied upon request. Compliance: MSS SP-69 Type 35. Material: Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel, PTFE. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, travel, and type. For Metric applications specify Figure M1010.

FIELD WELD STAINLESS STEEL

Y

FIELD WELD STAINLESS STEEL HOLD DOWN LUG 1/16" TYPE C

Y

TEFLON

1/16"

W X

X

TYPE B & C

BASE WITH GUIDES TYPE B & C

J K L TYPE A, B & C

FIGURE 1010 – PIPE SLIDE ASSEMBLY Y PIPE SIZE

MAX LOAD*

UP TO 8"

7000

UP TO 200

31139

10" TO 24"

13500

250 TO 600

60053

TRAVEL 5 10 15 20 127 254 381 508 5 10 15 20 127 254 381 508

TYPE A

TYPE B&C

33⁄4

41⁄4

95

108

33⁄4

41⁄4

95

108

* Based upon 500 psi / 35.2 Kg per sq. cm. pressure on the PTFE ** Weight Each for Type A Only.

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 142

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

L TYPES A, B, C 81⁄2 131⁄2 181⁄2 231⁄2 216 343 470 597 101⁄2 151⁄2 201⁄2 251⁄2 267 394 521 648

K TYPES A, B, C

W TYPES A, B, C

X TYPE A

TYPE B&C

4

31⁄2

31⁄2

6

102

89

89

152

6

41⁄2

41⁄2

7

152

114

114

178

WEIGHT EACH** 7 10 13 17 3.2 4.5 5.9 7.7 11 15 19 23 5.0 6.8 8.6 10.4


TECHNICAL INFORMATION

REFERENCE DATA – METRIC CONVERSION CHART TO CONVERT FROM degree radian (rad)

TO radian (rad) degree

MULTIPLY BY 1.745329 x 10-2 5.729578 x 10+1

Area

foot2 inch2 circular mil square centimeter (cm2) square meter (m2) square meter (m2) square meter (m2)

square meter (m2) square meter (m2) square meter (m2) square inch (in2) foot2 inch2 circular mil

9.290304 x 10-2 6.451600 x 10-4 5,067075 x 10-10 1.550003 x 10-1 1.076391 x 10+1 1.550003 x 10+3 1.973525 x 10+9

Bending Moment of Torque

lbf•ft lbf•in N•m N•m

newton meter (N•m) newton meter (N•m) lbf•ft lbf•in

1.355818 1.129848 x 10-1 7.375621 x 10-1 8.850748

Force

pounds-force (lbf)

newtons (N)

4.448222

Length

foot (ft) inch (in) mil inch (in) meter (m) meter (m) meter (m) micrometer (µm)

meter (m) meter (m) meter (m) micrometer (µm) foot (ft) inch (in) mil Inch (in)

3.048000 x 10-1 2.540000 x 10-2 2.540000 x 10-5 2.540000 X 10+4 3.280840 3.937008 x 10+1 3.937008 x 10+4 3.937008 x 10-5

Mass

ounce (avoirdupois) pound (avoirdupois) ton (short, 2000 lb) ton (long, 2240 lb) kilogram (kg) kilogram (kg) kilogram (kg) kilogram (kg)

kilogram (kg) kilogram (kg) kilogram (kg) kilogram (kg) ounce (avoirdupois) pound (avoirdupois) ton (short, 2000 lb) ton (long, 2240 lb)

2.834952 x 10-2 4.535924 x 10-1 9.071847 x 10+2 1.016047 x 10+3 3.527396 x 10+1 2.204622 1.102311 x 10-3 9.842064 x 10-4

lb/ft lb/in kg/m kg/m

kilogram per meter (kg/m) kilogram per meter (kg/m) lb/ft lb/in

1.488164 1.785797 x 10+1 6.719689 x 10-1 5.599741 x 10-2

Mass Per lb/ft3 Unit Volume lb/in3 kg/m3 kg/m3 lbs/ft3

kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3) kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3) lb/ft3 lb/in3 lbs/in3

1.601846 x 10-1 2.767990 x 10+4 6.242797 x 10-2 3 612730 x 10-5 1.728000 x 10+3

Mass Per Area Unit

lb/ft2 kg/m2

kilogram per square meter (kg/m2) 4882428 pound per square foot (lb/ft2) 2.048161 x 10-1

Pressure or Stress

lbf/in2 (psi) kip/in2 (ksi) lbf/in2 (psi) pascal (Pa) pascal (Pa) megapascals (MPa)

pascal (Pa) pascal (Pa) megapascals (MPa) pound force per sq. inch (psi) kip per sq. inch (ksi) lbf/in2 (psi)

6.894757 x 10+3 6-894757 x 10+6 6.894757 x 10-3 1.450377 x 10-4 1.450377 x 10-7 1-450377 x 10+2

Section Properties

section modulus S (in3) section modulus S (M3) moment of inertia I (in4) moment of inertia I (M4) modulus of elasticity E (psi) modulus of elasticity E (Pa)

S (m3) S (in3) 1 (m4) I (in4) E (Pa) E (psi)

1.638706 x 10-5 6.102374 x 10+4 4.162314 x 10-7 2.402510 x 10+6 6.894757 x 10+3 1.450377 x 10-4

Temperature degree Fahrenheit degree Celsius

degree Celsius degree Fahrenheit

t° C = (t° F- 32) / 1.8 t° F = 1.8 t° C + 32

Volume

cubic meter (m3) cubic meter (m3) cubic inch (in3) foot3 inch3 cubic meter (m3)

2.831685 x 10-2 1.638706 x 10-2 6.102374 x 10-2 3.531466 x 10+1 6.102376 x 10+4 3.785412 x 10-3

Angle

Mass Per Unit Length

foot3 inch3 cubic centimeter (cm3) cubic meter (m3) cubic meter (m3) gallon (U.S. liquid)

ASME ABBREVIATIONS AISC

= American Institute of Steel Construction AISI = American Iron & Steel Institute ANSI = American National Standards Institute ASTM = American Society for Testing & Materials AWWA = American Water Works Association Dia. = Diameter Ft. = Feet Ga = Gauge I.D. = Inside Diameter In. = Inch Lbs. = Pounds Max. = Maximum Min. = Minimum MSS = Manufacturers' Standardization Society NFPA = National Fire Protection Association O.D. = Outside Diameter Oz. = Ounces psi = Pounds Per Square Inch PVC = Poly Vinyl Chloride UNC = Unified Course Threads UNCR = Unified Course Threads (Rounded Root) METRIC SYMBOLS cm kg kN m µm mm MPa N Nm Pa

= = = = = = = = = =

centimeter kilogram kilonewton meter micrometer millimeter megapascal newton newton-meter pascal

143


TECHNICAL INFORMATION

PIPE WEIGHTS FOR STANDARD AND HEAVY WEIGHT PIPE Nominal Pipe Size 1 ⁄2" (15mm) 3 ⁄4" (20mm) 1" (25mm) 11⁄4" (32mm) 11⁄2" (40mm) 2" (50mm) 21⁄2" (65mm) 3" (80mm) 31⁄2" (90mm) 4" (100mm) 5" (125mm) 6" (150mm) 8" (200mm) 10" (250mm) 12" (300mm) 14" (350mm) 16" (400mm) 18" (450mm) 20" (500mm) 24" (600mm) 30" (750mm) 36" (900mm) 42" (1050mm)

Pipe Schedule Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 60 Std XS Std / 30 XS Std / 30 XS / 40 Std XS Std / 20 XS / 30 Std / 20 XS Std XS / 20 Std XS / 20 Std XS / 20

PIPE DATA Outside Dia. in mm 0.840 22 1.050

28

1.315

34

1.660

42

1.900

48

2.375

60

2.875

75

3.500

89

4.000

102

4.500

114

5.563

141

6.625

168

8.625

219

10.75

273

12.75

235

14.00

355.6

16.00

406.4

18.00

457.2

20.00

508.0

24.00

609.6

30.00

762.0

36.00

914.4

42.00

1066.8

Pipe Weights are based on Carbon Steel pipe

144

Wall Th’k in 0.109 0.147 0.113 0.154 0.133 0.179 0.140 0.191 0.145 0.200 0.154 0.218 0.203 0.276 0.216 0.300 0.226 0.318 0.237 0.337 0.258 0.375 0.280 0.432 0.322 0.500 0.365 0.500 0.375 0.500 0.375 0.500 0.375 0.500 0.375 0.500 0.375 0.500 0.375 0.500 0.375 0.500 0.375 0.500 0.375 0.500

PIPE WEIGHT w/ Gas, Air, Steam w/ Water lbs/ft N/m lbs/ft N/m 0.9 12 1.0 14 1.1 16 1.2 17 1.1 17 1.4 20 1.5 22 1.7 24 1.7 25 2.1 30 2.2 32 2.5 36 2.3 33 2.9 43 3.0 44 3.6 52 2.7 40 3.6 53 3.6 53 4.4 64 3.7 53 5.1 75 5.0 73 6.3 92 5.8 85 7.9 115 7.7 112 9.5 139 7.6 111 11 157 10 150 13 191 9.1 133 13 195 13 182 16 239 11 157 16 238 15 219 20 291 15 213 23 340 21 303 29 418 19 277 31 460 29 417 40 582 29 417 50 733 43 633 63 922 40 591 75 1090 55 799 87 1271 50 723 99 1439 65 955 112 1641 55 796 114 1669 72 1052 130 1892 63 913 142 2069 83 1208 159 2326 71 1030 172 2509 93 1364 192 2800 79 1147 205 2988 104 1520 227 3313 95 1381 279 4067 125 1831 306 4460 119 1731 410 5983 158 2299 444 6478 143 2082 566 8256 190 2766 607 8853 167 2433 746 10888 222 3234 794 11587


TECHNICAL INFORMATION

AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION - DUCTILE IRON PIPE DATA BASED UPON AWWA C108-70 CLASS 53 NOMINAL PIPE SIZE in. mm 3 100 4 150 6 200 8 250 10 300 12 350 14 400 16 450 18 500 20 600 24 700 30 800 36 900 42 1000 48 1200 54 1400

O.D. SIZE in. mm 3.96 100.6 4.80 121.9 6.90 175.3 9.05 229.9 11.1 281.9 13.2 335.3 15.3 388.6 17.4 442.0 19.5 495.3 21.6 548.6 25.8 655.3 32.0 812.8 38.3 972.8 44.5 1130.3 50.8 1290.3 57.6 1450.3

WALL THICKNESS in. mm 0.31 7.9 0.32 8.1 0.34 8.6 0.36 9.1 0.38 9.7 0.40 10.2 0.42 10.7 0.43 10.9 0.44 11.2 0.45 11.4 0.47 11.9 0.51 13.0 0.58 14.7 0.65 16.5 0.72 18.3 0.81 20.6

WEIGHT OF PIPE Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 11.2 16.7 14.2 21.1 22.0 32.7 31.0 46.1 40.4 60.1 50.7 75.5 62.4 92.9 72.8 108.3 83.6 124.4 95.2 141.7 119.2 177.4 161.3 240.0 219.5 326.7 285.2 424.4 360.3 536.2 455.0 677.1

WEIGHT OF PIPE FILLED WITH WATER Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 15.0 22.3 20.1 29.9 35.1 52.2 54.0 80.4 76.8 114.3 103.0 153.3 133.5 198.7 165.9 246.9 201.5 299.9 241.0 358.7 329.4 490.2 487.8 725.9 688.8 1025.1 920.1 1369.3 1189.2 1769.8 1502.2 2235.6

WALL THICKNESS in. mm 0.32 8.1 0.35 8.9 0.38 9.7 0.41 10.4 0.44 11.2 0.48 12.2 0.51 13.0 0.54 13.7 0.58 14.7 0.62 15.7 0.73 18.5 0.85 21.6 0.94 23.9 1.05 26.7 1.14 29.0

WEIGHT OF PIPE Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 12.9 19.2 16.4 24.4 25.7 38.2 36.7 54.6 48.7 72.5 62.9 93.6 78.8 117.3 95.0 141.4 114.7 170.7 135.9 202.2 190.4 283.4 277.3 412.7 368.9 549.0 479.1 713.0 595.2 885.8

WEIGHT OF PIPE FILLED WITH WATER Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 16.6 24.7 22.1 32.9 38.5 57.3 59.8 89.0 84.2 125.3 113.9 169.5 148.1 220.4 185.3 275.8 228.7 340.4 277.4 412.8 391.4 582.5 589.3 877.0 817.9 1217.2 1091.1 1623.8 1398.2 2080.8

Note: Add flange weight for flanged ductile iron pipe

CAST IRON PIPE DATA MECHANICAL JOINT PIPE CLASS 150 NOMINAL PIPE SIZE in. mm 3 100 4 150 6 200 8 250 10 300 12 350 14 400 16 450 18 500 20 600 24 700 30 800 36 900 42 1000 48 1200

O.D. SIZE in. mm 3.96 100.6 4.80 121.9 6.90 175.3 9.05 229.9 11.1 281.9 13.2 335.3 15.3 388.6 17.4 442.0 19.5 495.3 21.6 548.6 25.8 655.3 32.0 812.8 38.3 972.8 44.5 1130.3 50.8 1290.3

Note: Add flange weight for flanged cast iron pipe

145


TECHNICAL INFORMATION

NO-HUB CAST IRON PIPE DATA BASED UPON CAST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE STANDARDS 301-72, TABLE 1 NOMINAL PIPE SIZE: in. mm 11⁄2" 40 2" 50 3" 80 4" 100 5" 125 6" 150 8" 200

O.D. SIZE in. mm 1.9 48.3 2.35 59.7 3.35 85.1 4.38 111.3 5.30 134.6 6.30 160.0 8.38 212.9

WALL THICKNESS in. mm 0.16 4.1 0.16 4.1 0.16 4.1 0.19 4.8 0.19 4.8 0.19 4.8 0.23 5.8

WEIGHT OF PIPE Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 2.7 4.0 3.6 5.4 5.2 7.7 7.4 11.0 9.6 14.3 11.0 16.4 18.0 26.8

WEIGHT OF PIPE FILLED W/WATER Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 6.2 9.2 8.6 12.8 13.5 20.1 20.2 30.1 27.5 40.9 34.0 50.6 57.5 85.6

3.73 5.72 12.80 23.10 35.50 51.00 69.30

DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS DECIMALS OF AN INCH & EQUIVALENT MILLIMETERS FRACTION

DECIMAL

MM

0.0313 0.0625 0.0938 0.1250 0.1563 0.1875 0.2188 0.2500

0.794 1.588 2.381 3.175 3.969 4.763 5.556 6.350

1

⁄32 1 ⁄16 3 ⁄32 1 ⁄8 5 ⁄32 3 ⁄16 7 ⁄32 1 ⁄4

FRACTION 9

⁄32 5 ⁄16 11 ⁄32 3 ⁄8 13 ⁄32 7 ⁄16 15 ⁄32 1 ⁄2

DECIMAL

0.2813 0.3125 0.3438 0.3750 0.4063 0.4375 0.4688 0.5000

MM

7.144 7.938 8.731 9.525 10.319 11.113 11.906 12.700

FRACTION DECIMAL 17

⁄32 9 ⁄16 19 ⁄32 5 ⁄8 21 ⁄32 11 ⁄16 23 ⁄32 3 ⁄4

0.5313 0.5625 0.5938 0.6250 0.6563 0.6875 0.7188 0.7500

MM

13.494 14.288 15.081 15.875 16.669 17.463 18.256 19.050

FRACTION DECIMAL 25

⁄32 13 ⁄16 27 ⁄32 7 ⁄8 29 ⁄32 15 ⁄16 31 ⁄32 1

0.7813 0.8125 0.8438 0.8750 0.9063 0.9375 0.9688 1.0000

MM

19.844 20.638 21.431 22.225 23.019 23.813 24.606 25.400

ELECTRICAL CONDUIT SIZES NOMINAL CONDUIT SIZE 1 ⁄2 3 ⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 5 6

ELECTRICAL METALLIC CONDUIT O.D. 0.706 0.922 1.163 1.510 1.740 2.197 2.875 3.500 4.000 4.500

INTERMEDIATE METALLIC CONDUIT O.D. 0.815 1.029 1.290 1.638 1.863 2.360 2.857 3.476 3.971 4.466

MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED BOLT TORQUE FOR FIGURE 126 BOLT SIZE 1

⁄4 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 7 ⁄8 1 3

M6 M10 M12 M16 M20 M22 M24

MAXIMUM TORQUE VALUE FOOT-POUNDS 6 21 46 100 150 190 280

Bolts are ASTM A307, Nuts are ASTM A563

146

STEEL RIGID CONDUIT O.D. 0.840 1.050 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.000 4.500 5.563 6.625


TECHNICAL INFORMATION

COPPER TUBING DATA - TYPE L NOMINAL TUBING SIZE in. mm 1 ⁄4 8 3 ⁄8 10 1/2 15 5 ⁄8 18 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

O.D. SIZE in. mm 0.375 9.5 0.500 12.7 0.625 15.9 0.750 19.1 0.875 22.2 1.125 28.6 1.375 34.9 1.625 41.3 2.125 54.0 2.625 66.7 3.125 79.4 3.625 92.1 4.125 104.8 5.125 130.2 6.125 155.6 8.125 206.4 10.125 257.2 12.125 308.0

WALL THICKNESS in. mm 0.030 0.8 0.035 0.9 0.040 1.0 0.042 1.1 0.045 1.1 0.050 1.3 0.055 1.4 0.060 1.5 0.070 1.8 0.080 2.0 0.090 2.3 0.100 2.5 0.110 2.8 0.125 3.2 0.140 3.6 0.200 5.1 0.250 6.4 0.280 7.1

WEIGHT OF TUBING WEIGHT OF TUBING FILLED WITH WATER Lbs./Ft. Kg/m Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 0.13 0.19 0.15 0.22 0.20 0.29 0.26 0.39 0.29 0.42 0.38 0.57 0.36 0.54 0.51 0.76 0.46 0.68 0.66 0.98 0.66 0.97 1.01 1.50 0.88 1.32 1.42 2.11 1.14 1.70 1.91 2.84 1.75 2.60 3.09 4.60 2.48 3.69 4.54 6.76 3.33 4.96 6.28 9.35 4.29 6.38 8.28 12.32 5.38 8.01 10.57 15.73 7.61 11.30 15.69 23.35 10.20 15.20 21.81 32.46 19.26 28.70 39.49 58.77 20.10 29.90 61.69 91.81 40.40 60.10 85.83 127.73

COPPER TUBING DATA - TYPE K NOMINAL TUBING SIZE in. mm 1 ⁄4 8 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 15 5 ⁄8 18 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

O.D. SIZE in. mm 0.375 9.5 0.500 12.7 0.625 15.9 0.750 19.1 0.875 22.2 1.125 28.6 1.375 34.9 1.625 41.3 2.125 54.0 2.625 66.7 3.125 79.4 3.625 92.1 4.125 104.8 5.125 130.2 6.125 155.6 8.125 206.4 10.125 257.2 12.125 308.0

WALL THICKNESS in. mm 0.035 0.9 0.049 1.2 0.049 1.2 0.049 1.2 0.065 1.7 0.065 1.7 0.065 1.7 0.072 1.8 0.083 2.1 0.095 2.4 0.109 2.8 0.120 3.0 0.134 3.4 0.160 4.1 0.192 4.9 0.271 6.9 0.338 8.6 0.405 10.3

WEIGHT OF TUBING WEIGHT OF TUBING FILLED WITH WATER Lbs./Ft. Kg/m Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 0.14 0.21 0.17 0.25 0.27 0.40 0.32 0.48 0.34 0.51 0.43 0.64 0.42 0.63 0.56 0.83 0.64 0.95 0.83 1.24 0.84 1.25 1.18 1.76 1.04 1.55 1.57 2.34 1.36 2.02 2.10 3.13 2.06 3.07 3.37 5.02 2.92 4.35 4.92 7.32 4.00 5.95 6.96 10.36 5.12 7.62 9.02 13.42 6.51 9.69 11.57 17.22 9.67 14.4 17.67 26.30 13.87 20.6 25.07 37.31 25.90 38.5 45.40 67.56 40.30 60.0 70.72 105.25 57.80 86.0 101.48 151.02

147


TECHNICAL INFORMATION

PIPE WEIGHTS FOR PVC AND CPVC PIPE – TYPES I & II PIPE DATA Nominal Pipe Outside Dia. Pipe Size Schedule in mm 1 ⁄8" 40 0.405 10 (3mm) 80 1 ⁄4" 40 0.54 14 (6mm) 80 3 ⁄8" 40 0.675 17 (10mm) 80 1 ⁄2" 40 0.840 22 (15mm) 80 120 3 ⁄4" 40 1.050 28 (20mm) 80 120 1" 40 1.315 34 (25mm) 80 120 11⁄4" 40 1.660 42 (32mm) 80 120 11⁄2" 40 1.900 48 (40mm) 80 120 2" 40 2.375 60 (50mm) 80 120 21⁄2" 40 2.875 75 (65mm) 80 120 3" 40 3.500 89 (80mm) 80 120 31⁄2" 40 4.000 102 (90mm) 80 4" 40 4.500 114 (100mm) 80 120 5" 40 5.563 141 (125mm) 80 6" 40 6.625 168 (150mm) 80 120 8" 40 8.625 219 (200mm) 80 10" 40 10.75 273 (250mm) 80 12" 40 12.75 235 (300mm) 80 14" 40 14.00 355.6 (350mm) 80 16" 40 16.00 406.4 (400mm) 80 18" 40 18.00 457.2 (450mm) 80 20" 40 20.00 508.0 (500mm) 80 24" 40 24.00 609.6 (600mm) 80

Wall Th’k in 0.068 0.095 0.088 0.119 0.091 0.126 0.109 0.147 0.170 0.113 0.154 0.170 0.133 0.179 0.200 0.140 0.191 0.215 0.145 0.200 0.225 0.154 0.218 0.250 0.203 0.276 0.300 0.216 0.300 0.350 0.226 0.318 0.237 0.337 0.437 0.258 0.375 0.280 0.432 0.562 0.322 0.500 0.365 0.593 0.406 0.687 0.437 0.750 0.500 0.843 0.562 0.937 0.593 1.031 0.687 1.218

PVC PIPE WEIGHT w/ Gas, Air w/ Water lbs/ft N/m lbs/ft N/m 0.05 0.7 0.07 1.0 0.06 0.9 0.08 1.1 0.08 1.2 0.13 1.9 0.10 1.5 0.13 2.0 0.11 1.6 0.19 2.8 0.14 2.1 0.20 3.0 0.17 2.4 0.30 4.4 0.21 3.1 0.31 4.6 0.24 3.4 0.32 4.7 0.22 3.2 0.45 6.6 0.29 4.2 0.47 6.9 0.31 4.5 0.48 7.0 0.33 4.8 0.70 10 0.42 6.2 0.74 11 0.46 6.8 0.75 11 0.44 6.5 1.1 16 0.58 8.5 1.1 17 0.65 9.5 1.2 17 0.53 7.8 1.4 21 0.71 10 1.5 22 0.79 11 1.5 22 0.72 10 2.2 32 0.98 14 2.3 33 1.1 16 2.3 34 1.1 17 3.2 47 1.5 22 3.3 49 1.6 24 3.4 49 1.5 22 4.7 68 2.0 29 4.9 71 2.3 34 5.0 73 1.8 26 6.1 89 2.5 36 6.3 92 2.1 31 7.6 111 2.9 43 7.9 116 3.7 54 8.2 120 2.9 42 12 168 4.1 60 12 175 3.7 54 16 237 5.6 82 17 247 7.1 104 17 254 5.6 82 27 398 8.5 124 28 413 8.0 116 42 615 13 184 44 639 11 153 59 862 17 254 61 897 12 182 71 1038 21 304 74 1081 16 238 93 1356 27 391 97 1409 22 328 119 1743 34 489 122 1781 27 388 147 2146 42 618 152 2217 37 542 211 3086 60 879 219 3189

PVC and CPVC pipe weights are based on the “average I.D.”

148

CPVC PIPE WEIGHT w/ Gas, Air w/ Water lbs/ft N/m lbs/ft N/m 0.09 0.12 0.12 0.16 0.19 0.24

1.3 1.7 1.8 2.3 2.7 3.5

0.13 0.14 0.20 0.22 0.31 0.33

2.0 2.1 3.0 3.2 4.6 4.8

0.25 0.32

3.6 4.7

0.47 0.50

6.9 7.3

0.37 0.47

5.4 6.9

0.73 0.77

11 11

0.50 0.65

7.2 9.5

1.1 1.2

16 17

0.60 0.79

8.7 12

1.5 1.5

21 22

0.80 1.1

12 16

2.2 2.3

33 34

1.3 1.7

18 24

3.3 3.5

48 50

1.7 2.2

24 33

4.8 5.0

70 73

2.0 2.7 2.4 3.3

29 40 34 48

6.2 6.5 7.8 8.2

91 95 114 119

4.2 6.3

61 91

17 17

242 253

6.3 9.5 8.9 14 12 19

91 139 130 206 171 283

28 29 43 45 60 63

405 423 624 654 874 917


TECHNICAL INFORMATION

USEFUL WEIGHT FORMULAS PIPE Weight (lb/ft) = 10.68 x T x (D - T) x F

PLATE AND BAR Weight (lb) = 0.2833 x T x W x L x F

PIPE CONTENTS Weight (lb/ft) = 0.3405 x G x (D - 2T)2

ROUND ROD Weight (lb/ft) = 2.67D2

LEGEND D = Outside Diameter (inches) F = Material Weight Factor G = Specific Gravity of Pipe Contents Normally 1.0 for water, 0 for air and steam. L = Length (inches) T = Pipe Wall, Plate, or Bar Thickness (inches) W = Width (inches)

MATERIAL WEIGHT FACTORS Carbon Steel & Cr-Mo ..................1.00 Aluminum ......................................0.35 Brass ...............................................1.12 Cast lron .........................................0.91 Copper ............................................1.14 Ferritic stainless steel .....................0.95 Austenitic stainless steel ................1.02 Wrought iron ..................................0.98

CALCULATING OF PIPING INSULATION WEIGHT The weight per foot of insulation is calculated by using the weight factor “X” from the table below and multiplying by the insulation density (lbs/cu-ft). EXAMPLE: A 16" pipe with 31⁄2" of insulation is found to have a weight factor of 1.49 (from table below). With an insulation density of 11 lb/cu-ft, the calculation for insulation weight is 1.49 x 11 = 16.39

INSULATION WEIGHT FACTOR – X NOMINAL PIPE SIZE 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24

1" .057 .051 .066 .080 .091 .10 .15 .13 .15 .17

11⁄2" .10 .12 .11 .14 .19 .17 .23 .21 .24 .27 .34 .43 .50 .51 .57 .64 .70 .83

2 .16 .15 .21 .21 .27 .25 .31 .30 .34 .38 .47 .59 .68 .70 .78 .87 .96 1.13

NOMINAL INSULATION THICKNESS "21⁄2" 3" 31⁄2" 4" .23 .31 .40 .22 .30 .39 .29 .38 .48 .29 .37 .47 .59 .36 .46 .58 .70 .34 .44 .56 .68 .41 .54 .66 .78 .39 .51 .63 .77 .45 .58 .71 .88 .51 .64 .83 .97 .66 .80 .97 1.17 .75 .93 1.12 1.32 .88 1.07 1.28 1.52 .90 1.11 1.34 1.57 1.01 1.24 1.49 1.74 1.12 1.37 1.64 1.92 1.23 1.50 1.79 2.09 1.44 1.77 2.10 2.44

41⁄2"

5"

51⁄2"

6"

.83 .81 ... .96 1.04 1.13 1.36 1.54 1.74 1.81 2.01 2.21 2.40 2.80

.97 1.10 1.20 1.34 1.56 1.76 1.99 2.07 2.29 2.51 2.73 3.16

1.75 1.99 2.24 2.34 2.58 2.82 3.06 3.54

2.50 2.62 2.88 3.14 3.40 3.92

General Formula: For pipe sizes not shown in the table above (special O.D. pipe, etc.), use the following formula to determine the insulation weight: Insulation Weight: (lb/ft) = 0.0218 x I x T x (T + D) Where: I = Insulation density (lb/cu-ft) T = Insulation thickness (inches) D= Outside diameter of pipe (inches)

149


TECHNICAL INFORMATION

MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL HANGER SPACING

LOAD CHART FOR THREADED ROD

PER MSS-SP69 AND ANSI B31.1

MATERIALS: ASTM A36, A575 GR. 1020 OR A576 GR 1020

NOMINAL PIPE SIZE OR TUBE DIAMETER

1/4 8

3/8

10

1/2

15

3/4

20 1 25 11/4 32 1 1/2 40 2 50 21/2 65 3 80 31/2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750

150

STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE SERVICE (FEET/METERS) WATER VAPOR 7 8 2.13 2.44 7 8 2.13 2.44 7 8 2.13 2.44 7 9 2.13 2.74 7 9 2.13 2.74 7 9 2.13 2.74 9 12 2.74 3.66 10 13 3.05 3.96 11 14 3.35 4.27 12 15 3.66 4.57 13 16 3.96 4.88 14 17 4.27 5.18 16 19 4.88 5.79 17 21 5.18 6.40 19 24 5.79 7.32 22 26 6.71 7.92 23 30 7.01 9.14 25 32 7.62 9.75 27 35 8.23 10.67 28 37 8.53 11.28 30 39 9.14 11.89 32 42 9.75 12.80 33 44 10.06 13.41

COPPER TUBING SERVICE (FEET/METERS) WATER VAPOR 5 5 1.52 1.52 5 6 1.52 1.83 5 6 1.52 1.83 5 7 1.52 2.13 6 8 1.83 2.44 7 9 2.13 2.74 8 10 2.44 3.05 8 11 2.44 3.35 9 13 2.74 3.96 10 14 3.05 4.27 11 15 3.35 4.57 12 16 3.66 4.88 13 18 3.96 5.49 14 20 4.27 6.10 16 23 4.88 7.01 18 25 5.49 7.62 19 28 5.79 8.53

NOMINAL ROD DIAMETER

1/4

M6

3/8

M10

1/2

M12

5/8

M16 3/4 M20 7/8 M20 1 M24 1 1/4 M30 1 1/2 M36 1 3/4 M42 2 M48 2 1/4 M56 2 1/2 M64 2 3/4 M72 3 M80

MAXIMUM SAFE ROD LOAD ROD TEMPERATURE 650ยบF 750ยบF 349ยบC 399ยบC 240 210 1068 934 730 572 3247 2544 1350 1057 6005 4702 2160 1692 9609 7527 3230 2530 14368 11254 4480 3508 19929 15605 5900 4620 26246 20552 9500 7440 42260 33096 13800 10807 61388 48074 18600 14566 82740 64795 24600 19265 109431 85698 32300 25295 143683 112522 39800 31169 177046 138652 49400 38687 219751 172095 60100 47066 267349 209368

WEIGHT PER FOOT METER 0.167 0.248 0.360 0.536 0.668 0.994 1.04 1.55 1.50 2.23 2.04 3.04 2.67 3.97 3.38 5.03 4.17 6.20 6.01 8.94 8.18 12.17 10.68 15.89 13.52 20.12 16.69 24.83 20.19 30.04

ROOT AREA IN.2 MM2 0.027 0.017 0.068 0.044 0.126 0.081 0.202 0.130 0.302 0.195 0.419 0.270 0.552 0.356 0.889 0.574 1.293 0.834 1.744 1.125 2.300 1.484 3.023 1.950 3.716 2.398 4.619 2.980 5.621 3.627

GAUGE THICKNESS GAUGE 3 3 7 7 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 16 16 18 18

MINIMUM 0.215 5.461 0.167 4.242 0.108 2.743 0.093 2.362 0.080 2.032 0.066 1.676 0.053 1.346 0.042 1.067

NOMINAL 0.239 6.071 0.179 4.547 0.120 3.048 0.105 2.667 0.090 2.286 0.075 1.905 0.060 1.524 0.048 1.219


TECHNICAL INFORMATION

HANGER SPACING FOR PVC AND CPVC PIPING PVC Pipe Size Sch. 1 ⁄2" 40 15mm 80 120 3/4" 40 20mm 80 120 1" 40 25mm 80 120 1 1/4" 40 32mm 80 120 11⁄2" 40 40mm 80 120 2" 40 50mm 80 120 40 21⁄2" 65mm 80 120 3" 40 80mm 80 120 40 31⁄2" 90mm 80 4" 40 100mm 80 120 5" 40 125mm 80 6" 40 150mm 80 120 8" 40 200mm 80 10" 40 250mm 80 12" 40 300mm 80 14" 40 350mm 80 16" 40 400mm 80 18" 40 450mm 80 20" 40 500mm 80 24" 40 600mm 80

60° F ft mm 4.5 1.37 5.0 1.52 5.0 1.52 5.0 1.52 5.5 1.68 5.5 1.68 5.5 1.68 6.0 1.83 6.0 1.83 5.5 1.68 6.0 1.83 6.5 1.98 6.0 1.83 6.5 1.98 6.5 1.98 6.0 1.83 7.0 2.13 7.5 2.29 7.0 2.13 7.5 2.29 8.0 2.44 7.0 2.13 8.0 2.44 8.5 2.59 7.5 2.29 8.5 2.59 7.5 2.29 9.0 2.74 9.5 2.90 8.0 2.44 9.5 2.90 8.5 2.59 10.0 3.05 11.5 3.51 9.0 2.74 11.0 3.35 10.0 3.05 12.0 3.66 11.5 3.51 13.0 3.96 12.0 3.66 13.5 4.11 12.5 3.81 14.0 4.27 13.0 3.96 14.5 4.42 13.5 4.11 15.0 4.57 14.0 4.27 18.5 5.64

80° F ft mm 4.5 1.37 4.5 1.37 5.0 1.52 4.5 1.37 5.0 1.52 5.0 1.52 5.0 1.52 5.5 1.68 5.5 1.68 5.5 1.68 6.0 1.83 6.0 1.83 5.5 1.68 6.0 1.83 6.5 1.98 5.5 1.68 6.5 1.98 7.0 2.13 6.5 1.98 7.5 2.29 7.5 2.29 7.0 2.13 7.5 2.29 8.0 2.44 7.0 2.13 8.0 2.44 7.0 2.13 8.5 2.59 9.0 2.74 7.5 2.29 9.0 2.74 8.0 2.44 9.5 2.90 10.5 3.20 8.5 2.59 10.5 3.20 9.0 2.74 11.0 3.35 10.5 3.20 12.0 3.66 11.0 3.35 13.0 3.96 11.5 3.51 13.5 4.11 12.0 3.66 14.0 4.27 12.5 3.81 14.5 4.42 13.0 3.96 15.0 4.57

100° F 120° F ft mm ft mm 4.0 1.22 2.5 0.76 4.5 1.37 3.0 0.91 4.5 1.37 3.0 0.91 4.0 1.22 2.5 0.76 4.5 1.37 3.0 0.91 4.5 1.37 3.0 0.91 4.5 1.37 3.0 0.91 5.0 1.52 3.5 1.07 5.0 1.52 3.5 1.07 5.0 1.52 3.0 0.91 5.5 1.68 3.5 1.07 5.5 1.68 3.5 1.07 5.0 1.52 3.5 1.07 5.5 1.68 3.5 1.07 6.0 1.83 4.0 1.22 5.0 1.52 3.5 1.07 6.0 1.83 4.0 1.22 6.5 1.98 4.0 1.22 6.0 1.83 4.0 1.22 6.5 1.98 4.5 1.37 7.0 2.13 4.5 1.37 6.0 1.83 4.0 1.22 7.0 2.13 4.5 1.37 7.5 2.29 5.0 1.52 6.5 1.98 4.0 1.22 7.5 2.29 5.0 1.52 6.5 1.98 4.5 1.37 7.5 2.29 5.0 1.52 8.5 2.59 5.5 1.68 7.0 2.13 4.5 1.37 8.0 2.44 5.5 1.68 7.5 2.29 5.0 1.52 9.0 2.74 6.0 1.83 9.5 2.90 6.5 1.98 8.0 2.44 5.0 1.52 9.5 2.90 6.5 1.98 8.5 2.59 5.5 1.68 10.0 3.05 7.0 2.13 9.5 2.90 6.5 1.98 10.5 3.20 7.5 2.29 10.0 3.05 7.0 2.13 11.0 3.35 8.0 2.44 10.5 3.20 7.5 2.29 11.5 3.51 8.5 2.59 11.0 3.35 8.0 2.44 12.0 3.66 9.0 2.74 11.5 3.51 8.5 2.59 12.5 3.81 9.5 2.90 12.0 3.66 9.0 2.74 13.0 3.96 10.0 3.05

CPVC 140° F ft mm 2.5 0.76 2.5 0.76 2.5 0.76 2.5 0.76 2.5 0.76 3.0 0.91 2.5 0.76 3.0 0.91 3.0 0.91 3.0 0.91 3.0 0.91 3.5 1.07 3.0 0.91 3.5 1.07 3.5 1.07 3.0 0.91 3.5 1.07 3.5 1.07 3.5 1.07 4.0 1.22 4.0 1.22 3.5 1.07 4.0 1.22 4.5 1.37 4.0 1.22 4.5 1.37 4.0 1.22 4.5 1.37 5.0 1.52 4.0 1.22 5.0 1.52 4.5 1.37 5.0 1.52 6.0 1.83 4.5 1.37 5.5 1.68 5.0 1.52 6.0 1.83 5.5 1.68 6.5 1.98 6.0 1.83 7.0 2.13 6.5 1.98 7.5 2.29 7.0 2.13 8.0 2.44 7.5 2.29 8.5 2.59 8.0 2.44 9.0 2.74

73° F 100° F ft mm ft mm 5.0 1.52 4.5 1.37 5.5 1.68 5.5 1.68

120° F ft mm 4.5 1.37 4.5 1.37

140° F ft mm 4.0 1.22 4.5 1.37

160° F ft mm 2.5 0.76 3.0 0.91

180° F ft mm 2.5 0.76 2.5 0.76

5.0 1.52 5.0 5.5 1.68 5.5

1.52 1.68

4.5 5.0

1.37 1.52

4.0 1.22 4.5 1.37

2.5 3.0

0.76 0.91

2.5 2.5

0.76 0.76

5.5 1.68 5.5 6.0 1.83 6.0

1.68 1.83

5.0 5.5

1.52 1.68

4.5 1.37 5.0 1.52

3.0 3.5

0.91 1.07

2.5 3.0

0.76 0.91

5.5 1.68 5.5 6.5 1.98 6.0

1.68 1.83

5.5 6.0

1.68 1.83

5.0 1.52 5.5 1.68

3.0 3.5

0.91 1.07

3.0 3.0

0.91 0.91

6.0 1.83 6.0 7.0 2.13 6.5

1.83 1.98

5.5 6.0

1.68 1.83

5.0 1.52 5.5 1.68

3.5 3.5

1.07 1.07

3.0 3.5

0.91 1.07

6.0 1.83 6.0 7.0 2.13 7.0

1.83 2.13

5.5 6.5

1.68 1.98

5.0 1.52 6.0 1.83

3.5 4.0

1.07 1.22

3.0 3.5

0.91 1.07

7.0 2.13 7.0 8.0 2.44 7.5

2.13 2.29

6.5 7.5

1.98 2.29

6.0 1.83 6.5 1.98

4.0 4.5

1.22 1.37

3.5 4.0

1.07 1.22

7.0 2.13 7.0 8.0 2.44 8.0

2.13 2.44

7.0 7.5

2.13 2.29

6.0 1.83 7.0 2.13

4.0 4.5

1.22 1.37

3.5 4.0

1.07 1.22

7.5 8.5 7.5 8.5

2.29 2.59 2.29 2.59

7.5 8.5 7.5 9.0

2.29 2.59 2.29 2.74

7.0 8.0 7.0 8.5

2.13 2.44 2.13 2.59

6.5 7.5 6.5 7.5

1.98 2.29 1.98 2.29

4.0 5.0 4.5 5.0

1.22 1.52 1.37 1.52

4.0 4.5 4.0 4.5

1.22 1.37 1.22 1.37

8.0 9.0 8.5 10.0

2.44 2.74 2.59 3.05

8.0 9.0 8.0 9.5

2.44 2.74 2.44 2.90

7.5 8.5 7.5 9.0

2.29 2.59 2.29 2.74

7.0 8.0 7.0 8.0

2.13 2.44 2.13 2.44

5.0 5.5 5.0 5.5

1.52 1.68 1.52 1.68

4.5 5.0 4.5 5.0

1.37 1.52 1.37 1.52

9.5 11.0 10.5 11.5 11.5 12.5

2.90 3.35 3.20 3.51 3.51 3.81

9.0 10.5 10.0 11.0 10.5 12.0

2.74 3.20 3.05 3.35 3.20 3.66

8.5 10.0 9.5 10.5 10.0 11.5

2.59 7.5 3.05 9.0 2.90 8.0 3.20 9.5 3.05 8.5 3.51 10.5

2.29 2.74 2.44 2.90 2.59 3.20

5.5 6.0 6.0 6.5 6.5 7.5

1.68 1.83 1.83 1.98 1.98 2.29

5.0 5.5 0.56 0.60 6.0 6.5

1.52 1.68 0.17 0.18 1.83 1.98

151


TECHNICAL INFORMATION

THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIALS

TEMPERATURE 0 -17.8 50 10.0 70 21 100 37.8 150 65.6 200 93.3 250 121 300 149 350 177 400 204 450 232 500 260 550 288 600 316 650 343 700 371 750 399 800 427 850 454 900 482 950 510 1000 538 1050 566 1100 593

152

CARBON STEEL THROUGH 3% CR MO -0.0051 -0.4250 -0.0015 -0.1250 0.0000 0.0000 0.0023 0.1917 0.0061 0.5083 0.0099 0.8250 0.0141 1.1750 0.0182 1.5166 0.0226 1.8833 0.0270 2.2499 0.0316 2.6332 0.0362 3.0165 0.0411 3.4249 0.0460 3.8332 0.0512 4.2665 0.0563 4.6915 0.0617 5.1415 0.0670 5.5831 0.0726 6.0498 0.0781 6.5081 0.0835 6.9581 0.0889 7.4080 0.0946 7.8830 0.1004 8.3663

ALLOY STEELS THROUGH 9% CR MO

0.0000 0.0000 0.0022 0.1833 0.0058 0.4833 0.0094 0.7833 0.0132 1.1000 0.0171 1.4249 0.0210 1.7499 0.0250 2.0833 0.0292 2.4332 0.0335 2.7916 0.0379 3.1582 0.0424 3.5332 0.0469 3.9082 0.0514 4.2832 0.0562 4.6831 0.0610 5.0831 0.0658 5.4831 0.0707 5.8914 0.0756 6.2997 0.0806 6.7164 0.0855 7.1247 0.0905 7.5414

STAINLESS STEELS (304, 316, 347) -0.0078 -0.6500 -0.0022 -0.1833 0.0000 0.0000 0.0034 0.2833 0.0090 0.7500 0.0146 1.2166 0.0203 1.6916 0.0261 2.1749 0.0321 2.6749 0.0380 3.1665 0.0440 3.6665 0.0501 4.1748 0.0562 4.6831 0.0624 5.1998 0.0687 5.7248 0.0750 6.2498 0.0815 6.7914 0.0880 7.3330 0.0946 7.8830 0.1012 8.4330 0.1080 8.9996 0.1148 9.5663 0.1216 10.1329 0.1284 10.6996

DIMENSIONS INCHES PER FOOT MILLIMETERS PER METER

COPPER -0.0079 -0.6583 -0.0022 -0.1833 0.0000 0.0000 0.0034 0.2833 0.0091 0.7583 0.0151 1.2583 0.0208 1.7333 0.0267 2.2249 0.0327 2.7249 0.0388 3.2332 0.0449 3.7415 0.0512 4.2665 0.0574 4.7831 0.0639 5.3248 0.0703 5.8581 0.0768 6.3997 0.0834 6.9497 0.0900 7.4997 0.0967 8.0580 0.1037 8.6413 0.1105 9.2080 0.1175 9.7913

BRASS -0.0081 -0.6750 -0.0023 -0.1917 0.0000 0.0000 0.0035 0.2917 0.0093 0.7750 0.0152 1.2666 0.0214 1.7833 0.0276 2.2999 0.0340 2.8332 0.0405 3.3749 0.0472 3.9332 0.0540 4.4998 0.0610 5.0831 0.0680 5.6664 0.0753 6.2747 0.0826 6.8831 0.0902 7.5164 0.0978 8.1497 0.1056 8.7996 0.1135 9.4580 0.1216 10.1329 0.1298 10.8162

ALUMINUM -0.0104 -0.8666 -0.0030 -0.2500 0.0000 0.0000 0.0046 0.3833 0.0123 1.0250 0.0200 1.6666 0.0283 2.3582 0.0366 3.0499 0.0452 3.7665 0.0539 4.4915 0.0628 5.2331 0.0717 5.9748 0.0810 6.7497 0.0903 7.5247


TECHNICAL INFORMATION

COMMON STRUCTURAL SHAPES USED FOR PIPE SUPPORTS STRUCTURAL SHAPE

ANGLE

CHANNEL

SQUARE TUBING

I-BEAM

SIZE L 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄4 L 2 x 2 x 1⁄4 L 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 1⁄4

WEIGHT PER FOOT 2.3 3.2 4.1

DEPTH IN 11⁄2 2 21⁄2

FLANGE WIDTH IN 11⁄2 2 21⁄2

L 3 x 3 x 1⁄4 L 3 x 3 x 3⁄8 L 3 x 3 x 1⁄2

4.9 7.2 9.4

3 3 3

3 3 3

3

L 31⁄2 x 31⁄2 x 3⁄8 L 4 x 4 x 3⁄8 L 4 x 4 x 1⁄2

8.5 9.8 12.8

31⁄2 4 4

31⁄2 4 4

3

L 5 x 5 x 1⁄2 L 6 x 6 x 1⁄2 L 6 x 6 x 3⁄4

16.2 19.6 28.7

5 6 6

5 6 6

C 3 x 4.1 C 4 x 5.4 C 5 x 6.7

4.1 5.4 6.7

3 4 5

13⁄8 15⁄8 13⁄4

⁄4 ⁄16 5 ⁄16

C 6 x 8.2 C 8 x 11.5 C 10 x 15.3

8.2 11.5 15.3

6 8 10

17⁄8 21⁄4 25⁄8

5

C 12 x 20.7 C 15 x 33.9

20.7 33.9

12 15

3 33⁄8

ST 2 x 2 x 1⁄4 ST 3 x 3 x 1⁄4 ST 4 x 4 x 1⁄4

5.4 8.8 12.2

2 3 4

2 3 4

1

ST 4 x 4 x 3⁄8 ST 4 x 4 x 1⁄2 ST 6 x 6 x 1⁄4

17.3 21.6 19.0

4 4 6

4 4 6

3

⁄8 ⁄2 1 ⁄4

5.35 6.13 10.10

ST 6 x 6 x 3⁄8 ST 6 x 6 x 1⁄2 ST 8 x 8 x 1⁄4

27.5 35.2 25.8

6 6 8

6 6 8

3

⁄8 ⁄2 1 ⁄4

13.90 16.80 18.80

ST 8 x 8 x 3⁄8 ST 8 x 8 x 1⁄2

38.9 48.9

8 8

8 8

3

⁄8 ⁄2

26.40 32.90

S 4 x 7.7 W 4 x 13 W 6 x 12

7.7 13.0 12.0

4 41⁄8 6

25⁄8 4 4

5

⁄16 ⁄8 1 ⁄4

3.04 5.46 7.31

W 6 x 15 W 6 x 20 W 8 x 18

15.0 20.0 18.0

6 61⁄4 81⁄8

6 6 51⁄4

⁄4 ⁄8 5 ⁄16

9.72 13.40 15.20

W 8 x 24 W 8 x 31 W 10 x 22

24.0 31.0 22.0

77⁄8 8 101⁄8

61⁄2 8 53⁄4

3 7

⁄8 ⁄16 3 ⁄8

20.90 27.50 23.20

W 10 x 33 W 12 x 26 W 12 x 40

33.0 26.0 40.0

93⁄4 121⁄4 12

8 61⁄2 8

7

35.00 33.40 51.90

THICKNESS IN 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1

SECTION MODULUS IN3 0.13 0.25 0.38

⁄4 ⁄8 1 ⁄2

0.58 0.83 1.07

3

⁄8 ⁄8 1 ⁄2

1.15 1.52 1.97

1

⁄2 ⁄2 3 ⁄4

3.16 4.61 6.66

1

1.10 1.93 3.00

1

5

⁄16 ⁄8 7 ⁄16

4.38 8.14 13.50

1

21.50 42.00

3

5

⁄2 ⁄8

⁄4 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1

1

1

1

3

1

3

⁄16 ⁄8 1 ⁄2

3

0.77 2.10 4.11

Note: Flange thickness for I-Beam and Channel is the “mean” thickness

153


TECHNICAL INFORMATION

WELDING BASIC WELDING SYMBOLS AND THEIR LOCATION SIGNIFICANCE Location Significance

Fillet

Plug or Slot

Spot or Projection

Seam

Back or backing

Surfacing

Flange Edge

Corner

(groove weld symbol)

Arrow side

Other side (groove weld symbol)

Both sides

not used

No arrow side or other side significance

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

SUPPLEMENTARY SYMBOLS USED WITH WELDING SYMBOLS Flush Contour Symbol

Convex Contour Symbol Finish symbol (user’s standard) indicates method of obtaining specified contour but not degree of finish.

M

Weld-All-Around Symbol

Convex countour symbol indicates face of weld to be finished to convex contour.

Melt-Thru Symbol

Field Weld Symbol

Melt-thru symbol is not dimensioned (except height)

Weld all-around symbol indicates that weld extends completely around the joint

LOCATION OF ELEMENTS OF A WELDING SYMBOL Finish symbol Contour symbol Root opening: depth of filling for plug and slot welds Size: size or strength for certain welds Reference line Effective throat

Arrow side of joint

Arrow of welding symbol

Other side of joint

Other side of joint

T

Corner Joint Arrow side of joint

Arrow side of joint

R

Field weld symbol

L–P

(N)

JO

Arrow of welding symbol

Length of weld Pitch (center-to-center spacing) of welds

F A

Arrow connecting reference line to arrow side or arrow side member of joing

Specification, process, or other reference

Joint

T

IN

Tail (may be omitted when reference not used)

Other side of joint

Other side of joint

S(E)

Groove angle, included angle of countersink for plug welds

Arrow Other side side

T-Joint

sides

Butt Joint Arrow side of joint

Field weld symbol indicates that weld is to be made at a place other than that of initial construction

Any applicable weld symbol

BASIC JOINTS – Identification of arrow side and other side of joint Arrow of welding symbol

Finish symbol (user’s standard) indicates method of obtaining specified contour but not degree of finish.

G

Both

Flush contour symbol indicates face of weld to be made flush. When used without a finish symbol, indicates weld to be welded flush without subsequent finishing.

Basic weld symbol or detail reference

Arrow of welding symbol

Elements in this area remain as shown when tail and arrow are reversed

Weld all-around symbol Number of spot or projection welds

ARROW SIDE AND OTHER SIDE MEMBER OF JOINT Lap Joint Arrow side member of joint

Other side of joint

Arrow of welding symbol

Edge Joint Arrow side of joint

Arrow side of joint

Other side member of joint Arrow of welding symbol

Arrow of welding symbol

Joint Other side of joint

DESIGNATION OF WELDING AND ALLIED PROCESSES BY LETTERS AAC................air carbon arc cutting AAW ...............air acetylene welding ABD .....................adhesive bonding AB ..................................arc brazing AC ...................................arc cutting AHW ........atomic hydrogen welding AOC....................oxygen arc cutting AW.................................arc welding

154

B ...............................................brazing BB....................................block brazing BMAW ..............bare metal arc welding CAC .........................carbon arc cutting CAW.......................carbon arc welding CAW-G ............gas carbon arc welding CAW-S .....shielded carbon arc welding CAW-T ............twin carbon arc welding

CW .........................cold welding DB.............................dip brazing DFB..................diffusion brazing DFW ................diffusion welding DS..........................dip soldering EASP..........electric arc spraying EBC ........ electron beam cutting EBW.......electron beam welding

ESW .................................electroslag welding EXW ...................................explosion welding FB ..........................................furnace brazing FCAW...........................flux cored arc welding FCAW-EG ......flux cored arc welding–electrogas FLB ..............................................flow brazing FLOW ..........................................flow welding FLSP........................................flame spraying

FOC ..........................chemical flux cutting FOW .....................................forge welding FRW...................................friction welding FS ..................................furnace soldering FW ....................................... flash welding GMAC ......................gas metal arc cutting GMAW ....................gas metal arc welding GMAW-EG ...gas metal arc welding- electrogas


TECHNICAL INFORMATION

COMPONENT TYPES FIGURE NUMBER:

MSS-SP-69

WW-H-171

1A 1A CT 12 12CT 14 15 17 34 34CT 38 38CT 39 40 47 47SS 238 238SS 49 53 54 63 69 81 81CT 81BRT 81PT 81SG 81SCT 82 84 89 91 91Z 100 100PVC 100SS 100CI 100CT 100EL 100SH 101 113A 113B 125 126 126CT

7 7 16 16 27 21 44 11 11 15 15 44 46 23 23 23 23 13 46 44 45 31 12 12 12 12 12 12 30 32 8 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 39 22 22 37 8 8

7 7 16 16 54 21 45 11 11 15 15 45 47 23 23 23 23 — 47 46 46 32 25 25 35 35 35 35 30 33 8 3 3 1 1 1 1 12 1 1 39 22 22 38 8 8

FIGURE NUMBER:

MSS-SP-69

WW-H-171

126LD 126LD PVC 126PVC 132 136 128 140 142 157 175 175SP 192 192W 193 196 200 200VT 217 222 240 247 265GS 265P 276 276P 279 279L 283 283PVC 283SP 283SS 297 298 303 304 304SP 304Z 337 351 to 357Z 650 702 800 800CT 800N 800PVC 1010

8 8 8 13 38 36, 37, 38 43 41 30 4 4 19 19 23 23 1 1 25 24 6 38 40 40 14 14 17 17 24 24 24 24 28 4 34 3 3 3 34 39A or 39B 18 21 10 10 10 10 35

8 8 8 15 38 36, 37, 38, 39 33 42 30 4 4 — — 23 23 12 12 — 24 — 38 41 41 14 14 17 17 24 24 24 24 28 4 35 3 3 3 35 40A or 40B 19 21 10 10 10 10 —

155


SPECIALITIES

MULTI-STRUT METAL FRAMING SYSTEM Standard channel, combination channel and concrete insert channel available in standard lengths or cut to suit. Stocked pre-galvanized, painted, or plain; stainless steel upon request. Pipe clips, channel nuts, and a variety of fittings that readily attach to the channel are also available.

NON-METALLIC FRAMING SYSTEM Fiberglass channel and fittings are available in both polyester and vinyl ester finishes. Non-metallic structural shapes are also available upon request.

VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL Spring and neoprene hanger isolators, housed and free-standing to provide shock and vibration isolation on equipment. Equipment bases, Inertia bases and Isolation Rails are also available. Seismic control braces to help preserve the safety and operation of plant systems during a seismic event. Please ask for our Seismic Brochure.

STRUCTURAL STEEL We stock the most popular sizes of angle, channel, I beams, wide flange, steel bars and rods for your ordering convenience.

FASTENERS We stock hex bolts, studs, nuts, in carbon and stainless steel as well as lag bolts, tek screws, concrete anchors, adhesive tubes and cartridges. Sammy Super Screws and accessories.

156


SPECIALITIES

ENGINEERING We maintain an engineering department to design pipe hangers and supports for typical and special applications including seismic, wind, and snow loading. Our engineers utilize contemporary CAD and computer piping stress analysis programs when needed to meet customer requirements. Registered Professional Engineers are on staff.

STRUCTURAL STEEL FABRICATION Complete fabrication services to meet your support needs in carbon steel, alloy steel, stainless, aluminum, hastaloy, or any other requirement.

PIPE SLEEVES Wall and floor sleeves with or without waterproof stops made from plain or galvanized pipe as well as galvanized sheet metal sleeves made to customer order. Plastic “crete� sleeves. Rubber mechanical seal material is available.

ENGINEERED PRODUCTS Variable springs, constant springs, sway braces and travelers, to handle any application.

PRE-INSULATED HANGERS Calcium silicate and rigid urethane foam in various densities, vapor barriers, saddles and shields provide a full variety of combinations to suit customer applications. Pre-insulated slides and guides with PTFE and graphite are also supplied.

157


INDEX BY PRODUCT NAME Product Name

Figure No.

Anchor Bolt .................................................................................177 Angle Knee......................................................................................9 Angle Iron Support......................................................................374 Anchor Bolt, Drop-In..................................................................514 Band Hanger.................................................................................1A Band Hanger, Copper Tubing................................................1A CT Band Hanger, PVC..............................................................1A PVC Base Stand, Threaded..................................................................138 Beam Attachment, Welded............................................113A, 113B Beam Clamp ...........................................................15, 18, 268, 314 Beam Clamp with Swing Nut.....................................................702 Beam Clamp, Adjustable......................................14, 14A, 49A, 82 Beam Clamp, Top .....................................................................6, 18 Beam Clamp. Steel with Weldless Eyenut .................................297 Beam Connector, Side...................................................................18 Beam Hook....................................................................................31 Bracket Clip, Steel ........................................................................78 Bracket, Wall ...........................................................................49, 83 Bracket, Heavy, Welded Steel.....................................................139 Bracket, Light, Welded Steel ........................................................69 Bracket, Medium, Welded Steel ...................................................84 C-Clamp Retaining Clip ..................................................22, 193RS C-Clamp With Locking Nut.......................................47, 47SS, 196 C-Clamp Without Locking Nut .....................................238, 238SS Ceiling Mount, Female ............................................................104F Ceiling Mount, Male ...............................................................104M Ceiling Stirrup .............................................................................151 Chair and Roll .........................................................................17, 39 Chair and Roll, Adjustable......................................................40, 53 Channel Assembly.......................................................................371 Clevis Hanger..............................................................................100 Clevis Hanger, Refrigeration with Shield .............................100SH Clevis Hanger, Cast Iron Pipe ................................................100CI Clevis Hanger, Copper Tubing ..............................................100CT Clevis Hanger, Elongated.......................................................100EL Clevis Hanger, Light Duty..........................................................200 Clevis Hanger, PVC ............................................................100PVC Clevis Hanger, Stainless Steel ...............................................100SS Clevis Hanger, Vee ...................................................................200V Concrete Attachment.................................................................1020 Concrete Insert Nut.........................................................75N, 650N Concrete Insert, Steel............................................................75, 650 Concrete, Single Lug Plate .......................................................1022 Cushion Spring Assembly...........................................................478 Drain, Waste, Vent Clamp .......................................................DWV Drive Screw .................................................................................166 Extension Bar ................................................................................10 Extension Piece ...........................................................................157 Extension Ring Hanger ............................81, 81BRT, 81PT, 81SG Extension Ring Hanger, Copper Tubing....................81CT, 81SCT 158

Product Name

Figure No.

Extension Riser Clamp ...............................................................126 Extension Riser Clamp, Copper Tubing ...............................126CT Eye Rod, Machine Thread, Unwelded.................................33, 33L Eye Rod, Machine Thread, Welded .....................................93, 93L Eye Rods, Linked................................................................306, 341 Eye Socket .........................................................................12, 12CT Forged Steel Clevis...........................................................276, 276P Hanger Adjuster .................................................................38, 38CT Hanger Rod, All-Thread.....................................................94, 94SS Hanger Rod, Machine Thread..........................................133, 133L Hanger Rod, Round ....................................................................224 Harvard Roll Hanger...................................................................140 Hex Head Bolt.............................................................................162 Hex Nut ............................................................................165, 165H Hinge Hanger ................................................................................34 Hinge Hanger, Copper Tubing ................................................34CT Insulation Shield, Copper Tubing .....................................365 CVB Insulation Shield, Pipe...............265GS, 265P, 265CVB, 465 CVB Lag Rod .........................................................................................28 Lag Screw, Flattened End .............................................................11 Lock Washer................................................................................176 Pipe Alignment Guide ....................................................1006, 1007 Pipe Clamp, Cast Iron.................................................................158 Pipe Clamp, Double Bolt, Cast Iron.....................................158DB Pipe Clamp, Extended Offset .....................................................267 Pipe Clamp, Offset......................................................................179 Pipe Clamp, One Hole..............................................................237S Pipe Clamp, Three Bolt ..............................................................304 Pipe Clamp, Three Bolt, Alloy.................................................304Z Pipe Clamp, Three Bolt, Heavy Duty...........................................91 Pipe Clamp, Three Bolt, Heavy Duty-Alloy .............................91Z Pipe Clamp, Two Bolt ....................................................175, 175SP Pipe Clamp, Two Bolt, Heavy Duty...........................................298 Pipe Clip ........................................................................................72 Pipe Clip, Copper Tubing ........................................................72CT Pipe Covering Protection Saddle ........................351 through 357Z Pipe Roll................................................................................67, 173 Pipe Sleeve ..................................................................................450 Pipe Sleeve, Waterproof..............................................................453 Pipe Slide Assembly .................................................................1010 Pipe Stanchion with U-Bolt........................................................125 Pipe Strap................................................................................C1108 Pipe Support........................................................................136, 247 Pipe Support, Adjustable ....................................................101, 137 Purlin Clamp ...............................................................................290 Return Line Angle.......................................................................152 Return Line Hook .....................................................................227S Return Line, Offset Hook ...........................................................227 Right Angle Beam Clamp...........................................................282 Riser Clamp...........................................................................89, 124


INDEX BY PRODUCT NAME Product Name

Figure No.

Riser Clamp, Copper Tubing.................................................126CT Riser Clamp, Extension ..............................................................126 Riser Clamp, Plastic Pipe ......................................................126LD Riser Clamp, PVC Coated ...........................................126LD PVC Rod Coupling ....................................123, 123R, 123W, 167, 167R Roll Hanger, Havard ...................................................................140 Roll Support, Adjustable.....................................................109, 142 Roll and Plate ................................................................................63 Roller Chair ...................................................................................54 Roller Support .............................................................................333 Side Beam Bracket......................................................................303 Side Beam Clamp, Adjustable....................................................217 Side Beam Connector .............153, 153CT, 153PT, 153S, 153SCT Single Plate ..........................85, 85CT, 85BRT, 85PT, 85S, 85SCT Socket Clamp Washer, Underground..........................................258 Split Ring Hanger - Double Tapping.................................90, 90PT Split Ring Hanger - Double Tapping-Tubing..........................90CT Split Swivel Hanger, Adustable ..................................................240 Spring Hanger .............................................................................399 Stamped Steel Hanger..............................................................66CT Swing Rod Fitting .......................................................................701 Swivel Ring, Adjustable..............................................................800 Swivel Ring, Adjustable, Copper Tubing..............................800CT Swivel Ring, Adjustable, PVC Coated...............................800PVC Swivel Ring, NFPA ................................................................800FP Three Bolt Pipe Clamp, Heavy Duty ...........................................91 Three Bolt Pipe Clamp, Heavy Duty, Alloy ..............................91Z Toggle Bolt ....................................................................................59 Top Beam Clamp with Locking Nut ..........................................192 Top Beam Clamp, Retaining Clip .........................................192RS Top Beam Clamp, Wide Mouth with Nut ..............................192W Turnbuckle...................................................................................132 U-Bolt, Light Duty ...................................................................283L U-Bolt, PVC Coated ...........................................................283PVC U-Bolt, Short ...............................................................................222 U-Bolt, Stainless Steel............................................................283SS U-Bolt, Standard .........................................................................283 Vee Trough.............................................................................200VT Wall Bracket ..................................................................................49 Wall Pipe Support .......................................................................221 Washer - Round .......................................103, 103EG, 103G, 103S Washer Plate ................................................................................260 Washer Plate, Light Duty............................................................102 Wedge Anchor...........................................................................1309 Welding Clevis Attachment ........................................................216 Weldless Eyenut, Forged Steel.........................................279, 279L Welding Lug................................................................................220 Wire Tubing Hooks................................................................111CT

159


TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE

1. PRICES & DESIGNS: Prices and designs are subject to change without notice. All prices are F.O.B. point of shipment, unless otherwise stated. 2. DELIVERY: Seller will make every effort to complete delivery of products as indicted on seller’s acceptance of an order, but seller assumes no responsibility or liability, and will accept no backcharge for loss or damage due to delay or inability to deliver caused by acts of God, war, labor difficulties, accident, delays of carriers, contractors or suppliers, inability to obtain materials, shortages of fuel and energy, or and other causes of any kind beyond the control of seller. Under no circumstances shall seller be liable for any special or consequential damages or for loss, damage, or expenses directly or indirectly arising from delays or failure to give notice of delay. 3. SHIPMENTS: All products shipped will be carefully examined, counted, and packed. No claim for shortages will be allowed unless made in writing within ten (10) days of receipt of shipment. Claims for products damaged or lost in transit should be made on the carrier as seller’s responsibility ceases and the title passes on delivery to the carrier. 4. FREIGHT: All prices are F.O.B. point of shipment. On shipments weighing 2000 pounds or more, rail freight or motor freight at the lowest published rate is allowed to all US rail points or all US highway points listed in published tariffs (Hawaii and Alaska excluded). 5. RETURNS: Seller cannot accept the return of any product unless its written permission has been first obtained. Credit will be allowed on the basis of the price charged for the merchandise less a standard handling charge of twenty percent (20%) and less any freight charges allowed or paid by seller. Material not in first class salable condition will be subject to the total cost of reconditioning. Special or non-standard products are not subject to cancellation or return except on such terms as seller may specify upon application. 6. PRODUCT APPLICATION: Seller’s products are indented for installation and service as illustrated or described in seller’s catalog. Seller shall not be responsible for any losses or damage sustained by the buyer or any other person as a result of misapplication. Buyer shall defend, indemnify and save seller harmless from any and all liability or alleged liability, expenses, including legal fees arising from personal injuries including death or damage to property caused by reason of improper and/or negligent installation of pipe hangers designed and fabricated by seller. In accordance with our product development program, we reserve the right to revise the design and application of our products without notification. For latest product information, please contact the nearest Carpenter & Paterson office. 7. WARRANTY: Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. warrants for one (1) year from date of shipment that all products of Carpenter & Paterson manufacture will be free from defects in material and workmanship when used for the purpose which Carpenter & Paterson recommends. Carpenter & Paterson warrants the products

160

which it sells of other manufacturers only to the extent they are warranted to Carpenter & Paterson by the supplier. Claim for breach of the above warranty must be made within thirty (30) days from the date the material was determined by the Buyer to be defective or in any event within twelve (12) months from the date of delivery to the original users, unless otherwise stated. If Carpenter & Paterson deems to its satisfaction that the products are defective, the product will be repaired or replaced by Carpenter & Paterson, and no other charge will be allowed for labor or expense in repairing or replacing said product by the Buyer. In any event the amount of any adjustment shall not exceed the net sales price of the defective product. Where engineering design or fabrication work is supplied, Buyer’s acceptance of Seller’s design or delivery of work, shall relieve Carpenter & Paterson of all further obligation other than as expressed in Carpenter & Paterson’s product warranty. The foregoing constitutes the Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedy under Carpenter & Paterson warranty. THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. CARPENTER & PATERSON MAKES NO WARRANTY OF MECHANTABILITY. IN NO EVENT AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL CARPENTER & PATERSON BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE ARISING IN ANY MANNER OUT OF THE USE OR APPLICATION OF THE GOODS WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS PROPOSAL. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND IN NO EVENT WILL CARPENTER & PATERSON BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES WHETHER FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, OR ANY OTHER TORTIOUS ACT OR OMISSION. The terms of this warranty can be modified or changed only by authorization in writing by an officer of Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. Carpenter & Paterson neither assumes, nor authorizes any person to assume for it any obligation in connection with the sale of its products or parts of products which have been; repaired or altered outside of Sellers factory; subject to misuse, negligence, or accidents; or used in a manner contrary to the Seller’s instructions or recommendations. Seller shall not be responsible for design errors due to inaccurate or incomplete information supplied by the Buyer, or its representative. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. reserves the right to revise product design without notification. 8. TAXES: The amount of taxes applicable to the sale of material or services shall be added to the purchase price and shall be paid by buyer unless buyer provides seller with an exemption certificate acceptable to the taxing authorities. 9. PRICING INFORMATION: Orders of any size will be accepted. However, orders less than $150.00 will be subject to a $25.00 handling charge in addition to the cost of the material and freight, if ant. Prices are subject to change without notice. We are not responsible for typographical errors. 10. TERMS: Net thirty (30) days; 1-1/2% per month service charge (18% per annum) will be charged on all delinquent accounts plus court costs and attorney fees.


FIGURE NUMBER INDEX Figure

Page

1A .............................11 1A PVC ....................11 1A CT.......................12 6................................86 9..............................101 10............................102 11............................130 12............................120 12CT.......................120 14..............................87 14A ...........................87 15..............................88 17..............................60 18..............................89 22..............................98 28............................120 31............................102 33............................121 33L .........................121 34..............................13 34CT.........................13 38............................121 38CT.......................121 39........................61, 62 40........................63, 64 47..............................99 47SS .........................99 49............................102 53........................65, 66 54..............................67 59............................130 63..............................68 66CT.........................14 67..............................69 69............................103 72..............................15 72CT.........................15 75............................104 75N .........................104 78............................103 81..............................16 81BRT ......................16 81CT.........................17 81PT .........................16 81SG.........................16 81SCT.......................17 82..............................90 83............................105 84............................105 85E .........................106 85B .........................106 85CT.......................106 85SE .......................106 85SCT.....................106

Figure

Page

89..............................18 90..............................19 90CT.........................19 90PT .........................19 91..............................20 91Z ...........................21 93............................122 93L .........................122 94............................123 94SS .......................123 100............................22 100CT.......................23 100DI........................24 100PVC ....................22 100EL .......................25 100SS .......................22 100SH.......................26 101............................27 101U .........................28 102..........................124 103..........................131 103E .......................131 103G .......................131 103S........................131 104F........................107 104M ......................107 107..........................131 108..........................108 108N .......................108 109............................70 110............................71 111............................28 113A .......................109 113B .......................109 114............................29 123..........................123 123R .......................122 123W ......................123 124............................30 125............................31 125SP .......................32 126............................32 126CT.......................33 126LD.......................34 126LD PVC..............34 126PVC ....................33 127............................34 132..........................125 133..........................124 133L .......................124 136............................35 136SP .......................32 137............................35 138............................36

Figure

Page

139..........................110 140......................72, 73 142......................74, 75 143..........................110 145............................37 150..........................111 151..........................111 152..........................112 153..........................112 153S........................112 157..........................125 158............................38 158DB ......................38 162..........................132 165..........................132 165H .......................132 166..........................133 167..........................126 167R .......................126 173............................76 175............................40 175SP .......................40 176..........................133 177..........................113 179............................39 192............................91 192W ........................92 192WRS ...................91 196..........................100 200............................41 200V .........................42 200VT.......................85 216..........................113 217............................93 220..........................114 221............................43 222............................44 224..........................126 227............................45 227S..........................45 237............................46 238............................99 240............................47 247............................46 258............................39 260..........................127 265CVB....................80 265GS.......................78 265P..........................79 267............................48 268............................94 276..........................128 276P........................128 279..........................128

Figure

Page

279L .......................128 282............................48 283......................49, 50 283L .........................51 283PVC ....................49 283SS .......................49 290............................95 297............................95 298............................52 303..........................115 304............................53 304Z .........................54 306..........................129 314............................96 333............................77 341..........................129 351.......................81-84 352.......................81-84 353.......................81-84 354.......................81-84 355.......................81-84 356.......................81-84 356Z ....................81-84 357Z ....................81-84 365CVB....................80 371..........................116 374..........................116 399..........................136 450..........................136 453..........................137 465CVB....................85 478..........................137 514..........................134 650..........................117 650N .......................117 701..........................129 702............................97 800............................55 800CT.......................56 800FP .......................57 800PVC ....................58 1006................138, 139 1007................140, 141 1010........................142 1020........................118 1022........................119 1309........................135 C1108 .......................59 DWV ........................59 161


SALES OFFICES AND WAREHOUSES CALIFORNIA 5097 Zambrano Street City of Commerce, CA 90040 Tel: 323 622 1830 Fax: 323 622 1837

NEW JERSEY (SOUTH) 3900 River Road, P.O. Box 556 Pennsauken, NJ 08110-0556 Tel: 856 488 1988 Fax: 856 488 0824

MARYLAND 8941 D’Arcy Road Upper Marlboro, MD 20774 Tel: 301 333 4631 Fax: 301 333 4638

CANADA 921 Barton Street, Unit 3 Stoney Creek, ON L8E 5P5 Tel: 905 664 6866 Fax: 905 664 2751

MASSACHUSETTS 225 Merrimac Street Woburn, MA 01801 Tel: 781 935 2950 Fax: 781 935 7664

SALES OFFICES, WAREHOUSES AND MANUFACTURING PLANTS LOUISIANA 434 Latigue Road Waggaman, LA 70094 Tel: 504 431 7722 Fax: 504 431 7900 NEW JERSEY (NORTH) 369 Jefferson Avenue Saddle Brook, NJ 07663 Tel: 973 772 1800 Fax: 973 772 8333

PENNSYLVANIA 484 Galiffa Drive Donora Industrial Park Donora, PA 15033 Tel: 724 379 8461 Fax: 724 379 8463

EXECUTIVE OFFICES 225 Merrimac Street, Woburn, MA 01801 Tel: 781 935 2950 • Fax: 781 935 7664 e-mail: cpsales@carpenterandpaterson.com

www.carpenterandpaterson.com

DESIGNERS • ENGINEERS • MANUFACTURERS

Carpenter & Paterson Pipe Support Hardware 6.4.1  

We have extensive capabilities to design, and fabricate support systems utilizing the latest technologies that will satisfy all customer req...

Read more
Read more
Similar to
Popular now
Just for you